OTEX Q4 2026 Earnings Report

Page 1

☑ ☐ UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington , DC 20549 FORM 10 - K ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 ( d ) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended June 30 , 2026 OR TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 ( d ) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from_ Commission file number : 0-27544 to OPEN TEXT CORPORATION ( Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter ) Canada ( State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization ) 275 Frank Tompa Drive , Waterloo , Ontario Canada ( Address of principal executive offices ) Title of each class Common stock without par value 98-0154400 ( IRS Employer Identification No. ) Registrant's telephone number , including area code : ( 519 ) 888-7111 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 ( b ) of the Act : Trading Symbol ( s ) OTEX N2L 0A1 ( Zip code ) Name of each exchange on which registered NASDAQ Global Select Market Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 ( g ) of the Act : None ( Title of Class ) Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well - known seasoned issuer , as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act . Yes ☑ No □ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15 ( d ) of the Act . Yes ☐ No ☑ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant ( 1 ) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 ( d ) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months ( or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports ) , and ( 2 ) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days . Yes ☑ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S - T ( §232.405 of this chapter ) during the preceding 12 months ( or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files ) . Yes ☑ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer , an accelerated filer , a non - accelerated filer , a smaller reporting company , or an emerging growth company . See the definitions of “ large accelerated filer , ” “ accelerated filer , ” “ smaller reporting company , " and " emerging growth company " in Rule 12b - 2 of the Exchange Act . Large accelerated filer ☑ Accelerated filer ☐ Non - accelerated filer ☐ Smaller reporting company ☐ Emerging growth company ☐ If an emerging growth company , indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13 ( a ) of the Exchange Act . ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 ( b ) of the Sarbanes - Oxley Act ( 15 U.S.C. 7262 ( b ) ) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report . ☑ If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12 ( b ) of the Act , indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements . ☐ Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive - based compensation received by any of the registrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D - 1 ( b ) . Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company ( as defined in Rule 12b - 2 of the Exchange Act ) . Yes ☐ No ☑ The aggregate market value of the registrant's Common Shares held by non - affiliates , based on the closing price of the Common Shares as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market ( " NASDAQ ” ) on December 31 , 2025 , the end of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter , was approximately $ 8.1 billion . As of July 31 , 2026 , there were 242,126,739 outstanding Common Shares of the registrant . None . DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Sign in to continue

Your watchlist and earnings event details are available after you sign in.

Page 3

Table of Contents Part I Forward-Looking Statements This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements or information (forward-looking statements) within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 21E of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), Section 27A of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), and other applicable securities laws of the United States and Canada, and is subject to the safe harbors created by those provisions. Words such as “anticipates”, “expects”, “intends”, “plans”, “believes”, “seeks”, “estimates”, “may”, “could”, “would”, “might”, “will” and variations of these words or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. In addition, any statements or information that refer to expectations, beliefs, plans, projections, objectives, performance or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements, and based on our current expectations, forecasts and projections about the operating environment, economies and markets in which we operate. Forward-looking statements reflect our current estimates, beliefs and assumptions, which are based on management’s perception of historic trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors it believes are appropriate in the circumstances. The forward-looking statements contained in this report are based on certain assumptions including the following: (i) the evolving adoption of artificial intelligence (AI)-enabled technologies by our clients and the level of demand for our products and solutions; (ii) countries continuing to implement and enforce existing and additional customs and security regulations relating to the provision of electronic information for imports and exports; (iii) our continued operation of a secure and reliable business network; (iv) the stability of general political, economic and market conditions, including any potential recession and current or threatened tariffs or trade restrictions; (v) our ability to manage inflation, including increased labour costs associated with attracting and retaining employees and higher interest rates; (vi) our continued ability to manage certain foreign currency risk through hedging; (vii) equity and debt markets continuing to provide us with access to capital; (viii) our continued ability to identify, source and finance attractive and executable business combination opportunities, as well as our ability to continue to successfully integrate any such opportunities, including in accordance with the expected timeframe and/or cost budget for such integration; (ix) our continued ability to avoid infringing third-party intellectual property rights; and (x) our ability to successfully implement our restructuring plans. Management’s estimates, beliefs and assumptions are inherently subject to significant business, economic, competitive and other uncertainties and contingencies regarding future events and, as such, are subject to change. We can give no assurance that such estimates, beliefs and assumptions will prove to be correct. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks as well as uncertainties, which include (i) the impact of the Russia-Ukraine and Middle East conflicts and other geopolitical disputes on our business; and (ii) those discussed herein and in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended June 30, 2026, which are set forth in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The actual results that we achieve may differ materially from any forward-looking statements, which reflect management's current expectations and projections about future results only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to revise or publicly release the results of any revisions to these forward-looking statements. A number of factors may materially affect our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects. These factors include, but are not limited to, those set forth in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors”, and forward-looking statements set forth in Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as well as other documents we file from time to time with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) and Canadian securities regulators. Any one of these factors may cause our actual results to differ materially from recent results or from our anticipated future results. You should not rely too heavily on the forward- looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K because these forward-looking statements are relevant only as of the date they were made. The Company's fiscal year begins on July 1 and ends on June 30. Unless otherwise noted, any reference to a year preceded by the word “Fiscal” refers to the fiscal year ended June 30 of that year. For example, references to “Fiscal 2026” refer to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2026. Our Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in U.S. dollars and, unless otherwise indicated, all amounts included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars. Due to rounding, certain totals and subtotals may not foot and certain percentages may not reconcile. References herein to the “Company”, “OpenText”, “we” or “us” refer to Open Text Corporation and, unless context requires otherwise, its subsidiaries. 3

Page 4

Table of Contents Summary of Risk Factors The following is a summary of material risks described below in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following summary should not be considered an exhaustive summary of the material risks facing us, is not necessarily presented in order of importance, and it should be read in conjunction with the “Risk Factors” section and other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Risks Related to our Business and Industry • If we do not continue to develop technologically advanced products that successfully integrate with the software products and enhancements used by our clients, future revenues and our operating results may be negatively affected. • Product development is a long, expensive and uncertain process, and we may terminate one or more of our development programs. • Our investment in our current research and development efforts may not provide a sufficient or timely return. • If our software products and services do not gain market acceptance, our operating results may be negatively affected. • Failure to protect our intellectual property could harm our ability to compete effectively. • Other companies may claim that we infringe their intellectual property, which could materially increase costs and materially harm our ability to generate future revenues and profits. • Our software products and services may contain defects that could harm our reputation, be costly to correct, delay revenues and expose us to litigation. • Our software products rely on the stability of third-party software, cloud infrastructure and platforms that, if not stable, could negatively impact the effectiveness of our products, resulting in harm to our reputation and business. • Risks associated with the evolving use of the Internet and AI, including changing standards, competition and regulation and associated compliance efforts, may adversely impact our business. • Unauthorized disclosures, cyber-attacks, breaches of data security and other information technology risks may adversely affect our operations. • Business disruptions, including those arising from disasters, pandemics or catastrophic events, may adversely affect our operations. • Our success depends on our relationships with strategic partners, distributors and third-party service providers and any reduction in the sales efforts by distributors, cooperative efforts from our partners or service from third-party providers could materially impact our revenues. • The loss of licenses to resell or use third-party software or the lack of support or enhancement of such software could adversely affect our business. • Current and future competitors could have a significant impact on our ability to generate future revenues and profits, including through the use of AI and other emerging technologies. • The length of our sales cycle can fluctuate significantly, which could result in significant fluctuations in revenues being recognized from quarter to quarter. • Our existing clients might cancel contracts with us, fail to renew contracts on their renewal dates and/or fail to purchase additional services and products, and we may be unable to attract new clients, which could adversely affect our operating results. • Consolidation in the industry, particularly by large, well-capitalized companies, could place pressure on our operating margins which could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our business. • Our sales to government clients expose us to business volatility and risks, including government budgeting cycles and appropriations, early termination, audits, investigations, sanctions, penalties and changes in government spending and policies. • Geopolitical instability, political unrest, war and other global conflicts, including the Russia-Ukraine and Middle East conflicts have affected and may continue to affect our business. • Our global operations expose us to risks associated with an evolving international trade and tariff environment, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. • The restructuring of certain of our operations may be ineffective, may adversely affect our business and our finances, and we may incur additional restructuring charges in connection with such actions, and our enterprise assessment may not achieve its intended objectives. • We must continue to manage our internal resources during periods of company growth, or our operating results could be adversely affected. 4

Page 5

Table of Contents • If we lose the services of our executive officers or other key employees or if we are not able to attract or retain top employees, our business could be significantly harmed. • Our compensation structure may hinder our efforts to attract and retain vital employees. • Increasing corporate citizenship expectations, regulatory complexity, and disclosure obligations may negatively impact our business, financial performance, and reputation. • Our use of a mixed workforce model, including remote, hybrid and in-office employees, and changes to our in-office requirements, subject us to operational challenges and risks, including risks to employee retention and morale. Risks Related to Acquisitions and Divestitures • Acquisitions, investments, joint ventures and other business initiatives may negatively affect our operating results. • We may fail to realize all of the anticipated benefits of our acquisitions and divestitures, or those benefits may take longer to realize than expected. • We may be unable to successfully integrate acquired businesses or do so within the intended timeframes, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and business prospects. • Businesses we acquire may have disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, cybersecurity and compliance with data privacy laws that are weaker than or otherwise not in conformity with ours. Risks Related to Laws and Regulatory Compliance • Our provision for income taxes and effective income tax rate may vary significantly and may adversely affect our results of operations and cash resources. • As part of the ongoing audit of our Canadian tax returns by the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA), we have received notices of, and are appealing, reassessments for Fiscal 2012 through Fiscal 2021. An adverse outcome of these ongoing audits could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations. • Risks associated with data privacy issues, including evolving laws and regulations and associated compliance efforts, may adversely impact our business. • Certain of our products may be perceived as, or determined by the courts to be, a violation of privacy rights and related laws. Any such perception or determination could adversely affect our revenues and results of operations. • AI and other machine learning technology is being integrated into some of our products, systems or solutions, which could present risks and challenges to our business, and rapid advances in AI could intensify competitive pressures, accelerate technological change and reduce demand for certain of our existing offerings. Risks Related to our Financial Condition • We may not generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our unfunded pension obligations. • Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could materially affect our financial results. • Our indebtedness could limit our operations and opportunities. Risks Related to Ownership of our Common Shares • Our revenues and operating results are likely to fluctuate, which could materially impact the market price of our Common Shares. • Changes in the market price of our Common Shares and credit ratings of our outstanding debt securities could lead to losses for shareholders and debt holders. General Risks • Unexpected events may materially harm our ability to align when we incur expenses with when we recognize revenues. • We may fail to achieve our financial forecasts due to inaccurate sales forecasts or other factors. • Our international operations expose us to business, political and economic risks. • We may become involved in litigation that may materially adversely affect us. • The declaration, payment and amount of dividends will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on a number of factors. • Our operating results could be adversely affected by any weakening of economic conditions. • Stress in the global financial system may adversely affect our finances and operations. 5

Page 6

Table of Contents Item 1. Business About OpenText Incorporated in 1991, OpenText is a leading provider of data management for enterprise AI. We are Canadian in our roots and global in our reach. We provide the secure data foundation in the AI stack, the trusted context that makes credible AI outcomes possible. We give clients the choice to transform and operate at their best: deployment on-premise or in the cloud, with the type of cloud they need, public, private or sovereign, and to integrate with any enterprise-grade language model. We operate across the private, public, and highly regulated sectors including retail, financial services, government, manufacturing, healthcare, energy, and logistics. As enterprise adoption of AI continues to evolve, organizations increasingly require trusted, governed enterprise data to deploy AI effectively. OpenText’s products and solutions build on the Company’s longstanding data management capabilities to help clients meet those evolving requirements. Our products and solutions are a critical layer in the AI stack that connect enterprise data to AI for trusted outcomes. OpenText’s data management products and solutions manage and govern the creation, capture, use, analysis, and lifecycle of structured and unstructured enterprise data. We help organizations manage and integrate their data, unlocking its value for trusted AI results, while meeting privacy and compliance requirements, so clients can move confidently from AI experimentation to enterprise-scale AI adoption. To accelerate agentic AI and business transformation, OpenText enables clients to deploy in the cloud of their choice, with the AI model that best meets business, security, and regulatory obligations. Our AI-first solutions are available across a combination of private, public and sovereign cloud, managed cloud services, Application Programming Interface (API) and on-premise environments. This deployment flexibility enables organizations to operate across hybrid and multi-cloud environments while meeting operational, security, and regulatory obligations. By supporting clients wherever they are in their AI journey, we aim to build long-term, high-value client relationships. Our investments in research and development (R&D) drive ongoing innovation in AI, cloud, and cybersecurity, seeking to increase the value of our offerings to our existing and prospective client base, which includes global enterprises, small and medium- sized businesses (SMBs), regulated industries, governments, and other clients around the world. OpenText Strategy We are a leading provider of secure data context for enterprise AI. Our products and solutions portfolio provide the secure data foundation in the AI stack, the trusted context that makes credible AI outcomes possible. Our strategy is centered around disciplined execution and capital allocation that we expect will return the business to organic and sustainable revenue growth on a constant currency basis. One common purpose unites OpenText colleagues around the world: client success. Each OpenText employee is accountable for it, whether directly or in support of those who are. Client success is OpenText’s growth. Our strategy is built on four strategic pillars: grow the current client base, acquire new clients, drive disciplined execution, and innovate with purpose. ■ Grow Current Client Base • Cross-sell the full OpenText portfolio across accounts via our new “One OpenText” go-to-market model, which aligns client coverage by geographic market, provides clients with a single accountable point of contact and brings together the full breadth of our portfolio, specialist expertise and partner ecosystem. • Expand installed-base adoption by accelerating cloud migration. ■ New Client Acquisition • Accelerate mid-market client acquisition through OpenText's partner ecosystem. • Deepen ties with hyperscalers, global and regional systems integrators and independent software vendors (ISVs) to expand reach and drive innovation. ■ Disciplined Execution • Simplify operations for speed and accountability by pushing decisions closer to client-facing teams, including leaders in supporting markets. • Apply consistent discipline to capital allocation, streamlined decision rights to best serve the clients, operating model, costs, and cloud migration. 6

Page 7

Table of Contents • Regularly evaluate divestitures of our products and solutions portfolio that no longer align with our future growth strategy (see “Acquisitions and Divestitures During the Last Five Fiscal Years” below, and Note 19 “Acquisitions and Divestitures” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K). ■ Innovation with Purpose • Give clients flexibility to deploy across the clouds and AI language models that fit their needs. • Differentiated investments that enable our clients’ success, focused on content management and business networks. About OpenText Products and Solutions OpenText provides data management solutions at scale to meet the demands and needs of a global market. Our offerings help organizations collect, connect, contextualize, protect, govern, use, and secure data across their operations. These products and solutions are fundamentally integrated into our clients’ operations and existing software systems to connect large digital supply chains, information technology (IT) service management ecosystems, application development and delivery workflows, and processes across industries operating in public, private, and regulated sectors. Furthermore, we provide cybersecurity solutions designed to help organizations protect sensitive data, applications, and systems across complex hybrid environments. These security offerings protect, encrypt, detect, and respond to cyber threats, and include identity and access management, threat detection and response, data protection, and application security. Enterprise data is an organization’s most valuable proprietary resource, generated by structured and unstructured sources including documents, files, emails, IT and application logs, invoices, and partner, supplier, and client interactions. The volume, variety, and velocity of this data require a scalable data management platform, like OpenText's, to handle large numbers of users, significant transaction volumes, security and operational digital signals, and global supply chain networks. We make enterprise data more valuable by connecting it to AI and digital business processes, enriching it with insights, and protecting it throughout its lifecycle. By integrating diverse data into a governed, protected, and proprietary environment aligned with applicable security and governance requirements, our solutions provide the context needed to apply data for AI within workflows, applications, and automated processes. Ultimately, these capabilities enable enterprise data to serve as a trusted foundation for applications involving AI, such as emerging agent-based or automated decision-making technologies, including our complementary Aviator AI agents, described in this section. OpenText Product Categories OpenText is a comprehensive data management platform consisting of seven product categories including: Content, Business Network, IT Operations Management (ITOM), Cybersecurity (Enterprise), Cybersecurity (SMB & Consumer), Application Delivery Management (ADM), and Analytics. Content OpenText Content is our largest product category and includes content management, integration and intelligent automation capabilities. These products and solutions manage human-generated data by connecting content to digital business processes, reducing information silos, and providing secure and compliant access to structured and unstructured data. This product category is designed to improve productivity and insights while helping clients manage information-related risk. Our Content portfolio manages the lifecycle, distribution, use and analysis of information across the organization, from capture to archiving and disposition. This includes content collaboration, intelligent capture, records management, e- signature, and archiving capabilities. These products and solutions are available on-premise, through a cloud provider selected by the client, as a subscription in the OpenText Cloud, in a hybrid environment, or as a managed service. OpenText Content enables clients to capture data from physical and digital sources, and transform it into digital content that can be managed, governed and used across content management solutions, business processes, analytics applications and AI-enabled workflows. OpenText Content integrates with the applications that manage critical business processes, such as SAP® S/4HANA, SAP® SuccessFactors®, Salesforce®, Microsoft® Office 7

Page 8

Table of Contents 365® and other software systems and applications, establishing the foundation for intelligent business process and content workflow automation. By connecting unstructured content with structured data workflows, these capabilities are designed to provide users with access to relevant content when needed, reduce errors, support business insight and increase efficiency. Business Network OpenText Business Network provides the foundation for digital supply chains and secure e-commerce ecosystems in the cloud. Business Network Cloud manages business-to-business data within the organization and outside the firewall, connecting people, systems and Internet of Things (IoT) devices at a global scale for clients to digitize and automate their procure-to-pay and order-to-cash processes. For our clients, these products and solutions deliver streamlined connectivity, secure collaboration and real-time business intelligence in a single, unified platform. Organizations can use these offerings to build global and sustainable supply chains, rapidly onboard new trading partners, comply with regional mandates, assess their credit quality and ethics scores, provide electronic invoicing and remove information silos across ecosystems and the extended enterprise. We enable supply chain optimization, digital business integration, data management, messaging, security, communications and secure data exchange across an increasingly complex network of on-premise and cloud applications, connected devices, systems and people. IT Operations Management (ITOM) OpenText ITOM helps clients manage machine generated data to increase service levels and improve experiences through the holistic management of IT assets and applications across all types of infrastructures and environments. ITOM includes IT service management and asset management capabilities that help automate IT support processes through our OpenText Service Management offering. We enable AI operations management through network operations management (NOM), connected data management and observability through OpsBridge. We also help clients manage vulnerabilities and deploy patches across their IT environments through server and network automation. In addition, our universal discovery and automation tools are designed to manage distributed landscapes and help clients better manage cloud costs and carbon footprints. Cybersecurity (Enterprise) OpenText Cybersecurity (Enterprise) consists of a comprehensive portfolio of software solutions and services that enable large organizations to protect, detect, and respond to cyber threats across complex, hybrid IT environments. These capabilities are delivered primarily through an integrated platform that unifies security functions across identity, data, applications, and operations. Core capabilities include threat detection and response, identity and access management, application security, data privacy and protection, security operations, digital forensics, and threat intelligence. Our Cybersecurity (Enterprise) products and solutions can be integrated with major technology ecosystems to support interoperability and reduce friction in a variety of environments. At the infrastructure and application layer, OpenText Cybersecurity (Enterprise) products and solutions help detect issues and respond to and remediate threats. The full suite of capabilities includes Application Security (Fortify), Identity and Access Management (NetIQ), Email Encryption (Voltage), Security Information and Event Management (SIEM with ArcSight), Endpoint Detection Response (EDR), Network Detection Response (NDR), Managed Detection and Response (MDR), BrightCloud Threat Intelligence, and Digital Forensics & Incident Response. We deliver services, combining front-line experience with automation, AI technology and OpenText software, to help organizations detect threats in real time. Cybersecurity (SMB & Consumer) OpenText Cybersecurity (SMB & Consumer) consists of a portfolio of simplified, integrated security solutions designed for small and medium-sized businesses, managed service providers (MSPs), and individual consumers. These offerings prioritize ease of deployment, automation, and cost efficiency while providing multi-layered protection against cyber threats. 8

Page 9

Table of Contents At the data layer, Cybersecurity (SMB & Consumer) helps clients be cyber-resilient with uninterrupted access and protection of business data against cyber threats. With Carbonite Endpoint, Carbonite Server, Carbonite Cloud-to-Cloud Backup and Information Archiving, clients have visibility across all endpoints, devices and networks, for proactive discovery of sensitive data, identification of threats and sound data collection for investigation. At the edge, these products and solutions help clients protect endpoints, virtual machine platforms and browsers from rising cyber-attacks. With Webroot Endpoint Protection, Webroot Domain Name System (DNS) protection, Email Security by Zix, Security Awareness Training, MDR and Threat Hunting, these security solutions are directed to SMB and consumers. We serve SMB together with its network of MSPs who help deploy OpenText products and solutions at scale. The Cybersecurity SMB portfolio is primarily delivered through cloud-based deployments and is often distributed through a global network of MSPs. Through this partner network, we enable SMB clients with limited IT resources to implement cybersecurity capabilities without significant infrastructure investment. Application Delivery Management (ADM) OpenText ADM focuses on helping clients re-engineer processes and adapt to complex requirements in order to deliver client and employee applications. Our cloud ready solutions are designed to accelerate the development of case and process- driven applications with low-code, drag-and-drop components, reusable building blocks and pre-built accelerators. OpenText ADM provides performance and functional testing, as well as application lifecycle management, with improved visibility across the application delivery process. In addition, the professional services team works with clients to simplify complex interactions among people, content, transactions and workflows across multiple systems of record to support a diverse range of use cases. Within applications automation, we help clients move workloads into the cloud by integrating client applications that operate on mainframes and other legacy infrastructures. From mainframe development tools to host connectivity, these products and solutions are designed to deliver value in a fast-paced and evolving IT landscape. Clients can innovate with lower risk, by transforming core business applications, processes, and infrastructure from mainframe to cloud. The ADM product category included the AMC business prior to the AMC Divestiture on May 1, 2024. During Fiscal 2024, the AMC business comprised approximately 45% of the ADM revenues. See Note 19 “Acquisitions and Divestitures” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more details. Analytics OpenText Analytics products and solutions help organizations improve data strategy and data management through automation, high-speed data processing, visualization, and natural language capabilities. The Analytics portfolio includes data analytics, unstructured data analysis, and visualization capabilities that enable organizations to process and analyze data from multiple sources, generate insights, and apply those insights within business processes, workflows, and applications. These capabilities can be deployed as comprehensive, end-to-end analytics solutions or as API components embedded in other original equipment manufacturer (OEM) solutions. The Analytics product category included the eDOCS business prior to the eDOCS Divestiture (as defined below) on January 12, 2026, and the Vertica business prior to the Vertica Divestiture (as defined below) on May 11, 2026. During Fiscal 2026, the Vertica and eDOCS businesses comprised approximately 34% and 8%, respectively of Analytics. See Note 19 “Acquisitions and Divestitures” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more details. OpenText Aviator and AI OpenText Aviator™ is a suite of business AI agents embedded across OpenText platforms, products, and solutions with enterprise-grade security, privacy, compliance, and data governance capabilities. Aviator agents operate as AI-powered assistants designed to support employees, automate knowledge-intensive tasks, and support more timely and informed business decisions. These capabilities are designed to enable the use of 9

Page 10

Table of Contents proprietary data in public and private cloud environments, consistent with applicable enterprise governance requirements. By combining conversational AI, generative AI, predictive analytics, knowledge discovery, and workflow automation, Aviator agents use the secure data context layer to help clients search, summarize, analyze, generate, and act on enterprise data to deliver valuable outcomes and results. OpenText Revenues Our business consists of four revenue streams: cloud services and subscriptions, customer support, license and professional service and other. For information regarding our revenues by significant geographic area for Fiscal 2026, Fiscal 2025 and Fiscal 2024, see Note 20 “Segment Information” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Cloud Services and Subscriptions Cloud services and subscriptions revenues consist of (i) software as a service (SaaS) offerings, (ii) APIs and data services, and (iii) private cloud that includes hosted services and managed service arrangements. These offerings allow clients to transmit a variety of content between various mediums and to securely manage enterprise information without the commitment of investing in related hardware infrastructure. Cloud services and subscriptions revenue was the largest driver of growth in Fiscal 2026. Supported by a global, scalable and secure infrastructure, OpenText Cloud Editions includes a foundational platform of technology services, and packaged business applications for industry and business processes. Managed services provide an end-to-end fully outsourced B2B integration solution to clients, including program implementation, operational management and customer support. Customer Support The first year of our customer support offering is usually purchased by clients together with the license of our data management software products and solutions. Customer support is typically renewed on an annual basis and historically customer support revenues have been a significant portion of our total revenue. Through our customer support programs, clients receive access to software and security upgrades, a knowledge base, discussion boards, product information and an online mechanism to post and review “trouble tickets.” Additionally, our customer support teams handle questions on the use, configuration and functionality of OpenText products and solutions and help identify software issues, develop solutions and document enhancement requests for consideration in future product releases. License License revenues consist of fees earned from the licensing of software products and solutions to our clients. Our license revenues are impacted by the strength of general economic and industry conditions, the competitive strength of our software products and solutions, and our acquisitions. The decision by a client to license our software products often involves a comprehensive implementation process across the client’s network or networks and the licensing and implementation of our software products and solutions may entail a significant commitment of resources by prospective clients. Professional Service and Other We provide consulting and learning services to clients. Generally, these services relate to the implementation, training and integration of our licensed product offerings into the client’s systems. Our consulting services help clients build solutions that enable them to leverage their investments in our technology and in existing enterprise systems. The implementation of these services can range from simple modifications to meet specific departmental needs to enterprise applications that integrate with multiple existing systems. Our learning services consultants analyze our clients’ education and training needs, focusing on key learning outcomes and timelines, with a view to creating an appropriate education plan for the employees of our clients who work with our products and solutions. Education plans are designed to be flexible and can be applied to any phase of implementation: pilot, roll-out, upgrade or refresher. OpenText learning services employ a blended approach by combining mentoring, instructor-led courses, webinars, eLearning and focused workshops. 10

Page 11

Table of Contents Marketing and Sales Clients Our client base consists of Global 10,000 organizations, enterprise companies, public sector agencies, mid-market companies, SMBs and direct consumers. Ecosystem Partners As part of reinvigorating our partner ecosystem, we are committed to working with the best regional system integrators and technology and service providers to co-develop, co-sell and co-service solutions for our clients. Together these partnerships help fulfill key market objectives to drive new business, establish a competitive advantage and create demonstrable business value. Our OpenText Partner Network offers partnerships across key categories: Global Systems Integrators, Regional System Integrators, Distributors, Cloud Service Providers, Telecommunication Service Providers, and Hyperscalers. This creates an extended organization that develops technologies, repeatable service offerings, and solutions designed to help clients maximize their investments in the OpenText portfolio. Through the OpenText Partner Network, we are extending market coverage, building stronger relationships and providing clients with a more complete local ecosystem of partners to meet their needs. Each distinct program is focused to provide valuable business benefits to the joint relationship. We have a number of important global partnerships that contribute to our success. These include the most prominent organizations in enterprise software, hardware and public cloud, collaborating with us to enhance the value of customer investments. They include: • SAP SE (SAP): We partner with SAP on content services and our content products are embedded in the SAP infrastructure. The OpenText Suite for SAP solutions provides key business content within the context of SAP business processes providing agentic workflows, enhanced efficiencies and better experiences for clients, employees and partners - accessible anywhere and anytime and available in the cloud and on-premise. As our clients move their enterprise resource planning to the cloud with SAP, we believe they can benefit from secure cloud archiving from OpenText to drive higher productivity. • Google Cloud: We work together with Google Cloud to innovate on AI and we deploy our data management solutions on the Google Cloud Platform. This includes a containerized application architecture for flexible cloud or hybrid deployment models. Deploying our solutions on the Google Cloud Platform allows our clients to scale their businesses to meet the cloud data sovereignty requirements globally. We offer our solutions as a managed service and selected products as a SaaS offering. • Amazon Web Services (AWS): We work with AWS to deploy our cloud solutions on AWS infrastructure to meet client demand. Our collaboration offers businesses the opportunity to consume our data management solutions as fully managed services on AWS for cost savings, increased performance, scalability and security. • Microsoft Corporation (Microsoft): For the enterprise market, we work together with Microsoft to innovate on integrated content solutions (now with AI), holistic cybersecurity solutions (particularly in threat detection and response), and in ADM with integrated tool sets for the developer. For the SMB market, we are one of Microsoft’s nine authorized Cloud Solutions Providers in the North American market. We sell joint solutions across Microsoft Office and Cybersecurity (SMB & Consumer) through partners to small and medium businesses. • Salesforce, Inc. (Salesforce): The company-to-company partnership between OpenText and Salesforce is focused on growing a full portfolio of data management solutions to complement the Salesforce ecosystem by uniting the structured and unstructured information experience. Global Systems Integrators (GSIs) provide clients with digital transformational services around many OpenText technologies, including AI. They are trained and certified on OpenText products and solutions and enhance the value of our offerings by providing technical credibility and complementary services to clients. Our GSIs include Accenture plc, Capgemini Technology Services SAS, Deloitte Consulting LLP, Hewlett Packard Enterprises and Tata Consultancy Services (TCS). Our partner program also enables MSPs, regional system integrators, distributors and network and security vendors to grow through cloud-based cybersecurity, threat intelligence and backup and recovery solutions aimed at 11

Page 12

Table of Contents the SMB and consumer markets. We provide the industry-specific tools, services, training, integrations, certifications and platforms our partners need to ensure trust and reliability with their client base. The MSPs in our network provide a key go-to-market channel as MSPs act as intermediaries between the solutions vendors like OpenText and the SMB market. An MSP specializes in their local market and provides managed services to their clients. International Markets We provide our product offerings worldwide. Our geographic coverage allows us to draw on business and technical expertise from a geographically diverse workforce, providing greater stability to our operations and revenue streams by diversifying our portfolio to better mitigate the risks of a single geographically focused business. There are inherent risks to conducting operations internationally. For more information about these risks, see “Risk Factors” included in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Competition We operate in a highly competitive environment, subject to rapid technological change and shifting client needs and economic pressures. We operate across many different distinct market categories, each of which includes well-established and specialized competitors. We compete with large enterprise technology providers, including International Business Machines Corporation (IBM), Microsoft Corporation (Microsoft), Oracle Corporation (Oracle) and ServiceNow, Inc. (ServiceNow), as well as with specialized software vendors such as Box, Inc., Hyland Software, Inc., Atlassian Corporation, Gen Digital Inc. and Adobe Inc. In certain markets, OpenText competes with Microsoft, who is also our partner. We also face competition from systems integrators that configure hardware and software into customized systems. As enterprises increasingly adopt artificial intelligence and agentic technologies, competition has expanded beyond traditional data management vendors. We increasingly compete with large platform providers extending into enterprise AI and agentic workflows including Microsoft and ServiceNow. We also compete with specialized enterprise AI and knowledge- platform providers and they are often evaluated alongside traditional data management, content management, automation, and workflow offerings. New competitors, emerging technologies, and strategic alliances among existing market participants may also impact competitive dynamics and market share. We expect competition to continue to increase as a result of ongoing software industry consolidation and the continued adoption of cloud, AI and automation technologies. We believe that certain competitive factors affect the market for our software products and services, which may include: (i) vendor and product reputation; (ii) product quality, performance and price; (iii) the availability of software products on multiple platforms; (iv) product scalability; (v) product integration with other enterprise applications; (vi) software functionality and features; (vii) software ease of use; (viii) the quality of professional services, client support services and training; and (ix) the ability to address specific client business problems. We believe the relative importance of each of these factors depends upon the concerns and needs of each specific client. Research and Development The industry in which we compete is subject to rapid technological developments, evolving industry standards, changes in client requirements and competitive new products and features. As a result, our success, in part, depends on our ability to continually enhance our existing products in a timely and efficient manner and to develop and introduce new products that meet client needs while reducing total cost of ownership. We are committed to advancing our product portfolio through increased investment in research and development activities, with a focus on Content, Business Network, AI, and cloud services products and solutions that reinforce our role as the data foundation for trusted AI. 12

Page 13

Table of Contents Our product strategy will rely on five pillars: • Business AI - Roadmaps driven by AI strategies • Business Clouds - Secure and connected data management • Business Technology - Via data cloud and enhanced cloud platforms • Business & Consumer Security - Enhancing security for all our clients and products • Product Integration - Deepening the integration of our cybersecurity products into Content Cloud and Business Network Cloud products. Our R&D expenses were $647.7 million for Fiscal 2026, $755.9 million for Fiscal 2025 and $864.5 million for Fiscal 2024. We believe our spending on R&D is an appropriate balance between managing our organic growth and results of operations. Acquisitions and Divestitures During the Last Five Fiscal Years We regularly evaluate acquisition and divestiture opportunities within the data management market and at any time may be in various stages of discussions with respect to such opportunities. Below is a summary of certain significant acquisitions and divestitures we have made over the last five fiscal years. • On May 11, 2026, we completed the divestiture of our Vertica business (Vertica), a part of our Analytics product category, to Rocket Software, Inc. (Rocket Software) for $150.0 million in cash before taxes, fees and other adjustments (the Vertica Divestiture). • On January 12, 2026, we completed the divestiture of our eDOCS business (eDOCS), a part of our Analytics product category, to NetDocuments Software, Inc. (NetDocuments) for $163.0 million in cash before taxes, fees and other adjustments (the eDOCS Divestiture). • On May 1, 2024, we completed the divestiture of our Application Modernization and Connectivity (AMC) business to Rocket Software for $2.275 billion in cash before taxes, fees and other adjustments (the AMC Divestiture). • On January 31, 2023, we completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding ordinary shares of Micro Focus International Limited, formerly Micro Focus International plc (Micro Focus), a leading provider of mission-critical software technology and services that help clients accelerate digital transformations, for $6.2 billion (the Micro Focus Acquisition), inclusive of Micro Focus’ cash and repayment of Micro Focus’ outstanding indebtedness. • On December 23, 2021, we acquired Zix Corporation, a leader in SaaS based email encryption, threat protection and compliance cloud solutions for SMBs, for $894.5 million. • On November 24, 2021, we acquired all of the equity interest in Bricata Inc. for $17.8 million. We believe in a programmatic approach to growth through tuck-in acquisitions that align with our strategic priorities. We expect to carry out programmatic divestitures, when such a strategy presents the best opportunity to monetize long-term returns for mature products. We will remain flexible and aim to allocate our capital accordingly to the highest return scenario. Intellectual Property Rights Our success and ability to compete depends in part on our ability to develop, protect and maintain our intellectual property and proprietary technology and to operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others. Our software products are generally licensed to our clients on a non-exclusive basis for internal use in a client’s organization. We also grant rights to our intellectual property to third parties that allow them to market certain of our products on a non-exclusive or limited-scope exclusive basis for a particular application of the product(s) or to a particular geographic area. We rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark and trade secret laws, non-disclosure agreements and other contractual provisions to establish and maintain our proprietary rights. We have obtained or applied for trademark registration for corporate and strategic product names in selected major markets. We have a number of U.S. and foreign patents and pending applications, including patents and rights to patent applications acquired through strategic transactions, which relate to various aspects of our products and technology. The duration of our patents is determined by the laws of the country of issuance and is typically 20 years from the date of filing of the patent application resulting in the patent. From time to time, we may enforce our intellectual property rights through 13

Page 14

Table of Contents litigation in line with our strategic and business objectives. While we believe our intellectual property is valuable and our ability to maintain and protect our intellectual property rights is important to our success, we also believe that our business as a whole is not materially dependent on any particular patent, trademark, license, or other intellectual property right. For more information on the risks related to our intellectual property rights, see “Risk Factors” included in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Human Capital Our Global Footprint Our ability to attract, retain and engage a highly skilled workforce committed to innovation, operational excellence and the OpenText mission and values across our global footprint is a cornerstone to our success. As of June 30, 2026, we had approximately 19,900 employees, of which approximately 6,900 or 35% are in the Americas, 4,600 or 23% are in EMEA (as defined below) and 8,400 or 42% are in Asia Pacific. Currently, we have employees in 42 countries enabling strong access to multiple talent pools while ensuring reach and proximity to our clients. See “Results of Operations” included in Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for our definitions of geographic regions. The approximate composition of our employee base is as follows: (i) 3,900 employees in sales and marketing, (ii) 6,400 employees in product development, (iii) 3,700 employees in cloud services, (iv) 1,500 employees in professional services, (v) 1,700 employees in customer support and (vi) 2,700 employees in general and administrative roles. We believe that relations with our employees are strong. In certain jurisdictions, where it is customary to do so, a “Workers’ Council” or professional union represents our employees. Employee Engagement, Culture and Values We have high voluntary employee retention levels, and we actively monitor attrition to ensure we retain our key talent. We also regularly conduct employee research to understand perceptions in the areas of engagement, company strategy, company mission, personal impact, manager effectiveness, recognition, career development and values. Participation level and engagement have remained high. Additional surveys and listening, including feedback from new hires through onboarding surveys, inform our communication and engagement plan to ensure we create meaningful experiences and support higher productivity and engagement. Our organizational culture is rooted in the OpenText Way — the business values that guide how we operate. We know that Great People make Great Software. Great people write great software through design that is oriented on their Values: (1) Puts clients first; (2) Tackles challenges head on; (3) Innovates; (4) Helps teams succeed; (5) Cares about people; and (6) Acts ethically. Our human resource programs and how we operate are informed by these values. Governance and Impact We are committed to our role as a responsible corporate citizen, actively making a difference in the communities where our employees live and work through meaningful community impact and volunteer efforts. We focus on delivering the greatest value and impact while complying with all regulatory requirements. Our charitable giving program ensures we direct our resources to maximize impact. We have adopted the UN Sustainable Development Goals framework to guide our charitable efforts. We provide employees with three paid days off to volunteer to support causes that matter most to them and we match many employee fundraising efforts globally on an annual basis. To operate long-term, we need to ensure that our local communities and the natural environment are thriving. We are committed to mitigating any adverse environmental impacts of our business activities, which at a minimum means abiding by all environmental laws, regulations and standards that apply to us. Our Environmental Policy articulates our commitment to measuring and managing our environmental impact. Our Corporate Citizenship governance framework sets a structured approach to pursuing and managing activities to advance our initiatives across the Company. 14

Page 15

Table of Contents See “Increasing corporate citizenship expectations, regulatory complexity, and disclosure obligations may negatively impact our business, financial performance, and reputation” in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” included elsewhere within this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Compensation and Benefits Our compensation philosophy is based on a set of principles that align with business strategy, reflect business and individual performance levels, consider market conditions to ensure competitiveness, demonstrate internal pay equity for similar roles and reflect the impact that economic conditions have on pay programs. Our compensation and benefit programs are regularly reviewed through an executive-sponsored governance process. Across the Company, we offer a wide variety of retirement and group benefits including medical, life and disability, which are designed to protect employees and their dependents against financial hardship due to illness or injury. Programs are designed to recognize the global breadth of our work force and a range of well-being needs. We also have regional Employee Assistance Programs in many countries that provide 24/7 confidential counselling, support and access to resources for employees and their families. The OpenText Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) is a global benefit program that allows all eligible employees to purchase OpenText shares at a 15% discount and provides the opportunity for employees to strengthen their ownership in the Company while enjoying the benefits of potential share price appreciation. Merit-based performance management is a cornerstone of our goals. Year-end reviews and rewards are directly tied to the performance goals that employees achieve throughout the year. Our pay programs are carefully designed and governed, from hiring practices to consistency in progression rates based on performance. In designing variable pay for performance awards, we focus only on measurable outcomes rather than subjective measures. This ensures consistent growth opportunities and awards tied to business results. Employee Education, Training and Compliance We know that employees join OpenText for continuous learning, experience and credentials to shape their careers. Our strategies focus on ensuring strong technical credentials, building capabilities, new skills sets and a high duty of care in ensuring ethical, secure and compliant practices. All employees have internal access to certification on OpenText and partner products, in-house training programs, mentorship, and individual development plans. Leaders and managers play a key role in the engagement of employees. From a focus on high quality interviewing and onboarding of new hires to the importance of career development planning, we foster a culture and value proposition of career development. Internal applications to job postings are highly encouraged. Our annual Career Week event focuses on career development planning and honing manager skills in developing teams. We offer an annual education reimbursement program to all employees globally. This program aligns with our commitment to support internal development, equal opportunity and mobility across all of our geographies, regardless of an employee’s role, function or location. We have designed the education reimbursement program to meet the needs of all personalized development goals through programs that range from technical to business skills. As part of our commitment to the highest standards of conduct, all employees and contractors participate in an annual formal Compliance and Data Security Training, including Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (Ethics Code), Responsible Business Practices, Data Protection, Responsible use of AI, Global Data Privacy Practices, Protecting Information and Preventing Sexual Harassment Training. These compliance programs ensure that we operate our business with integrity, following standard business ethics across the globe. Available Information OpenText Corporation was incorporated on June 26, 1991. Our principal office is located at 275 Frank Tompa Drive, Waterloo, Ontario, Canada N2L 0A1, and our telephone number at that location is (519) 888-7111. Open Text Inc. serves as the Company’s agent for service of process in the United States at 1800 South Novell Place, Provo, Utah, 84606, USA, telephone number (801) 861-7000. Our internet address is www.opentext.com. Our website is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as an inactive textual reference only. Except for the documents specifically incorporated by reference into this Annual Report, information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and should not be considered to be a part of this Annual Report. 15

Page 16

Table of Contents Access to our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to these reports filed with or furnished to the SEC may be obtained free of charge through the Investors section of our website at investors.opentext.com as soon as is reasonably practical after we electronically file or furnish these reports. In addition, our filings with the SEC may be accessed through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov and our filings with the Canadian Securities Administrators (CSA) may be accessed through the CSA’s System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval (SEDAR+) at www.sedarplus.ca. The SEC and SEDAR+ websites are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as inactive textual references only. Except for the documents specifically incorporated by reference into this Annual Report, information contained on the SEC or SEDAR+ websites is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and should not be considered to be a part of this Annual Report. All statements made in any of our securities filings, including all forward-looking statements or information, are made as of the date of the document in which the statement is included, and we do not assume or undertake any obligation to update any of those statements or documents unless we are required to do so by applicable law. Investors should note that we may announce information using our website, press releases, securities law filings, public conference calls, webcasts and the social media channels identified on the Investors section of our website (https://investors.opentext.com). Such social media channels may include the Company’s or our CEO’s blog, Twitter account or LinkedIn account. The information posted through such channels may be material. Accordingly, investors should monitor such channels in addition to our other forms of communication. Unless otherwise specified, such information is not incorporated into, or deemed to be a part of, our Annual Report on Form 10-K or in any other report or document we file with the SEC under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or under applicable Canadian securities laws. Item 1A. Risk Factors The following important factors could cause our actual business and financial results to differ materially from our current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections. These forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or made elsewhere by management from time to time are subject to important risks, uncertainties and assumptions which are difficult to predict. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks and uncertainties facing us. Additional risks not currently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial may also impair our operating results, financial condition and liquidity. Our business is also subject to general risks and uncertainties that affect many other companies. The risks discussed below are not necessarily presented in order of importance or probability of occurrence. You should read these risk factors in conjunction with the section entitled “Forward-Looking Statements” in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and our consolidated financial statements and related notes in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Risks Related to our Business and Industry If we do not continue to develop technologically advanced products that successfully integrate with the software products and enhancements used by our clients, future revenues and our operating results may be negatively affected. Our success depends upon our ability to design, develop, test, market, license, sell and support new software products and services and enhancements of current products and services on a timely basis in response to both competitive threats and marketplace demands. The software industry is increasingly focused on cloud computing, mobility, social media, SaaS and AI, among other continually evolving shifts. In addition, our software products, services and enhancements must remain compatible with standard platforms and file formats. Often, we must integrate software licensed or acquired from third parties with our proprietary software to create new products or improve our existing products. If we are unable to achieve a successful integration with third-party software, we may not be successful in developing and marketing our new software products, services and enhancements. If we are unable to successfully integrate third-party software to develop new software products, services and enhancements to existing software products and services, or to complete the development of new software products and services which we license or acquire from third parties, our operating results will be materially adversely affected. Further, as we develop, acquire and introduce new products and services, including those that incorporate AI, we may be subject to new or heightened legal, ethical and other challenges, which may impact our ability to continue to innovate. In addition, if the integrated or new products or enhancements do not achieve acceptance by the marketplace, our operating results could be materially adversely affected. Moreover, if new industry standards 16

Page 17

Table of Contents emerge that we do not anticipate or adapt to, or, if alternatives to our services and solutions, including new AI technologies, are developed by our competitors in times of rapid technological change, our software products and services could be rendered less competitive or obsolete, causing us to lose market share and, as a result, harm our business and operating results and our ability to compete in the marketplace. Product development is a long, expensive and uncertain process, and we may terminate one or more of our development programs. We may determine that certain software product candidates or programs do not have sufficient potential to warrant the continued allocation of resources. Accordingly, we may elect to terminate one or more of our programs for such product candidates. If we terminate a software product in development in which we have invested significant resources, our prospects may suffer, as we will have expended resources on a project that does not provide a return on our investment, and may have missed the opportunity to have allocated those resources to potentially more productive uses, which may negatively impact our business, operating results and financial condition. Our investment in our current research and development efforts may not provide a sufficient or timely return. The development of data management software products is a costly, complex and time-consuming process, and the investment in data management software product development often involves a long wait until a return is achieved on such an investment. We are making, and will continue to make, significant investments in software research and development and related product and service opportunities. Investments in new technology and processes are inherently speculative. Commercial success depends on many factors, including the degree of innovation of the software products and services developed through our research and development efforts, sufficient support from our strategic partners and effective distribution and marketing. Accelerated software product introductions and short product life cycles require high levels of expenditures for research and development and the potential introduction of government regulation, including those related to the use of AI, and may increase the costs of research and development as well as compliance with such regulation. These expenditures may adversely affect our operating results if they are not offset by corresponding revenue increases. We believe that we must continue to dedicate a significant amount of resources to our research and development efforts in order to maintain our competitive position. However, significant revenues from new software product and service investments may not be achieved for a number of years, if at all. Moreover, new software products and services may not be profitable, and even if they are profitable, operating margins for new software products and services may not be as high as the margins we have experienced for our current or historical software products and services. If our software products and services do not gain market acceptance, our operating results may be negatively affected. We intend to pursue our strategy of strengthening our position in data management by helping organizations manage and govern enterprise data for AI-enabled applications. We intend to grow the capabilities of our data management software offerings through our proprietary research and the development of new software product and service offerings, as well as through acquisitions. It is important to our success that we continue to enhance our software products and services in response to client demand and to seek to set the standard for data management capabilities that enable clients’ increasing adoption of enterprise AI. The primary market for our software products and services is rapidly evolving, and the level of acceptance of products and services that have been released recently, or that are planned for future release to the marketplace, is not certain. If the markets for our software products and services fail to develop, develop more slowly than expected or become subject to increased competition, our business may suffer. As a result, we may be unable to: (i) successfully market our current products and services; (ii) develop new software products and services and enhancements to current software products and services; (iii) complete client implementations on a timely basis; or (iv) complete software products and services currently under development. In addition, increased competition and transitioning from perpetual license sales to subscription-based business model could put significant pricing pressures on our products and result in revenue mix shifts that affect the timing and recognition of our revenues, which could negatively impact our margins and profitability. If this transition does not proceed as anticipated, or if clients do not adopt our cloud offerings at the rate or on the timeline we expect, our operating results may be adversely affected. If our software products and services are not accepted by our clients or by other businesses in the marketplace, our business, operating results and financial condition will be materially adversely affected. 17

Page 18

Table of Contents Failure to protect our intellectual property could harm our ability to compete effectively. We are highly dependent on our ability to protect our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as non-disclosure agreements and other contractual provisions, to establish and maintain our proprietary rights. We intend to protect our intellectual property rights vigorously; however, there can be no assurance that these measures will, in all cases, be successful, and these measures can be costly and/or subject us to counterclaims, including challenges to the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Enforcement of our intellectual property rights may be difficult, particularly in some countries outside of North America in which we seek to market our software products and services. While Canadian and U.S. copyright laws, international conventions and international treaties may provide meaningful protection against unauthorized duplication of software, the laws of some foreign jurisdictions may not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of Canada or the United States. The absence of internationally harmonized intellectual property laws makes it more difficult to ensure consistent protection of our proprietary rights. Additionally, the laws and enforcement mechanisms to protect our intellectual property from unauthorized use in new technologies like AI and other machine learning technology are evolving and may be inadequate, including the risk that third parties may use our proprietary software, content or outputs to train AI models without authorization. Furthermore, our own use of AI in developing our products may create uncertainty regarding the ownership, validity or enforceability of the resulting intellectual property, as the legal framework governing the protectability of AI-generated or AI-assisted works and inventions remains unsettled. Software piracy has been, and is expected to be, a persistent problem for the software industry, and piracy of our software products represents a loss of revenue to us. Where applicable, certain of our license arrangements have required us to make a limited confidential disclosure of portions of the source code for our software products, or to place such source code into escrow for the protection of another party. Despite the precautions we have taken, unauthorized third parties, including our competitors, may be able to copy certain portions of our software products or reverse engineer or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Our competitive position may be adversely affected by our possible inability to effectively protect our intellectual property. In addition, certain of our products or proprietary software contain, link to or are derived from open source software. Licensees of open source software may be required to make public certain source code, to license proprietary software for free or to permit others to create derivative works of proprietary software. The use of certain open source software can also expose us to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide support warranties, indemnification, or other contractual protection regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. While we monitor and control the use of open source software in our products and in any third-party software that is incorporated into or linked to our products or software, and try to ensure that no open source software is used in such a way that negatively affects our proprietary software, there can be no guarantee that such use does not occur inadvertently, which in turn, could harm our intellectual property position and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Further, any undetected errors or defects in open source software could prevent the deployment or impair the functionality of our software products, delay the introduction of new solutions, or render our software more vulnerable to breaches or security attacks. Other companies may claim that we infringe their intellectual property, which could materially increase costs and materially harm our ability to generate future revenues and profits. Claims of infringement (including misappropriation and/or other intellectual property violation) are common in the software industry and increasing as related legal protections, including copyrights and patents, are applied to software products. Although most of our technology is proprietary in nature, we do include certain third-party and open source software in our software products. In the case of third-party software, we believe this software is licensed from the entity holding the intellectual property rights. While we believe that we have secured proper licenses for all material third-party intellectual property that is integrated into our products in a manner that requires a license, third parties have and may continue to assert infringement claims against us in the future. In particular, our efforts to protect our intellectual property through patent litigation may result in counterclaims of patent infringement by counterparties in such suits. Any such assertion, regardless of merit, may result in litigation or require us to obtain a license for the intellectual property rights of third parties. Such licenses may not be available, or they may not be available on commercially reasonable terms. In addition, as we continue to develop software products and expand our portfolio using new technology and innovation, including AI and machine learning technologies, our exposure to threats of infringement may increase. Any infringement claims and related litigation could be time-consuming and disruptive to our ability to generate revenues or enter into new market opportunities and may result in significantly increased costs as a result of our defense against those claims or our attempt to license the intellectual property rights or rework our products to avoid infringement of third-party rights. With certain exceptions, our agreements with our partners and clients typically contain provisions that require us to indemnify 18

Page 19

Table of Contents them for damages sustained by them as a result of any infringement claims involving our products. Any of the foregoing infringement claims and related litigation could have a material adverse impact on our business and operating results as well as on our ability to generate future revenues and profits. Our software products and services may contain defects that could harm our reputation, be costly to correct, delay revenues and expose us to litigation. Our software products and services are highly complex and sophisticated and, from time to time, may contain design defects, software errors, hardware failures or other computer system failures that are difficult to detect and correct. Errors, defects and/or other failures may be found in new software products or services or improvements to existing products or services after delivery to our clients, including as a result of the introduction of new and emerging technologies such as AI. If these defects, errors and/or other failures are discovered, we may not be able to successfully correct them in a timely manner. In addition, despite the extensive tests we conduct on all our software products or services, we may not be able to fully simulate the environment in which our products or services will operate and, as a result, we may be unable to adequately detect the design defects or software or hardware errors that may become apparent only after the products are installed in an end-user’s network, and only after users have transitioned to our services. The occurrence of errors, defects and/or other failures in our software products or services could result in the delay or the denial of market acceptance of our products and alleviating such errors, defects and/or other failures may require us to make significant expenditure of our resources. Clients often use our services and solutions for critical business processes and, as a result, any defect or disruption in our solutions, any data breaches or misappropriation of proprietary information or any error in execution, including human error or intentional third-party activity such as denial of service attacks or hacking, may cause clients to reconsider renewing their contracts with us. The errors in or failure of our software products and services could also result in us losing client transaction documents and other client files, causing significant client dissatisfaction and possibly giving rise to claims for monetary damages. The harm to our reputation resulting from product and service errors, defects and/or other failures may be material. Since we regularly provide a warranty with our software products, the financial impact of fulfilling warranty obligations may be significant in the future. Our agreements with our strategic partners and end-users typically contain provisions designed to limit our exposure to claims. These agreements regularly contain terms such as the exclusion of all implied warranties and the limitation of the availability of consequential or incidental damages. However, such provisions may not effectively protect us against claims and the attendant liabilities and costs associated with such claims. Any claims for actual or alleged losses to our clients’ businesses may require us to spend significant time and money in litigation or arbitration or to pay significant sums in settlements or damages. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of merit, can be costly and would divert management’s attention and resources. Although we maintain errors and omissions insurance coverage and comprehensive liability insurance coverage, such coverage may not be adequate to cover all such claims. Accordingly, any such claim could negatively affect our business, operating results or financial condition. Our software products rely on the stability of third-party software, cloud infrastructure and platforms that, if not stable, could negatively impact the effectiveness of our products, resulting in harm to our reputation and business. Our development of our software products and services depends on the stability, functionality and scalability of underlying third-party infrastructure software, such as operating systems, databases and middleware produced by Oracle, Microsoft and others. If weaknesses in such infrastructure software exist, we may not be able to correct or compensate for such weaknesses. If we are unable to address weaknesses resulting from problems in the infrastructure software such that our software products do not meet client needs or expectations, our reputation, and consequently, our business, may be significantly harmed. In addition, as an increasing portion of our products and services is delivered through the cloud, we depend on third- party cloud infrastructure and platform providers to host and deliver our cloud offerings. Our business could be adversely affected if these providers experience outages, performance or capacity constraints, security vulnerabilities or service interruptions, if they change their pricing, terms or availability, or if they discontinue or limit services on which we rely. Any such disruption could impair the availability, performance or security of our cloud offerings, harm our reputation and relationships with clients, expose us to liability, and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Risks associated with the evolving use of the Internet and AI, including changing standards, competition and regulation and associated compliance efforts, may adversely impact our business. The use of the Internet as a vehicle for electronic data interchange (EDI) and related services continues to raise numerous issues, including those relating to reliability, data security, data integrity and rapidly evolving 19

Page 20

Table of Contents standards. New competitors, including software vendors, cloud providers and other technology companies, offer products and services that utilize the Internet and AI in competition with our products and services, which may be less expensive or process transactions and data faster and more efficiently. Internet-based commerce is subject to increasing regulation by Canadian, U.S. federal and state and foreign governments, including in the areas of data privacy and breaches and taxation. Laws and regulations relating to the solicitation, collection, processing or use of personal or consumer information could affect our clients’ ability to use and share data, potentially reducing demand for Internet-based solutions and restricting our ability to store, process, analyze and share data through the Internet. Although we believe that the Internet and AI will continue to provide opportunities to expand the use of our products and services, we cannot guarantee that our efforts to capitalize on these opportunities will be successful or that increased usage of the Internet and AI for business integration products and services, increased competition or heightened regulation will not adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Unauthorized disclosures, cyber-attacks, breaches of data security and other information technology risks may adversely affect our operations. Most of the jurisdictions in which we operate have laws and regulations relating to data privacy, security and protection of information. We have certain measures to protect our information systems against unauthorized access and disclosure of personal information and of our confidential information and confidential information belonging to our clients. We have policies and procedures in place dealing with data security and records retention. These measures and policies may change over time as laws and regulations regarding data privacy, security and protection of information change. However, there is no assurance that the security measures we have put in place will be effective in every case, and our response process to incidents may not be adequate, may fail to accurately assess the severity of an incident, may not be fast enough to prevent or limit harm, or may fail to sufficiently remediate an incident. Failures and breaches in security could result in a negative impact for us and for our clients, adversely affecting our and our clients’ businesses, assets, revenues, brands and reputations, disrupting our operations and resulting in penalties, fines, litigation, regulatory proceedings, regulatory investigations, increased insurance premiums, remediation efforts, indemnification expenditures, reputational harm, negative publicity, lost revenues and/or other potential liabilities, in each case depending on the nature of the information disclosed. Security breaches could also affect our relations with our clients, damage our reputation and harm our ability to keep existing clients and to attract new clients. Some jurisdictions, including all U.S. states, Canada and the European Union (EU), have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of data security breaches involving certain types of personal data, and in some cases our agreements with certain clients require us to notify them in the event of a data security incident. Such mandatory disclosures could lead to negative publicity and may cause our current and prospective clients to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our data security measures. These circumstances could also result in adverse impact on the market price of our Common Shares. These risks to our business may increase as we expand the number of web-based and cloud-based products, systems and solutions we offer and as we increase the number of countries in which we operate. In particular, we are increasingly relying on virtual environments and communications systems, which have been in recent years and may be in the future subjected to third-party vulnerabilities and security risks of increasing frequency, scope and potential harm. Malicious hackers may attempt to gain access to our network or data centers; steal proprietary information related to our business, products, systems, solutions, employees and clients; interrupt our systems and services or those of our clients or others; or attempt to exploit any vulnerabilities in our products, systems or solutions, and such acts may go undetected. Also, the development and proliferation of specific AI applications and other machine learning technologies, alongside related technological innovations, may increase our exposure to cyber-attacks and other cybersecurity risks by potentially enhancing the capabilities of third parties to breach our systems. Threat actors may also use AI technologies, including generative AI, to develop attack methods, such as deepfakes and AI-generated phishing, that are more automated and may be more difficult to detect. In addition, our deployment of agentic AI systems with access to our infrastructure and data could expand our attack surface if controls over those systems prove inadequate. To address these challenges, we strive to continuously fortify our defenses through strategic investments in advanced security technologies and practices, comprehensive risk management frameworks, and ongoing staff training in efforts to safeguard the integrity, confidentiality, and availability of our data and systems against sophisticated threats, while also enhancing our security posture. Increased information technology security threats and more sophisticated cybercrimes and cyberattacks, including computer viruses and other malicious codes, ransomware, unauthorized access attempts, denial-of-service attacks, phishing, social engineering, hacking, and other types of attacks, pose a risk to the security and availability of our information technology systems, networks, products, solutions and services, including those that are managed, hosted, provided, or used by third parties (and which may not provide the same level of information security as our own products, systems or solutions), as well as the confidentiality, availability and integrity of our data and the data of our clients, partners, consumers, employees, stockholders, suppliers and 20

Page 21

Table of Contents others. Although we monitor our networks and continue to enhance our security protections, hackers are increasingly more sophisticated and aggressive and change tactics frequently, and our efforts may be inadequate to prevent or mitigate all incidents of data breach or theft. A series of issues may also be determined to be material at a later date in the aggregate, even if they may not be material individually at the time of their occurrence. Furthermore, it is possible that the risk of cyber- attacks and other data security breaches or thefts to us or our clients may increase due to global geopolitical uncertainty, in particular such as the ongoing Russia-Ukraine and Middle East conflicts. In addition, if data security is compromised, this could materially and adversely affect our operating results given that we have clients that use our systems to store and exchange large volumes of proprietary and confidential information and the security and reliability of our services are of significant importance to these clients. We have experienced attempts by third parties to identify and exploit product and services vulnerabilities, penetrate or bypass our security measures and gain unauthorized access to our or our clients’ or service providers’ cloud offerings and other products, systems or solutions. We may experience future security issues, whether due to human error or misconduct, system errors or vulnerabilities in our or our third-party service providers’ products, systems or solutions. If our products, systems or solutions, or the products, systems or solutions of third-party service providers on whom we rely or may rely in the future, are attacked or accessed by unauthorized parties, it could lead to major disruption or denial of service and access to or loss, modification or theft of our and our clients’ data, which may require us to spend material financial or other resources on correcting the breach and indemnifying the relevant parties and/or on litigation, regulatory investigations, regulatory proceedings, increased insurance premiums, lost revenues, penalties, reputational harm, negative publicity, fines and/or other potential liabilities. If third-party service providers fail to implement adequate data security practices or otherwise suffer a security breach, our or our client’s data may be improperly accessed, disclosed, used or otherwise lost, which could lead to reputational, business, operating and financial harms. Our efforts to protect against cyber-attacks and data breaches, including increased risks associated with remote and hybrid work arrangements, may not be sufficient to prevent or mitigate such incidents, which could have material adverse effects on our reputation, business, operating results and financial condition. Business disruptions, including those arising from disasters, pandemics or catastrophic events, may adversely affect our operations. Our business and operations are highly automated, and a disruption or failure of our systems may delay our ability to complete sales and to provide services. Business disruptions can be caused by several factors, including climate change, natural disasters, global health pandemics, terrorist attacks, power loss, telecommunications and system failures, computer viruses, physical attacks and cyber-attacks. A major disaster or other catastrophic event that results in the destruction or disruption of any of our critical business or information technology systems, including our cloud services, could severely affect our ability to conduct normal business operations. We operate data centers in various locations around the world and although we have redundancy capability built into our disaster recovery plan, we cannot ensure that our systems and data centers will remain fully operational during and immediately after a disaster or disruption. We also rely on third parties that provide critical services in our operations and despite our diligence around their disaster recovery processes, we cannot provide assurances as to whether these third-party service providers can maintain operations during a disaster or disruption. Global climate change may also aggravate natural disasters and increase severe weather events that affect our business operations, thereby compelling us to build additional resiliency in order to mitigate their impact. Further, in the event of any future global health pandemic, major disaster or other catastrophic event, certain measures or restrictions may be imposed or recommended by governments, public institutions and other organizations, which could disrupt economic activity and result in reduced commercial and consumer confidence and spending, increased unemployment, closure or restricted operating conditions for businesses, inflation, volatility in the global economy, instability in the credit and financial markets, labour shortages and disruption in supply chains. Any business disruption could negatively affect our business, operating results or financial condition. Our success depends on our relationships with strategic partners, distributors and third-party service providers and any reduction in the sales efforts by distributors, cooperative efforts from our partners or service from third-party providers could materially impact our revenues. We rely on close cooperation with strategic partners for sales and software product development as well as for the optimization of opportunities that arise in our competitive environment. A portion of our license revenues is derived from the licensing of our software products through third parties. Also, a portion of our service revenues may be impacted by the level of service provided by third-party service providers relating to Internet, telecommunications and power services. Our success will depend, in part, upon our ability to maintain access to and grow existing 21

Page 22

Table of Contents channels of distribution and to gain access to new channels if and when they develop. We may not be able to retain a sufficient number of our existing distributors or develop a sufficient number of future distributors. Distributors may also give higher priority to the licensing or sale of software products and services other than ours (which could include competitors’ products and services) or may not devote sufficient resources to marketing our software products and services. The performance of third-party distributors and third-party service providers is largely outside of our control, and we are unable to predict the extent to which these distributors and service providers will be successful in either marketing and licensing or selling our software products and services or providing adequate Internet, telecommunication and power services so that disruptions and outages are not experienced by our clients. A reduction in strategic partner cooperation or sales efforts, a decline in the number of distributors, a decision by our distributors to discontinue the licensing of our software products or a decline or disruption in third-party services could cause users and the general public to perceive our software products and services as inferior and could materially reduce our revenues. In addition, our financial results could be materially adversely affected if the financial condition of our distributors or third-party service providers were to weaken. Some of our distributors and third-party service providers may have insufficient financial resources and may not be able to withstand changes in business conditions, including economic weakness, industry consolidation and market trends. The loss of licenses to resell or use third-party software or the lack of support or enhancement of such software could adversely affect our business. We currently depend upon a limited number of third-party software products. If such software products were not available, we might experience delays or increased costs in the development of our own software products. For a limited number of our product modules, we rely on software products that we license from third parties, including software that is integrated with internally developed software and which is used in our products to perform key functions. These third-party software licenses may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms and the related software may not continue to be appropriately supported, maintained or enhanced by the licensors. The loss by us of the license to use, or the inability by licensors to support, maintain or enhance any such software, could result in increased costs, lost revenues or delays until equivalent software is internally developed or licensed from another third-party and integrated with our software. Such increased costs, lost revenues or delays could adversely affect our business. If our key partners were to terminate our relationship, make an adverse change in their regional system integrator program, change their product offerings or experience a major cyber-attack or similar event, it could reduce our revenues and adversely affect our business. Current and future competitors could have a significant impact on our ability to generate future revenues and profits, including through the use of AI and other emerging technologies. As client demand evolves toward AI-enabled enterprise workflows, the markets for our software products and services are intensely competitive and are subject to rapid technological change and other pressures created by changes in our industry. The convergence of many technologies has resulted in unforeseen competitors arising from companies that were traditionally not viewed as threats to our market position. In particular, our competitors may use AI tools to generate software code quickly and cheaply that replicates the functions of our software and related services, or may utilize AI technology to offer solutions that bypass our software products and services altogether, each of which would significantly negatively impact our business and the demand for our software products and services. We expect competition to increase and intensify in the future as the pace of technological change and adaptation quickens and as additional companies enter our markets, including those competitors who offer solutions similar to ours, but offer them through a different form of delivery. Numerous releases of competitive products have occurred in recent history and are expected to continue in the future. We may not be able to compete effectively with current competitors and potential entrants into our marketplace. We could lose market share if our current or prospective competitors: (i) develop technologies that are perceived to be substantially equivalent or superior to our technologies; (ii) introduce new competitive products or services; (iii) add new functionality to existing products and services, including through new and emerging AI applications; (iv) acquire competitive products and services; (v) reduce prices; or (vi) form strategic alliances or cooperative relationships with other companies. If other businesses were to engage in aggressive pricing policies with respect to competing products, or if the dynamics in our marketplace resulted in increasing bargaining power by the consumers of our software products and services, we would need to lower the prices we charge for the products and services we offer. This could result in lower revenues or reduced margins, either of which may materially adversely affect our business and operating results. Moreover, our competitors may affect our business by entering into exclusive arrangements with our existing or potential clients, distributors or third-party service providers. Additionally, if prospective consumers 22

Page 23

Table of Contents choose methods of data management delivery different from those which we offer, our business and operating results could also be materially adversely affected. The length of our sales cycle can fluctuate significantly, which could result in significant fluctuations in revenues being recognized from quarter to quarter. The decision by a client to license our software products or purchase our services often involves a comprehensive implementation process across the client’s network or networks. As a result, the licensing and implementation of our software products and any related services may entail a significant commitment of resources by prospective clients, accompanied by the attendant risks and delays frequently associated with significant technology implementation projects. Given the significant investment and commitment of resources required by an organization to implement our software products, our sales cycle may be longer compared to other companies within our own industry, as well as companies in other industries. Also, because of changes in client spending habits, it may be difficult for us to budget, forecast and allocate our resources properly. In weak economic environments, such as a recession or slowdown, it is not uncommon to see reduced information technology spending. It may take several months, or even several quarters, for marketing opportunities to materialize, especially following a prolonged period of weak economic environment. If a client’s decision to license our software or purchase our services is delayed or if the implementation of these software products takes longer than originally anticipated, the date on which we may recognize revenues from these licenses or sales would be delayed. Such delays and fluctuations could cause our revenues to be lower than expected in a particular period and we may not be able to adjust our costs quickly enough to offset such lower revenues, potentially negatively impacting our business, operating results and financial condition. Our existing clients might cancel contracts with us, fail to renew contracts on their renewal dates and/or fail to purchase additional services and products, and we may be unable to attract new clients, which could adversely affect our operating results. We depend on our installed client base for a significant portion of our revenues. We have significant contracts with our license clients for ongoing support and maintenance, as well as significant service contracts that provide recurring services revenues to us. In addition, our installed client base has historically generated additional new license and services revenues for us. Service contracts are generally renewable at a client’s option and/or subject to cancellation rights, and there are generally no mandatory payment obligations or obligations to license additional software or subscribe for additional services. As we transition our clients from legacy, perpetual license and client support arrangements to cloud subscriptions, the timing and recognition of our revenues and the mix among our revenue types may shift, including a shift from revenues recognized upfront to revenues recognized ratably over the subscription term. If our clients cancel or fail to renew their service contracts or fail to purchase additional services or products, then our revenues could decrease, and our operating results could be materially adversely affected. Factors influencing such contract terminations and failure to purchase additional services or products could include changes in the financial circumstances of our clients, including as a result of any potential recession, dissatisfaction with our products or services, our retirement or lack of support for our legacy products and services, our clients selecting or building alternate technologies to replace our products or services, the cost of our products and services as compared to the cost of products and services offered by our competitors, acceptance of future price increases by us, including due to inflationary pressures, our ability to attract, hire and maintain qualified personnel to meet client needs, consolidating activities in the market, changes in our clients’ business or in regulation impacting our clients’ business that may no longer necessitate the use of our products or services, general economic or market conditions, or other reasons. Further, our clients could delay or terminate implementations or use of our services and products or be reluctant to migrate to new products. As a result, such clients may not generate the revenues we may have expected within the anticipated timelines, or at all, and may be less likely to invest in additional services or products from us in the future. Any decline in our renewal rates, or our inability to maintain or improve them, could adversely affect our revenues and operating results. We may not be able to adjust our expense levels quickly enough to account for any such revenue losses. Consolidation in the industry, particularly by large, well-capitalized companies, could place pressure on our operating margins which could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our business. Acquisitions by large, well-capitalized technology companies have changed the marketplace for our software products and services by replacing competitors that are comparable in size to our Company with companies that have more resources at their disposal to compete with us in the marketplace. In addition, other large corporations with considerable financial resources either have products and/or services that compete with our software products 23

Page 24

Table of Contents and services or have the ability to encroach on our competitive position within our marketplace. These companies have considerable financial resources, channel influence and broad geographic reach; thus, they can engage in competition with our software products and services on the basis of price, marketing, services or support. They also have the ability to introduce items that compete with our maturing software products and services. The threat posed by larger competitors and their ability to use their better economies of scale to sell competing products and/or services at a lower cost may materially reduce the profit margins we earn on the software products and services we provide to the marketplace. Any material reduction in our profit margin may have a material adverse effect on the operations or finances of our business, which could hinder our ability to raise capital in the public markets at opportune times for strategic acquisitions or for general operational purposes, which may then, in turn, prevent effective strategic growth or improved economies of scale or put us at a disadvantage to our better capitalized competitors. Our sales to government clients expose us to business volatility and risks, including government budgeting cycles and appropriations, early termination, audits, investigations, sanctions, penalties and changes in government spending and policies. We derive revenues from contracts with U.S. and Canadian federal, state, provincial and local governments and other foreign governments and their respective agencies, which may terminate most of these contracts at any time, without cause. There is increased pressure on governments and their agencies, both domestically and internationally, to reduce spending. Further, our U.S. federal government contracts are subject to the approval of appropriations made by the U.S. Congress to fund the expenditures under these contracts. Similarly, our contracts with U.S. state and local governments, Canadian federal, provincial and local governments and other foreign governments and their agencies are generally subject to government funding authorizations. Additionally, government contracts are generally subject to audits and investigations that could result in various civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, refund of a portion of fees received, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspensions or debarment from future government business. We are also subject to evolving regulatory requirements applicable to government contractors or suppliers. Failure to comply with such requirements could result in investigations, penalties and sanctions, including contract termination, fines, suspension of payments, or suspension or debarment from doing business with such applicable governments, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Geopolitical instability, political unrest, war and other global conflicts, including the Russia-Ukraine and Middle East conflicts have affected and may continue to affect our business. Geopolitical instability, political unrest, war and other global conflicts may result in adverse effects on macroeconomic conditions, including volatility in financial markets, adverse changes in trade and tariff policies, inflation, higher interest rates, direct and indirect supply chain disruptions, increased cybersecurity threats, fluctuations in foreign currency and disruption to global energy supplies and markets. These events may also impact our decision or limit our ability to conduct business in certain areas or with certain entities. For example, sanctions, export controls and related laws and regulations imposed by the United States, Canada and other countries, including those targeting Russia in connection with its military actions in Ukraine restrict the sale or export of goods, services or technology to certain regions, impose travel bans and asset freezes and impact political, military, business and financial organizations and individuals in or connected with Russia. To support certain of our cloud clients headquartered in the United States or allied countries that rely on our network to manage their global business (including their business in Russia), we have nonetheless allowed these clients to continue to use our services to the extent that it can be done in strict compliance with all applicable sanctions and export controls. However, as the situation continues and the regulatory environment further evolves, we may adjust our business practices as required by applicable rules and regulations. Our compliance with sanctions and export controls could impact the fulfillment of certain contracts with clients and partners doing business in these affected areas and future revenue streams from impacted parties and certain countries. While the Russia-Ukraine and Middle East conflicts have not had and are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our overall business, results of operations or financial condition, it is not possible to predict how these conflicts will unfold and the broader consequences of these conflicts or other conflicts, which could include sanctions, embargoes, regional instability, tariffs, trade restrictions, changes to regional trade ecosystems, geopolitical shifts and adverse effects on the global economy, on our business and operations as well as those of our clients, partners and third-party service providers. Our global operations expose us to risks associated with an evolving international trade and tariff environment, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We conduct business globally and are subject to a complex, dynamic, and evolving international trade, tariff and regulatory environment. Our operations and client base span multiple countries, which subjects us to a broad 24

Page 25

Table of Contents range of risks arising from international trade laws and policies. In recent years, trade tensions among major global economies, including the United States, China, Canada, the EU, and others, have escalated, resulting in the imposition and threatened imposition of tariffs, export controls, sanctions, and other trade barriers or restrictive measures. Although recent trade and tariff restrictions have primarily targeted physical goods and manufacturing components, we cannot predict the direction of future trade and tariff policy, including whether additional tariffs or non-tariff barriers will be applied to digital goods and services or whether regulatory frameworks governing cross-border data flows, digital services taxation, or intellectual property transfers will be expanded or new measures introduced, any of which could impact our business. Increased protectionist policies, retaliatory trade and tariff actions, or regulatory divergence across jurisdictions may increase our costs, limit our ability to sell products and services in certain markets, delay or prevent the delivery of our services, or compel us to alter our operations to comply with new international trade and tariff laws and policies. Any such developments could disrupt our supply chains, reduce the competitiveness of our offerings, or create uncertainty for our clients and partners. Moreover, we cannot predict the broader macroeconomic impacts of global trade disputes or policy changes, including the effects on foreign exchange rates, inflation, capital markets or economic growth in key markets. Adverse changes in global trade dynamics could weaken client demand, delay purchasing decisions, or result in reduced access to critical technologies or skilled talent. These risks could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The restructuring of certain of our operations may be ineffective, may adversely affect our business and our finances, and we may incur additional restructuring charges in connection with such actions, and our enterprise assessment may not achieve its intended objectives. We often undertake initiatives to restructure or streamline our operations, particularly during the period post-acquisition and as part of ongoing efforts to improve operating efficiency, such as the Micro Focus Acquisition Restructuring Plan and Business Optimization Plan (each as defined below). In addition, during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2026, we launched an end-to-end enterprise assessment to identify actions to drive growth, focusing on areas including our go-to-market strategy, portfolio composition and differentiation, sales and marketing enablement, and our execution model. Under the Business Optimization Plan and other savings initiatives, we are targeting total estimated savings within a range that we have disclosed, to be realized over multiple fiscal years. We may incur costs associated with implementing a restructuring initiative beyond the amount contemplated when we first developed the initiative, and these increased costs may be substantial. Additionally, such costs would adversely impact our results of operations for the periods in which those adjustments are made. We will continue to evaluate our operations and may propose future restructuring actions as a result of changes in the marketplace, including the exit from less profitable operations, the decision to terminate products or services that are not valued by our clients or adjusting our workforce. Actions arising from the enterprise assessment may include changes to our operating model, product portfolio and investment priorities, including possible divestitures, workforce changes and additional restructuring. In addition, as a result of the assessment, our outlook metrics, or the categories in which we present them, may be adjusted or removed, which may make period-to-period comparisons of our results more difficult and affect how investors and analysts evaluate our business. Any failure to successfully execute these initiatives on a timely basis, or the failure to realize the expected financial benefits of such strategic initiatives within the estimated amounts or on the anticipated timeline, may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. For example, we have historically made strategic decisions to implement restructuring activities to streamline our operations, further reduce our real estate footprint around the world, or strategically align our workforce to support our growth and innovation plans. Such steps to reduce costs, and further changes we may make in the future, may negatively impact our business, operations and financial performance in a manner that is difficult to predict. For more information on certain restructuring activities, see Note 18 “Special Charges (Recoveries)” to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We must continue to manage our internal resources during periods of company growth, or our operating results could be adversely affected. The data management market in which we compete continues to evolve at a rapid pace. We have grown both organically and through acquisitions and may from time to time evaluate selective acquisition opportunities. Our growth, coupled with the rapid evolution of our markets, has placed, and will continue to place, significant strains on our administrative and operational resources and increased demands on our internal systems, procedures and controls. Our administrative infrastructure, systems, procedures and controls may not adequately support our 25

Page 26

Table of Contents operations. In addition, our management may not be able to achieve the rapid, effective execution of the product and business initiatives necessary to successfully implement our operational and competitive strategy. If we are unable to manage growth effectively, our operating results will likely suffer, which may, in turn, adversely affect our business. If we lose the services of our executive officers or other key employees or if we are not able to attract or retain top employees, our business could be significantly harmed. Our performance is substantially dependent on the performance of our executive officers and key employees and there is a risk that we could lose their services. We do not maintain “key person” life insurance policies on any of our employees. Our success is also highly dependent on our continuing ability to identify, hire, train, retain and motivate highly qualified management, technical, sales and marketing personnel. In particular, the recruitment and retention of top research developers and experienced salespeople, particularly those with specialized knowledge, remains critical to our success, including providing consistent and uninterrupted service to our clients. Competition for such people is intense, substantial and continuous, and we may not be able to attract, integrate or retain highly qualified technical, sales or managerial personnel in the future. In our effort to attract and retain critical personnel, and in responding to inflationary wage pressure, we may experience increased compensation costs that are not offset by either improved productivity or higher prices for our software products or services. In addition, the loss of the services of any of our executive officers or other key employees could significantly harm our business, operating results and financial condition. Our compensation structure may hinder our efforts to attract and retain vital employees. A portion of our total compensation program for our executive officers and key personnel consists of equity-based awards, the value of which depends in part on the performance of our Common Shares. If the market price of our Common Shares performs poorly, the value of these awards may decline, which may adversely affect our ability to retain or attract critical personnel. In addition, any changes made to our equity-based compensation policies, or to any other of our compensation practices, which are made necessary by governmental regulations or competitive pressures, could adversely affect our ability to retain and motivate existing personnel and recruit new personnel. For example, any limit to total compensation that may be prescribed by the government or applicable regulatory authorities or any significant increases in personal income tax levels levied in countries where we have a significant operational presence may hurt our ability to attract or retain our executive officers or other employees whose efforts are vital to our success. Additionally, payments under our long-term incentive plans (the details of which are described in Item 11 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K), are dependent to a significant extent upon the future performance of our Company both in absolute terms and in comparison to similarly situated companies. Any failure to achieve the targets set under our long-term incentive plan could significantly reduce or eliminate payments made under this plan, which may, in turn, materially and adversely affect our ability to retain the key personnel paid under this plan. Increasing corporate citizenship expectations, regulatory complexity, and disclosure obligations may negatively impact our business, financial performance, and reputation. We are facing growing scrutiny and expectations from shareholders, clients, governments, employees, and other key stakeholders regarding corporate citizenship-related practices, disclosures, and performance. These expectations, which continue to evolve, influence business, investment, and procurement decisions and may differ or conflict across stakeholders. At the same time, we are subject to a complex and rapidly changing global regulatory landscape (including laws and emerging frameworks in the U.S., Canada, and the EU) governing corporate citizenship-related disclosures. In particular, legislation in a number of jurisdictions, including the U.S., prohibiting or limiting such disclosures has been enacted or proposed. While certain rules and legislation have been challenged, paused or proposed to be rescinded, the imposition of such obligations either now or in the future may cause us to revise our policies and practices, stated targets or disclosure regarding such matters. Further, certain jurisdictions are also introducing anti-ESG (environmental, social and governance) or anti-greenwashing rules, which increase legal uncertainty and reputational risk given the interpretation and application of such rules remain uncertain. Conversely, disclosure mandates, including with respect to climate, tax and other matters, requiring in- scope companies to collect and report specified data and, in some cases, obtain third-party insurance. Complying with these and similar mandates may require us to collect and report data we have not previously tracked and incur additional compliance costs, and the requirements, timing, and implementation of these mandates remain subject to change and legal challenge. We may incur additional costs and resource demands to meet these expectations, including collecting reliable data (including data such as emissions or waste metrics), complying with inconsistent or contradictory requirements 26

Page 27

Table of Contents across jurisdictions, and meeting evolving third-party ratings, benchmarks, and regulatory standards. Failure or perceived failure to align with stakeholder values, meet stated targets, or comply with regulatory obligations could harm our reputation, employee engagement, and investor sentiment; reduce client demand and business opportunities, including impacting our ability to attract and retain certain government contracts; expose us to penalties, litigation, or investigations; and ultimately impact our operating results, financial condition, and competitiveness. Our use of a mixed workforce model, including remote, hybrid and in-office employees, and changes to our in-office requirements, subject us to operational challenges and risks, including risks to employee retention and morale. Our workforce includes a mix of in-office, hybrid and remote employees across our global operations, and we have been increasing our in-office expectations over time. As a result, we remain subject to the challenges and risks of operating a remote and hybrid work environment, while changes to our in-office requirements may give rise to additional risks. For example, a hybrid work environment could affect employee productivity, including due to a lower level of employee oversight, health conditions or illnesses, disruptions due to caregiving or childcare obligations or slower or unreliable Internet access. OpenText systems, client, vendor and/or borrower data may be subject to additional risks presented by increased cyber-attacks and phishing activities targeting employees, vendors, third-party service providers and counterparties in transactions, the possibility of attacks on OpenText systems or systems of employees working remotely as well as by decreased physical supervision. In addition, we may rely, in part, on third-party service providers to assist us in managing monitoring and otherwise carrying out aspects of our business and operations. Such events may result in a period of business disruption or reduced operations, which could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. A mixed workforce, and changes to our in-office requirements, may also subject us to other operational challenges and risks. Operating our business with both remote and in-person workers, or workers who work on flexible schedules, could have a negative impact on our corporate culture, decrease the ability of our employees to collaborate and communicate effectively, decrease innovation and productivity, or negatively affect employee morale. At the same time, increasing our in-office requirements may adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain personnel who prefer remote or hybrid work arrangements, particularly in competitive labor markets where other employers continue to offer such flexibility, and could result in employee attrition, including of key personnel. If we are unable to effectively manage our workforce model and any changes to our in- office requirements, retain and attract talent, and maintain our corporate culture and employee morale, our financial condition and operating results may be adversely impacted. For more information regarding the impact of business disruptions on our cybersecurity, see “Business disruptions, including those arising from disasters, pandemics or catastrophic events, may adversely affect our operations.” Risks Related to Acquisitions and Divestitures Acquisitions, investments, joint ventures and other business initiatives may negatively affect our operating results. The growth of our Company through the successful acquisition and integration of complementary businesses is a critical component of our corporate strategy. As a result of the continually evolving marketplace in which we operate, we regularly evaluate acquisition opportunities and at any time may be in various stages of discussions with respect to such opportunities. We plan to continue to pursue acquisitions that complement our existing business, represent a strong strategic fit and are consistent with our overall growth strategy and disciplined financial management. We may also target future acquisitions to expand or add functionality and capabilities to our existing portfolio of solutions, as well as to add new solutions to our portfolio. We may also consider, from time to time, opportunities to engage in joint ventures or other business collaborations with third parties to address particular market segments. These activities create risks such as: (i) the need to integrate and manage the businesses and products acquired with our own business and products; (ii) additional demands on our resources, systems, procedures and controls; (iii) disruption of our ongoing business; and (iv) diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns. Moreover, these transactions could involve: (i) substantial investment of funds or financings by issuance of debt or equity or equity-related securities; (ii) substantial investment with respect to technology transfers and operational integration; and (iii) the acquisition or disposition of product lines or businesses. Also, such activities could result in charges and expenses and have the potential to either dilute the 27

Page 28

Table of Contents interests of existing shareholders or result in the issuance or assumption of debt, which could have a negative impact on the credit ratings of our outstanding debt securities or the market price of our Common Shares. Such acquisitions, investments, joint ventures or other business collaborations may involve significant commitments of financial and other resources of our Company. Any such activity may not be successful in generating revenues, income or other returns to us, and the resources committed to such activities will not be available to us for other purposes. In addition, while we conduct due diligence prior to consummating an acquisition, joint venture or business collaboration, such diligence may not identify all material issues associated with such activities and we may be exposed to additional risk due to such acquisition, joint venture or business collaboration. We may also experience unanticipated difficulties identifying suitable or attractive acquisition candidates that are available for purchase at reasonable prices and that meet our objectives. The identification of suitable acquisition candidates can be difficult, time-consuming and costly, and we may not consummate acquisitions successfully that we target in the future. Even if we are able to identify such candidates, we may be unable to consummate an acquisition on suitable terms or in the face of competition from other bidders. Moreover, if we are unable to access capital markets on acceptable terms or at all, we may not be able to consummate acquisitions, or may have to do so on the basis of a less than optimal capital structure. Our inability (i) to take advantage of growth opportunities for our business or for our products and services, or (ii) to address risks associated with acquisitions or investments in businesses, may negatively affect our operating results and financial condition. Additionally, any impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets acquired in an acquisition or in an investment, or charges associated with any acquisition or investment activity, may materially adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition which, in turn, may have a material adverse effect on the market price of our Common Shares or credit ratings of our outstanding debt securities. Further, we have made, and may in the future make, investments as a limited partner in one or more strategic investment funds that are separate from our business (each, a “Fund”). We do not control the investment decisions of any Fund, our investments may require us to fund capital commitments through capital calls, and losses or fluctuations in the value of our Fund interests may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, certain of our directors, officers or their immediate family members may, from time to time, serve on a Fund’s investment committee or advisory committee, and may also hold positions as directors, executives or significant equity holders (including ownership interests in excess of 10%) in one or more companies in which a Fund invests. See Part III, Item 13 “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We may fail to realize all of the anticipated benefits of our acquisitions and divestitures, or those benefits may take longer to realize than expected. We have divested, and may in the future divest, non-core assets, including the divestitures of eDOCS and Vertica completed in Fiscal 2026. We may be unable to complete planned divestitures on acceptable terms or at all, or may complete them at valuations below our expectations, which could result in losses on sale, impairment charges or the write-down of assets classified as held for sale, and any failure to realize the anticipated proceeds or strategic benefits of a divestiture could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. We may be required to devote significant management attention and resources to integrating the business practices and operations of our acquisitions. As we integrate our acquisitions, we may experience disruptions to our business and, if implemented ineffectively, it could restrict the realization of the full expected benefits. The failure to meet the challenges involved in the integration process and to realize the anticipated benefits of our acquisitions could cause an interruption of, or loss of momentum in, our operations and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Integrating acquisitions into our business may be disruptive to our business and may adversely affect our existing relationships with employees and business partners. Uncertainties related to the integration of acquisitions may also create uncertainty among current and prospective employees about their future roles, impair our ability to attract, retain and motivate key personnel, and divert the attention of our management and other employees from day-to-day business and operations. The loss of key employees, and their experience and knowledge regarding our business or an acquired business, could adversely affect our operations. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that the due diligence undertaken with respect to any potential acquisition will reveal all relevant facts that may be necessary to evaluate such acquisition or to formulate a business strategy. The information provided during due diligence may be incomplete, inadequate or inaccurate, and as part of the due diligence process, we will also make subjective judgments regarding the results of operations, financial condition and prospects of a potential acquisition opportunity, or its compatibility with our business. If the due diligence investigation fails to correctly identify material issues and liabilities that may be present in a target company or business, or if we consider such material risks to be commercially acceptable relative to the opportunity, and we proceed with an acquisition, we may subsequently fail to realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition or incur substantial impairment charges or other losses. 28

Page 29

Table of Contents Many of these factors will be outside of our control and any one of them could result in increased costs, including restructuring charges, decreases in the amount of expected revenues and diversion of management’s time and energy, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We may be unable to successfully integrate acquired businesses or do so within the intended timeframes, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and business prospects. Our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of acquired businesses will depend, in part, on our ability to successfully and efficiently integrate acquired businesses and operations with our own. The integration of acquired businesses with our existing business will be complex, costly and time-consuming, and may result in additional demands on our resources, systems, procedures and controls, disruption of our ongoing business and diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns. Although we cannot be certain of the degree and scope of operational and integration problems that may arise, the difficulties and risks associated with the integration of acquired businesses, which may be complex and time- consuming, may include, among others: • the increased scope and complexity of our operations; • coordinating geographically separate organizations, operations, relationships and facilities, including coordinating and integrating (i) independent research and development and engineering teams across technologies and product platforms to enhance product development while reducing costs and (ii) sales and marketing efforts to effectively position the combined company’s capabilities and the direction of product development; • integrating (i) personnel with diverse business backgrounds, corporate cultures and management philosophies, and (ii) the standards, policies and compensation structures, as well as the complex systems, technology, networks and other assets, of the businesses; • successfully managing relationships with our strategic partners and combined supplier and client base; • implementing expected cost synergies of the acquisitions; • retention of key employees; • the diversion of management attention from other important business objectives; • the possibility that we may have failed to discover obligations of acquired businesses or risks associated with those businesses during our due diligence investigations as part of the acquisition, which we, as a successor owner, may be responsible for or subject to; and • provisions in contracts with third parties that may limit flexibility to take certain actions. As a result of these difficulties and risks, we may not accomplish the integration of acquired businesses smoothly, successfully or within our budgetary expectations and anticipated timetables, which may result in a failure to realize some or all of the anticipated benefits of our acquisitions. Further, following such transactions, we may continue to incur significant anticipated and unanticipated transaction costs, and these ongoing costs could adversely affect our results of operations in the period in which such expenses are recorded or our cash flow in the period in which any related costs are actually paid. Businesses we acquire may have disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, cybersecurity and compliance with data privacy laws that are weaker than or otherwise not in conformity with ours. We have a history of acquiring complementary businesses of varying size and organizational complexity and we may continue to engage in such acquisitions. Upon consummating an acquisition, we seek to implement our disclosure controls and procedures, our internal controls over financial reporting as well as procedures relating to cybersecurity and compliance with data privacy laws and regulations at the acquired company as promptly as possible. Depending upon the nature and scale of the business acquired, the implementation of our disclosure controls and procedures as well as the implementation of our internal controls over financial reporting at an acquired company may be a lengthy process and may divert our attention from other business operations. Our integration efforts may periodically expose deficiencies in the disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting as well as procedures relating to cybersecurity and compliance with data privacy laws and regulations of an acquired company that were not identified in our due diligence undertaken prior to consummating the acquisition; contractual protections intended to protect against any such deficiencies may not fully eliminate all related risks. If such deficiencies exist, we may not be in a position to comply with our periodic reporting requirements and, as a result, our business and financial condition may be materially harmed. Refer to Item 9A, 29

Page 30

Table of Contents “Controls and Procedures”, included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for details on our internal controls over financial reporting for recent acquisitions. Risks Related to Laws and Regulatory Compliance Our provision for income taxes and effective income tax rate may vary significantly and may adversely affect our results of operations and cash resources. Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes. Various internal and external factors may have favourable or unfavourable effects on our future provision for income taxes, income taxes receivable and our effective income tax rate. These factors include, but are not limited to, changes in tax laws, regulations and/or rates, results of audits by tax authorities, changing interpretations of existing tax laws or regulations, changes in estimates of prior years’ items, the impact of transactions we complete, future levels of research and development spending, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, transfer pricing adjustments, changes in the overall mix of income among the different jurisdictions in which we operate and changes in overall levels of income before taxes. Furthermore, new accounting pronouncements or new interpretations of existing accounting pronouncements, and/or any internal restructuring initiatives we may implement from time to time to streamline our operations, can have a material impact on our effective income tax rate. Tax examinations are often complex as tax authorities may disagree with the treatment of items reported by us and our transfer pricing methodology based upon our limited risk distributor model, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Although we believe our estimates are reasonable, the ultimate outcome with respect to the taxes we owe may differ from the amounts recorded in our financial statements, and this difference may materially affect our financial position and financial results in the period or periods for which such determination is made. The Company is also subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions and significant judgment has been applied in determining its worldwide provision for income taxes. The provision for income taxes may be impacted by various internal and external factors that could have favourable or unfavourable effects, including changes in estimates of prior years’ items, the impact of transactions completed, the structuring of activities undertaken, the application of complex transfer pricing rules, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in overall mix and levels of income before taxes, changes in tax laws, regulations and/or rates and changing interpretations of existing tax laws or regulations. Numerous countries have agreed to a statement in support of the Organization for Economic Co-Operation and Development model rules that propose a global minimum tax rate of 15% for companies with revenue above €750 million, calculated on a country- by-country basis. Countries with significant operations for OpenText that have enacted the legislation include Canada and UK. We are continuing to monitor when and how such rules in other jurisdictions will be enacted into law. However, it is possible that the implementation of relevant legislation could impact our liability for taxes. As a result, our worldwide provision for income taxes and any ultimate tax liability may differ from the amounts initially recorded and such differences could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. For further details on certain tax matters relating to the Company see Note 14 “Guarantees and Contingencies” and Note 15 “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. As part of the ongoing audit of our Canadian tax returns by the CRA, we have received notices of, and are appealing, reassessments for Fiscal 2012 through Fiscal 2021. An adverse outcome of these ongoing audits could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations. As part of its ongoing audit of our Canadian tax returns, the CRA has disputed our transfer pricing methodology used for certain intercompany transactions with our international subsidiaries and has issued notices of reassessment for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016. Assuming the utilization of available tax attributes (further described below), we estimate our potential aggregate liability, as of June 30, 2026, in connection with the CRA’s reassessments for Fiscal 2012 through Fiscal 2016, to be limited to penalties, interest and provincial taxes that may be due of approximately $87.4 million. As of June 30, 2026, we have provisionally paid approximately $32 million in order to fully preserve our rights to object to the CRA’s audit positions, being the minimum payment required under Canadian legislation while the matter is in dispute. This amount is recorded within Long-term income taxes recoverable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2026. The notices of reassessment for Fiscal 2012 through Fiscal 2016 would, as drafted, increase our taxable income by approximately $90 million to $100 million for each of those years, as well as impose a 10% penalty on 30

Page 31

Table of Contents the proposed adjustment to income. Audits by the CRA of our tax returns for fiscal years prior to Fiscal 2012 have been completed with no reassessment of our income tax liability. We strongly disagree with the CRA's positions and believe the reassessments of Fiscal 2012 through Fiscal 2016 (including any penalties) are without merit, and we are continuing to contest these reassessments. On June 30, 2022, we filed a notice of appeal with the Tax Court of Canada seeking to reverse all such reassessments (including penalties) in full and the customary court process is ongoing. Even if we are unsuccessful in challenging the CRA's reassessments to increase our taxable income for Fiscal 2012 through Fiscal 2016, we have elective deductions available for those years (including carry-backs from later years) that would offset such increased amounts so that no additional cash tax would be payable, exclusive of any assessed penalties and interest, as described above. The CRA has audited Fiscal 2017 through Fiscal 2021 on a basis that we strongly disagree with and are contesting. The focus of the CRA audit has been the valuation of certain intellectual property and goodwill when one of our subsidiaries continued into Canada from Luxembourg in July 2016. In accordance with applicable rules, these assets were recognized for tax purposes at fair market value as of that time, which value was supported by an expert valuation prepared by an independent leading accounting and advisory firm. CRA’s position for Fiscal 2017 through Fiscal 2021 relies in significant part on the application of its positions regarding our transfer pricing methodology that are the basis for its reassessment of our fiscal years 2012 to 2016 described above, and that we believe are without merit. Other aspects of CRA’s position for Fiscal 2017 through Fiscal 2021 conflict with the expert valuation prepared by the independent leading accounting and advisory firm that was used to support our original filing position. The CRA issued notices of reassessment in respect of Fiscal 2017 through Fiscal 2021 on a basis consistent with its proposal to reduce the available depreciable basis of assets in Canada. We have filed notices of objection to the reassessments for each of these years. If we are ultimately unsuccessful in defending our position, the estimated impact of the proposed adjustment could result in us recording an income tax expense, with no immediate cash payment, to reduce the stated value of our deferred tax assets of up to approximately $470 million. Any such income tax expense could also have a corresponding cash tax impact that would primarily occur over a period of several future years based upon annual income realization in Canada. We strongly disagree with the CRA’s position for Fiscal 2017 through Fiscal 2021 and intend to vigorously defend our original filing position. We are not required to provisionally pay any cash amounts to the CRA as a result of the reassessment in respect of Fiscal 2017 through Fiscal 2019 due to utilization of available tax attributes; however, for Fiscal 2020 and 2021, we have provisionally paid approximately $40.3 million in order to fully preserve our rights to object to the CRA’s audit positions and intend to make an additional payment of $19.3 million on account of Fiscal 2021 by December 31, 2026. To the extent the CRA reassesses subsequent fiscal years on a similar basis, we may make certain minimum payments required under Canadian legislation. We will continue to vigorously contest the adjustments to our taxable income and any penalty and interest assessments, as well as any reduction to the basis of our depreciable property. We are confident that our original tax filing positions were appropriate. Accordingly, as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we have not recorded any accruals in respect of these reassessments or proposed reassessment in our Consolidated Financial Statements. For further details on these and other tax audits to which we are subject, see Note 14 “Guarantees and Contingencies” and Note 15 “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 31

Page 32

Table of Contents Risks associated with data privacy issues, including evolving laws and regulations and associated compliance efforts, may adversely impact our business. Our business depends on the processing of personal data, including data transfer between our affiliated entities, to and from our business partners and clients, and with third-party service providers. The laws and regulations relating to personal data are constantly evolving, as federal, state and foreign governments continue to adopt new measures addressing data privacy and processing (including collection, storage, transfer, disposal and use) of personal data. Moreover, the interpretation and application of many existing or recently enacted privacy and data protection laws and regulations in the EU, UK, the U.S. and elsewhere are uncertain and fluid, and it is possible that such laws and regulations may be interpreted or applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data management practices or the features of our products and services. Any such new laws or regulations, any changes to existing laws and regulations and any such interpretation or application may affect demand for our products and services, impact our ability to effectively transfer data across borders in support of our business operations or increase the cost of providing our products and services. Additionally, any actual or perceived breach of such laws or regulations may subject us to claims and may lead to administrative, civil or criminal liability, as well as reputational harm to our Company and our employees. We could also be required to fundamentally change our business activities and practices, or modify our products and services, which could have an adverse effect on our business. In the U.S., various laws and regulations apply to the collection, processing, transfer, disposal, unauthorized disclosure and security of personal data. For example, data protection laws passed by all states within the U.S. require notification to users when there is a security breach for personal data. Additionally, the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) and many state attorneys general are interpreting federal and state consumer protection laws as imposing standards for the online collection, use, transfer and security of data. The U.S. Congress and state legislatures, along with federal regulatory authorities, have recently increased their attention to matters concerning personal data, and this has and may continue to result in new legislation which could increase the cost of compliance. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 came into effect on January 1, 2020 and was subsequently amended by the California Privacy Rights Act, which took effect January 1, 2023 (the foregoing, collectively, the CCPA). The CCPA requires companies that process information of California residents to make new disclosures to consumers about their data collection, use and sharing practices, allows consumers to access and request deletion of their data and opt out of certain data sharing with third parties and provides a new private right of action for data breaches. Violations of the CCPA are enforced by the California Attorney General with sizeable civil penalties, particularly for violations that impact large numbers of consumers. The CCPA also establishes a regulatory agency dedicated to enforcing the requirements of the CCPA. There is a growing patchwork of comprehensive privacy laws at the state level, with nearly two dozen states advancing comprehensive privacy legislation, further complicating our privacy compliance obligations through the introduction of increasingly disparate requirements across the various U.S. jurisdictions in which we operate. In addition to government regulation, privacy advocacy and industry groups may propose new and different self- regulatory standards that either legally or contractually apply to us or our clients. Some of our operations are subject to the EU’s General Data Protection Regulation (the EU GDPR), which took effect from May 25, 2018, the General Data Protection Regulation as it forms part of retained EU law in the UK by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 and as amended by the Data Protection, Privacy and Electronic Communications (Amendments etc.) (EU Exit) Regulations 2019 (SI 2019/419) (the UK GDPR, and together with the EU GDPR, the GDPR), and the UK Data Protection Act 2018. The GDPR imposes a number of obligations for subject companies, and we will need to continue dedicating financial resources and management time to GDPR compliance. The GDPR enhances the obligations placed on companies that control or process personal data including, for example, expanded disclosures about how personal data is to be used, mechanisms for obtaining consent from data subjects, controls for data subjects with respect to their personal data (including by enabling them to exercise rights to erasure and data portability), limitations on retention of personal data and mandatory data breach notifications. Additionally, the GDPR places companies under obligations relating to data transfers and the security of the personal data they process. The GDPR provides that supervisory authorities in the EU and the UK may impose administrative fines for certain infringements of the GDPR of up to EUR 20,000,000 under the EU GDPR (or GBP 17,500,000 under the UK GDPR), or 4% of an undertaking’s total, worldwide, annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher. Individuals who have suffered damage as a result of a subject company’s non- compliance with the GDPR also have the right to seek compensation from such company. Given the breadth of the GDPR, compliance with its requirements is likely to continue to require significant expenditure of resources on an ongoing basis, and there can be no assurance that the measures we have taken for the purposes of compliance will be successful in preventing violation of the GDPR. Given the potential fines, 32

Page 33

Table of Contents liabilities and damage to our reputation in the event of an actual or perceived violation of the GDPR, such a violation may have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. In addition, the GDPR restricts transfers of personal data outside of the European Economic Area (EEA) and the UK to third countries deemed to lack adequate privacy protections unless an appropriate safeguard is implemented. In light of the July 2020 decision of the Court of Justice of the European Union in Data Protection Commissioner vs Facebook Ireland Limited and Maximillian Schrems (C-311/118) (Schrems II) invalidating the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework and the Irish Data Protection Authority’s May 2023 decision to impose a fine of €1.2 billion on Meta Platforms, Inc. (Meta) regarding Meta’s transfers of personal data to the U.S., there is potential uncertainty with respect to the legality of certain transfers of personal data from the European Economic Area (EEA) and the UK to so-called “third countries” outside the EEA, including the U.S. and Canada. In addition to the increased legal risk in the event of any such transfers, additional costs might also need to be incurred in order to implement necessary safeguards to comply with GDPR. While the Court of Justice of the EU upheld the adequacy of the old standard contractual clauses (SCCs), a standard form of contract approved by the European Commission as an adequate personal data transfer mechanism, it made clear that reliance on them alone may not necessarily be sufficient in all circumstances. In June 2021, the European Commission issued new SCCs that must be now used for relevant new data transfers. The UK’s Information Commissioner’s Office also released two new agreements governing international data transfers out of the UK: the International Data Transfer Agreement (IDTA) and the Data Transfer Addendum (Addendum). All contracts signed after September 21, 2022 must use either the IDTA or the Addendum in conjunction with the new SCCs. Additionally, on March 25, 2022, the U.S. and European Commission announced that they had agreed in principle to a new “Trans-Atlantic Data Privacy Framework” (the TDPF to enable trans-Atlantic data flows and address the concerns raised in the Schrems II decision. To implement the commitments of the U.S. under the TDPF, in October 2022, President Biden signed an Executive Order on Enhancing Safeguards for the United States Signals Intelligence Activities (the Executive Order). This subsequently prompted the European Commission to adopt an adequacy decision based on the Executive Order on July 10, 2023, having determined that the TDPF ensures that the protection of personal information transferred from the EU to the certified organizations within the U.S. will be essentially equivalent to the protection offered in the EU. However, there remains a degree of legal uncertainty, as critics and privacy advocacy groups have commenced challenges to the validity of such decision before the Court of Justice of the EU. Outside of the U.S., the EU and the UK, many jurisdictions have adopted or are adopting new data privacy laws that may impose further onerous compliance requirements, such as data localization, which prohibits companies from storing and/or processing outside the jurisdiction data relating to resident individuals. In Canada, the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act and various related provincial laws, may apply to our operations. The proliferation of such laws within the jurisdictions in which we operate may result in conflicting and contradictory requirements, particularly in relation to evolving technologies such as cloud computing and AI. In addition, because our products and services are used by our clients to collect, store, process and manage their own data, including regulated and personal data, changes in privacy laws and regulations may affect the design, functionality, requirements and marketability of our products and services, and may give rise to contractual obligations to our clients, including as a data processor on their behalf. Failure to adapt our offerings to evolving legal requirements, or to meet such contractual obligations, could reduce demand for our products and services or expose us to liability. Additionally, as we expand our European sovereign cloud offerings through partnerships with hyperscalers such as Amazon Web Services and Google Cloud, we are subject to heightened data residency, sovereignty, and security requirements specific to regulated European clients. Managing compliance with these requirements across multiple sovereign cloud frameworks adds operational complexity and cost that may adversely affect our business and results of operations. Any failure to successfully navigate the changing regulatory landscape could result in legal liability or impairment to our reputation in the marketplace, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Privacy-related claims or lawsuits initiated by governmental bodies, clients or other third parties, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, result in costly regulatory proceedings, litigation, penalties, fines, or other potential liabilities, or require us to change our business practices, sometimes in expensive ways. Unfavourable publicity regarding our privacy practices could damage our reputation, harm our ability to keep existing clients or attract new clients or otherwise adversely affect our business, assets, revenue and brands. 33

Page 34

Table of Contents Certain of our products may be perceived as, or determined by the courts to be, a violation of privacy rights and related laws. Any such perception or determination could adversely affect our revenues and results of operations. Because of the nature of certain of our products, including those relating to digital investigations, potential clients and purchasers of our products or the general public may perceive that the use of these products results in violations of individual privacy rights. In addition, certain courts or regulatory authorities could determine that the use of our software solutions or other products is a violation of privacy laws, particularly in jurisdictions outside of the U.S. Any such determination or perception by potential clients and purchasers, the general public, government entities or the judicial system could harm our reputation and adversely affect our revenues and results of operations. AI and other machine learning technology is being integrated into some of our products, systems or solutions, which could present risks and challenges to our business, and rapid advances in AI could intensify competitive pressures, accelerate technological change and reduce demand for certain of our existing offerings. AI and other machine learning technology is being integrated into some of our products, systems or solutions and could be a significant factor in future offerings. While AI can present significant benefits, it can also present risks and challenges to our business. Data sourcing, technology, integration and process issues, program bias in decision-making algorithms, security challenges and challenges with the protection of confidential information and personal privacy could impair the adoption, operation and acceptance of AI. If the output from AI in our products, systems or solutions are deemed to be inaccurate or questionable, or if the use of AI does not operate as anticipated or perform as promised, our business and reputation may be harmed. Client uses of and preferences for AI vary widely and are evolving rapidly and the pace and extent of AI adoption may differ significantly across clients, industries and markets. As AI adoption evolves, we expect competition to intensify and additional companies may enter our markets offering similar products, systems or solutions. Advances in AI, including generative AI and large language models, have made certain foundational capabilities cheaper and easier to replicate, potentially enabling companies not previously focused on data management to provide solutions that compete with aspects of our offerings. We may not be able to compete effectively with our competitors and our strategy to integrate AI and other machine learning technology into our products, systems or solutions may also not be accepted by our clients or by other businesses in the marketplace at the rate or extent we anticipate. Additionally, clients may develop internal, AI-powered alternatives to third-party enterprise software solutions, which could reduce demand for our products and services. The integration of AI may also expose us to risks regarding intellectual property ownership and license rights, particularly if any copyrighted material is embedded in training models. Using AI and other machine learning technologies while the technology is still developing may expose us to liability, reputational harm, and threats of litigation, particularly if such technology produces errors, AI bias, AI hallucinations, harmful content, discrimination, intellectual property infringement or misappropriation, data privacy or cybersecurity issues, or otherwise if such technology does not function as intended. Such inaccurate or erroneous outputs may be the result of input data that is insufficient, incorrect, overbroad, outdated or containing biased information. Moreover, with the use of certain AI and other machine learning technologies, there may be a lack of transparency of the sources of data used to train or develop such technologies or how inputs are converted to outputs, and we may not be able to fully validate this process and its accuracy. Additionally, the use of AI and other machine learning technologies in connection with the creation or development of intellectual property may present challenges in asserting ownership over the resulting output given the position of courts and intellectual property offices in certain jurisdictions that human inventorship is required for patent protection of an AI-generated invention and human authorship is required for copyright protection of an AI-generated work of authorship. Inventions or works of authorship created through the use of such technologies may be based or rely on, or contain, materials that were used in the training of such technologies and which are subject to third-party intellectual property, which could further limit our ability to obtain intellectual property protection in such inventions or works of authorship. Further, there is a risk that the data inputted into such technologies may contain confidential information, including trade secrets, resulting in such information becoming accessible by third parties. The use of AI, including potential inadvertent disclosure of confidential information or personal data, could also lead to legal and regulatory investigations and enforcement actions, or may give rise to specific obligations, including required notices, consents and opt-outs, under various data privacy, protection and cybersecurity laws and trade and export control laws and regulations in a number of jurisdictions. See “Risks associated with data privacy issues, including evolving laws and regulations and associated compliance efforts, may adversely impact our business” and 34

Page 35

Table of Contents “Unauthorized disclosures, cyber-attacks, breaches of data security and other information technology risks may adversely affect our operations.” The use of copyrighted materials in AI and other machine learning technology has not been fully interpreted by U.S. federal and state, Canadian or international courts and the regulatory framework for AI continues to evolve and remains uncertain. Moreover, regulations relating to AI technologies, including the application of existing legal frameworks to AI technologies, may also impose certain obligations on organizations, and the costs of monitoring and responding to such regulations, as well as the consequences of non-compliance, could have an adverse effect on our operations or financial condition. It is possible that new laws and regulations will be adopted in the jurisdictions in which we operate, or existing laws and regulations may be interpreted in new ways, that would affect the way in which AI and other machine learning technology is used in our products, systems or solutions. Further, the cost to comply with such laws or regulations, including court decisions, could be significant. As AI systems are highly complex and rapidly developing, it is not possible to predict all legal, regulatory, operational or technological risks that may arise relating to our use of AI. The risks and challenges associated with integrating AI and other machine learning technology into our products, systems and solutions could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Risks Related to our Financial Condition We may not generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our unfunded pension obligations. Through our acquisitions, we have assumed certain unfunded pension plan liabilities. We will be required to use the operating cash flow that we generate in the future to meet these obligations. As a result, our future net pension liability and cost may be materially affected by the discount rate used to measure these pension obligations and by the longevity and actuarial profile of the relevant workforce. A change in the discount rate may result in a significant increase or decrease in the valuation of these pension obligations, and these changes may affect the net periodic pension cost in the year the change is made and in subsequent years. We cannot assure that we will generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy these obligations. Any inability to satisfy these pension obligations may have a material adverse effect on the operational and financial health of our business. For more information on our pension obligations, see Note 12 “Pension Plans and Other Post-Retirement Benefits” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could materially affect our financial results. Our Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in U.S. dollars. In general, the functional currency of our subsidiaries is the local currency. For each subsidiary, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet dates and revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates prevailing during the month of the transaction. Therefore, increases or decreases in the value of the U.S. dollar against other major currencies affect our net operating revenues, operating income and the value of balance sheet items denominated in foreign currencies. In addition, unexpected and dramatic devaluations of currencies in developing, as well as developed, markets could negatively affect our revenues from, and the value of the assets located in, those markets. Transactional foreign currency gains (losses) are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income under the line item Other income (expense), net. See Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. While we may use derivative financial instruments to attempt to reduce our net exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against major currencies or the currencies of large developing countries, could materially affect our financial results. Further, we have other derivative financial instruments that are subject to mark-to-market valuation adjustments based on foreign currency fluctuations. See Note 17 “Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” and Note 23 “Other Income (Expense), Net” to our Consolidated Financial Statements and in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” These risks and their potential impacts may be exacerbated by the Russia-Ukraine and Middle East conflicts and any policy changes, including those resulting from trade and tariff disputes. See “Geopolitical instability, political unrest, war and other global conflicts, including the Russia-Ukraine and Middle East conflicts have affected and may continue to affect our business.” Our indebtedness could limit our operations and opportunities. As of June 30, 2026, we had approximately $5.8 billion of total indebtedness. This level of indebtedness could have important consequences to our business, including, but not limited to: • increasing our debt service obligations, making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations; 35

Page 36

Table of Contents • limiting our ability to borrow additional funds for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general purposes and increasing the cost of any such borrowing; • increasing our vulnerability to, and reducing our flexibility to respond to, general adverse economic and industry conditions; • expose us to fluctuations in the interest rate environment because the interest rates under our credit facilities are variable; • require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, dividends and other general corporate purposes; • limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; • potentially placing us at a competitive disadvantage as compared to certain of our competitors that are not as highly leveraged; • increasing the risk of a future credit ratings downgrade of our debt, which could increase future debt costs and limit the future availability of debt financing; and • restricting us from pursuing certain business opportunities, including other acquisitions. As of June 30, 2026, our credit facilities consisted of a $2.23 billion Acquisition Term Loan and a $750 million committed revolving credit facility, which is currently undrawn (the Revolver). Borrowings under our credit facilities are secured by a first charge over substantially all of our assets, which security interests may limit our financial flexibility. Repayments made under the Acquisition Term Loan are equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount in equal quarterly installments for the life of such loans, with the remainder due at maturity. The terms of the Acquisition Term Loan and Revolver include customary restrictive covenants that impose operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to take actions that could be in our best interests. These restrictive covenants include certain limitations on our ability to make investments, loans and acquisitions, incur additional debt, incur liens and encumbrances, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with any other person, dispose of assets, make certain restricted payments, including a limit on dividends on equity securities or payments to redeem, repurchase or retire equity securities or other indebtedness, engage in transactions with affiliates, materially alter the business we conduct, and enter into certain restrictive agreements. The Acquisition Term Loan and Revolver include a financial covenant relating to a maximum consolidated net leverage ratio, which could restrict our operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes in our business or to take specified actions. Our failure to comply with any of the covenants that are included in the Acquisition Term Loan and Revolver could result in a default under the terms thereof, which could permit the lenders thereunder to declare all or part of any outstanding borrowings to be immediately due and payable. As of June 30, 2026, we also have $1.0 billion in aggregate principal amount of 6.90% senior secured notes due 2027 (Senior Secured Notes 2027), $900 million in aggregate principal amount of 3.875% senior notes due 2028 (Senior Notes 2028), $850 million in aggregate principal amount of 3.875% senior notes due 2029 (Senior Notes 2029), $900 million in aggregate principal amount of 4.125% senior notes due 2030 (Senior Notes 2030) and $650 million in aggregate principal amount of our 4.125% senior unsecured notes due 2031 (Senior Notes 2031 and, together with the Senior Secured Notes 2027, Senior Notes 2028, Senior Notes 2029 and Senior Notes 2030, the Senior Notes) outstanding, respectively issued in private placements to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to certain persons in offshore transactions pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. Our failure to comply with any of the covenants that are included in the indentures governing the Senior Notes could result in a default under the terms thereof, which could result in all or a portion of the Senior Notes to be immediately due and payable. The risks discussed above would be increased to the extent that we engage in additional acquisitions that involve the incurrence of material additional debt, or the acquisition of businesses with material debt, and such incurrences or acquisitions could potentially negatively impact the ratings or outlook of the rating agencies on our outstanding debt securities and the market price of our common shares. For more information on our indebtedness, see Note 11 “Long-Term Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 36

Page 37

Table of Contents Risks Related to Ownership of our Common Shares Our revenues and operating results are likely to fluctuate, which could materially impact the market price of our Common Shares. We experience significant fluctuations in revenues and operating results caused by many factors, including: • Changes in the demand for our software products and services and for the products and services of our competitors; • The introduction or enhancement of technology and software products and services by us and by our competitors; • Market acceptance of our software products, enhancements and/or services; • Delays in the introduction of software products, enhancements and/or services by us or by our competitors; • Client order deferrals in anticipation of upgrades and new software products; • Changes in the lengths of sales cycles; • Changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors; • Delays in software product implementation with clients; • Change in the mix of distribution channels through which our software products are licensed; • Change in the mix of software products and services sold; • Change in the mix of international and North American revenues; • Changes in foreign currency exchange rates and applicable interest rates; • Fluctuations in the value of our investments related to certain investment funds in which we are a limited partner: • Acquisitions and the integration of acquired businesses; • Restructuring charges taken in connection with any completed acquisition or otherwise; • Outcome and impact of tax audits and other contingencies; • Investor perception of our Company; • Changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts and our ability to meet those estimates; • Changes in laws and regulations affecting our business, including data privacy and cybersecurity laws and regulations; • Changes in general economic and business conditions, including the impact of any potential recession, or direct and indirect supply chain disruptions and shortages; and • Changes in general political developments, tax policies, international trade and tariff policies and policies taken to stimulate or to preserve national economies. A general weakening of the global economy, a continued weakening of the economy in a particular region, economic or business uncertainty or changes in political developments, tax policies, trade and tariff policies or policies implemented to stimulate or preserve economies could result in the cancellation of or delay in client purchases. A cancellation or deferral of even a small number of license sales or services or delays in the implementation of our software products could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. As a result of the timing of software product and service introductions and the rapid evolution of our business as well as of the markets we serve, we cannot predict whether patterns or trends experienced in the past will continue. For these reasons, you should not rely upon period-to-period comparisons of our financial results to forecast future performance. Our revenues and operating results may vary significantly, and this possible variance could materially reduce the market price or trading volume of our Common Shares. In addition, from time to time, we may present estimates, forecasts, outlook, business models or other forward-looking statements in our press releases, presentations, conference calls or otherwise regarding our future performance that represent estimates as of the date made. These forward-looking statements are based upon a number of assumptions and are based on information known when they are presented and, while there may be numerical specificity, are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, as noted herein, relating to our business, many of which may be beyond our control and are based upon assumptions and risk with respect to future business decisions, some of which may change. Therefore, the actual results we achieve may differ materially from any forward-looking statements, and investors should not rely upon such forward-looking statements 37

Page 38

Table of Contents in making an investment decision regarding our Common Shares. Further, any perceived failure to achieve such forward- looking statements or meet analysts’ and shareholders’ expectations could also materially reduce the market price or trading volume of our Common Shares. Changes in the market price of our Common Shares and credit ratings of our outstanding debt securities could lead to losses for shareholders and debt holders. The market price of our Common Shares and credit ratings of our outstanding debt securities are subject to fluctuations. Such fluctuations in market price or credit ratings may continue in response to: (i) quarterly and annual variations in operating results; (ii) announcements of technological innovations or new products or services that are relevant to our industry; (iii) changes in financial estimates by securities analysts; (iv) changes to the ratings or outlook of our outstanding debt securities by rating agencies; (v) impacts of general economic and market conditions or (vi) other events or factors (including those events or factors noted in this Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” or in Part I, “Forward-Looking Statements” of this Annual Report on 10-K). In addition, financial markets experience significant price and volume fluctuations that particularly affect the market prices of equity securities of many technology companies in particular due to concerns about increasing interest rates, rising inflation or any potential recession. The developments in AI and volatility in the industry could lead to large fluctuations in equity valuations in the industries in which we operate, which may put pressure on the market price of our Common Shares. In particular, the actual and perceived disruption from AI has negatively impacted the valuation of software company stocks, including our Common Shares, which may subject them to significant volatility and future downward pressure on their prices. These fluctuations have often resulted from the failure of such companies to meet market expectations in a particular quarter, and thus such fluctuations may or may not be related to the underlying operating performance of such companies. Broad market fluctuations or any failure of our operating results in a particular quarter to meet market expectations may adversely affect the market price of our Common Shares or the credit ratings of our outstanding debt securities. Additionally, short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions in our Common Shares and technical factors in the public trading market for our Common Shares may produce price movements that may or may not comport with macro, industry or company-specific fundamentals, including, without limitation, the sentiment of retail investors (including as may be expressed on financial trading and other social media sites), the amount and status of short interest in our Common Shares, access to margin debt, trading in options and other derivatives on our Common Shares and other technical trading factors. Occasionally, periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities may lead to the institution of securities class action litigation against a company. If we are subject to such volatility in our market price, we may be the target of such securities litigation in the future. Such legal action could result in substantial costs to defend our interests and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, each of which would have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. General Risks Unexpected events may materially harm our ability to align when we incur expenses with when we recognize revenues. We incur operating expenses based upon anticipated revenue trends. Since a high percentage of these expenses are relatively fixed, a delay in recognizing revenues from transactions related to these expenses (such a delay may be due to the factors described herein or it may be due to other factors) could cause significant variations in operating results from quarter to quarter and could materially reduce operating income. If these expenses are not subsequently matched by revenues, our business, financial condition, or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. We may fail to achieve our financial forecasts due to inaccurate sales forecasts or other factors. Our revenues and particularly our new software license revenues are difficult to forecast, and, as a result, our quarterly operating results can fluctuate substantially. Sales forecasts may be particularly inaccurate or unpredictable given general economic and market factors. We use a “pipeline” system, a common industry practice, to forecast sales and trends in our business. By reviewing the status of outstanding sales proposals to our clients and potential clients, we make an estimate as to when a client will make a purchasing decision involving our software products. These estimates are aggregated periodically to make an estimate of our sales pipeline, which we use as a guide to plan our activities and make internal financial forecasts. Our sales pipeline is only an estimate and may be an unreliable predictor of actual sales activity, both in a particular quarter and over a longer period of time. Many factors may affect actual sales activity, such as actual and perceived disruptions from AI and weakened economic conditions, including as a result of any potential recession, which may cause our clients and potential clients to delay, reduce or cancel information technology-related purchasing decisions, our decision to increase 38

Page 39

Table of Contents prices in response to rising inflation, and the tendency of some of our clients to wait until the end of a fiscal period in the hope of obtaining more favourable terms from us. If actual sales activity differs from our pipeline estimate, then we may have planned our activities and budgeted incorrectly, and this may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, for newly acquired companies, we have limited ability to immediately predict how their pipelines will convert into sales or revenues following the acquisition and their conversion rate post-acquisition may be quite different from their historical conversion rate. Our international operations expose us to business, political and economic risks. We have significantly increased, and intend to continue to make efforts to increase, our international operations and anticipate that international sales will continue to account for a significant portion of our revenues. These international operations are subject to certain risks and costs, including the difficulty and expense of administering business and compliance abroad, differences in business practices, compliance with domestic and foreign laws (including without limitation domestic and international import, export and sanctions laws and regulations and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, including potential violations by acts of agents or other intermediaries), costs related to localizing products for foreign markets, costs related to translating and distributing software products in a timely manner, costs related to increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities, longer sales and collection cycles for accounts receivables, failure of laws or courts to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, local competition, and economic or political instability and uncertainties, including inflation, recession, interest rate fluctuations, trade and tariff policies and actual or anticipated military or geopolitical conflicts. International operations also tend to be subject to a longer sales and collection cycle. In addition, regulatory limitations regarding the repatriation of earnings may adversely affect the transfer of cash earned from international operations. Significant international sales may also expose us to greater risk from political and economic instability, unexpected changes in Canadian, U.S. or other governmental policies concerning sanctions, import and export of goods and technology, regulatory requirements, tariffs and other trade barriers. Additionally, international earnings may be subject to taxation by more than one jurisdiction, which may materially adversely affect our effective tax rate. Also, international expansion may be difficult, time consuming and costly. These risks and their potential impacts may be exacerbated by the Russia-Ukraine and Middle East conflicts. See “Geopolitical instability, political unrest, war and other global conflicts, including the Russia-Ukraine and Middle East conflicts have affected and may continue to affect our business.” As a result, if revenues from international operations do not offset the expenses of establishing and maintaining international operations, our business, operating results and financial condition will suffer. We may become involved in litigation that may materially adversely affect us. From time to time in the ordinary course of our business, we may become involved in various legal proceedings, including commercial, product liability, employment, class action and other litigation and claims, as well as governmental and other regulatory investigations and proceedings. Such matters can be time-consuming, divert management’s attention and resources and cause us to incur significant expenses. Furthermore, because litigation is inherently unpredictable, the results of any such actions may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition. The declaration, payment and amount of dividends will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on a number of factors. We have adopted a policy to declare non-cumulative quarterly dividends on our Common Shares. The declaration, payment and amount of any dividends will be made pursuant to our dividend policy and is subject to final determination each quarter by our Board of Directors in its discretion based on a number of factors that it deems relevant, including our financial position, results of operations, available cash resources, cash requirements and alternative uses of cash that our Board of Directors may conclude would be in the best interest of our shareholders. Our dividend payments are subject to relevant contractual limitations, including those in our existing credit agreements and to solvency conditions established by the Canada Business Corporations Act (CBCA), the statute under which we are incorporated. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that any future dividends will be equal or similar in amount to any dividends previously paid or that our Board of Directors will not decide to reduce, suspend or discontinue the payment of dividends at any time in the future. 39

Page 40

Table of Contents Our operating results could be adversely affected by any weakening of economic conditions. Our overall performance depends in part on worldwide economic conditions. Certain economies have experienced periods of downturn as a result of a multitude of factors, including, but not limited to, turmoil in the credit and financial markets, concerns regarding the stability and viability of major financial institutions, declines in gross domestic product, increases in unemployment, volatility in commodity prices and worldwide stock markets, excessive government debt, disruptions to global trade or tariffs, inflation, higher interest rates and risks of recession and global health pandemics. The severity and length of time that a downturn in economic and financial market conditions may persist, as well as the timing, strength and sustainability of any recovery from such downturn, are unknown and are beyond our control. Recently, the Russia-Ukraine conflict, Middle East conflicts, the inflationary environment and policy changes resulting from trade and tariff disputes have raised additional concerns regarding economic uncertainties. Moreover, any instability in the global economy affects countries in different ways, at different times and with varying severity, which makes the impact to our business complex and unpredictable. During such downturns, many clients may delay or reduce technology purchases. Contract negotiations may become more protracted, or conditions could result in reductions in the licensing of our software products and the sale of cloud and other services, longer sales cycles, pressure on our margins, difficulties in collection of accounts receivable or delayed payments, increased default risks associated with our accounts receivables, slower adoption of new technologies and increased price competition. In addition, deterioration of the global credit markets could adversely impact our ability to complete licensing transactions and services transactions, including maintenance and support renewals. Any of these events, as well as a general weakening of, or declining corporate confidence in, the global economy, or a curtailment in government or corporate spending, could delay or decrease our revenues and therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Stress in the global financial system may adversely affect our finances and operations. Financial developments seemingly unrelated to us or to our industry may adversely affect us over the course of time. For example, material increases in applicable interest rate benchmarks may increase the interest expense for our credit facilities such as the Acquisition Term Loan and Revolver that have variable rates of interest. Credit contraction in financial markets may hurt our ability to access credit in the event that we identify an acquisition opportunity or require significant access to credit for other reasons. Similarly, volatility in the market price of our Common Shares due to seemingly unrelated financial developments, such as a recession, inflation, the imposition of or uncertainty related to, tariffs or other trade restrictions, or an economic slowdown in the U.S. or internationally, could hurt our ability to raise capital for the financing of acquisitions or other reasons. Potential price inflation caused by an excess of liquidity in countries where we conduct business may increase the cost we incur to provide our solutions and may reduce profit margins on agreements that govern the licensing of our software products and/or the sale of our services to clients over a multi-year period. A reduction in credit, combined with reduced economic activity, may adversely affect businesses and industries that collectively constitute a significant portion of our client base such as the public sector. As a result, these clients may need to reduce their licensing of our software products or their purchases of our services, or we may experience greater difficulty in receiving payment for the licenses and services that these clients purchase from us. In addition, inflation is often accompanied by higher interest rates, which may cause additional economic fluctuation. Any of these events, or any other events caused by turmoil in world financial markets, may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments None. Item 1C. Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy We recognize the importance of assessing, identifying, and managing risks associated with cybersecurity threats. These risks include, among other things, operational risks; intellectual property theft; fraud; extortion; harm to employees or clients; violation of privacy or security laws and other litigation and legal risk; and reputational risks. Cybersecurity risk management is integrated into our enterprise risk management processes and is designed to enable the identification, assessment, monitoring, and mitigation of cybersecurity risks that could affect our business operations, clients, products, services, and technology infrastructure. Our cybersecurity risk management program aligns with industry best practices such as the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Cybersecurity Framework 2.0 and the International Organization for Standardization (ISO)/International Electro-technical Commission (IEC) ISO/IEC 27001 standard. This provides a framework for identifying, monitoring, evaluating, and 40

Page 41

Table of Contents responding to cybersecurity threats and incidents, including those associated with the use of our software, applications, services, and cloud and hybrid infrastructures developed or provided by third-party vendors and service providers. Our framework includes steps for identifying the source of a cybersecurity threat or incident, assessing the severity and risk of a cybersecurity threat or incident, implementing cybersecurity mitigation or remediation strategies, and informing our management and our Board of material cybersecurity threats and incidents. OpenText has a cross-functional incident response team, led by our cybersecurity team and comprised of representatives from our information technology, cybersecurity, finance, and legal teams. The cybersecurity team is primarily responsible for overseeing the cybersecurity risk management program and incident response processes, in coordination with other business functions. Our incident response plan includes processes and procedures for assessing potential internal and external threats, activation and notification, crisis management, and post-incident recovery designed to safeguard the confidentiality, availability, and integrity of the Company and our clients’ information assets. Our incident response and risk management processes include procedures for evaluating the materiality of cybersecurity incidents and determining appropriate escalation, reporting and disclosure obligations. Our cybersecurity team is responsible for assessing our cybersecurity risk management program and our incident response plan. We have devoted significant financial and personnel resources to implement security measures to meet regulatory requirements and client expectations, and we intend to continue to make investments to maintain the security of the Company and its clients’ data and data management infrastructure. We maintain processes to assess cybersecurity and data protection risks associated with third-party vendors and service providers that have access to our systems, data or technology infrastructure. These assessments are incorporated into our broader third-party risk management activities. We review and update our cybersecurity policies, standards and procedures annually, or more frequently as needed, to account for changes in the threat landscape, as well as in response to legal and regulatory developments. Our internal audit department has a team responsible for IT and information security (including cybersecurity) audits. We engage independent third-party cybersecurity firms to perform assessments, penetration testing, program reviews and other evaluations designed to identify potential cybersecurity risks and areas for improvement. Our cybersecurity efforts also include mandatory training for all employees and contractors on OpenText’s security and privacy policies as well as other ancillary trainings on topics such as phishing emails and other social engineering tactics. In Fiscal 2026, we did not identify any cybersecurity threats or incidents or risks of such incidents that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition. However, despite our efforts, we cannot eliminate all risks from cybersecurity threats or incidents or provide assurances that we have not experienced an undetected cybersecurity incident. For more information about these risks, see “Risk Factors— Risks Related to our Business and Industry” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Governance Our Board of Directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing the Company’s cybersecurity risk management as part of its overall responsibility of risk oversight. The Board’s Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing risks related to our accounting, financial statements and financial reporting process, including the Company’s cybersecurity incident materiality assessment and relevant disclosures. For more information, see Part III, Item 11, “Board’s Role in Risk Oversight.” Our Chief Information Security Officer (CISO) leads the Company’s cybersecurity program and has more than 20 years of experience managing and directing global information security functions and possesses the requisite education, skills, experience, and industry certifications expected of an individual assigned to these duties. The CISO is responsible for overseeing cybersecurity strategy, risk assessment, incident response, security operations, and cybersecurity governance activities. The CISO receives regular information regarding cybersecurity threats, vulnerabilities, incidents, and risk mitigation efforts and provides management with reporting regarding the Company's cybersecurity risk posture. The CISO reports to the Chief Digital Officer (CDO), who is responsible for the Company's broader information technology strategy and operations, including capabilities related to cybersecurity resilience, incident response, and business recovery. Management, including the CISO and CDO, periodically reports to the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors regarding cybersecurity risks, significant incidents, emerging threats, mitigation activities, and the overall effectiveness of the Company's cybersecurity program. 41

Page 42

Table of Contents Item 2. Properties Our properties consist of owned and leased office facilities for sales, support, research and development, consulting and administrative personnel, totaling approximately 0.4 million square feet of owned facilities and approximately 3.2 million square feet of leased facilities. Owned Facilities Our headquarters is located in Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, and it consists of approximately 232,000 square feet. The land upon which the buildings stand is leased from the University of Waterloo for a period of 49 years that began in December 2005, with an option to renew for an additional term of 49 years. The option to renew is exercisable by us upon providing written notice to the University of Waterloo not earlier than the 40th anniversary and not later than the 45th anniversary of the lease commencement date. Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries also own buildings in the U.S. and Canada with approximately 197,000 square feet as of June 30, 2026. These facilities are primarily used by the Company as data centers and office space. Leased Facilities The following table sets forth the location and approximate square footage of our leased facilities as of June 30, 2026: Square Footage Americas 1,046,493 EMEA 759,384 Asia Pacific 1,421,656 Total 3,227,533 (1) Americas consists of countries in North, Central and South America. (2) EMEA consists of countries in Europe, the Middle East and Africa. (3) Asia Pacific primarily consists of India, Philippines and China. Included in the total approximate square footage of leased facilities is approximately 2.6 million square feet of operational space and approximately 0.7 million square feet of vacated space which has either been sublet or is being actively marketed for sublease or disposition. Item 3. Legal Proceedings In the normal course of business, we are subject to various legal claims, as well as potential legal claims. While the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe that the final outcome of these matters will not have a materially adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial conditions. For more information regarding litigation and the status of certain regulatory and tax proceedings, refer to Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” and to Note 14 “Guarantees and Contingencies” to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures Not applicable. (1) (2) (3) _____________________ 42

Page 43

Table of Contents Part II Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Our Common Shares have traded on the NASDAQ stock market since 1996 under the symbol “OTEX” and our Common Shares have traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) since 1998, first under the symbol “OTC”, and since 2017, under the symbol “OTEX”. On June 30, 2026, the closing price of our Common Shares on the NASDAQ was $22.15 per share, and on the TSX was Canadian $31.39 per share. As at June 30, 2026, we had 342 shareholders of record holding our Common Shares of which 291 were U.S. shareholders. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities None. Dividend Policy We currently expect to continue paying cash dividends on a quarterly basis. However, future declarations of dividends are subject to the final determination of our Board of Directors, in its discretion, based on a number of factors that it deems relevant, including our financial position, results of operations, available cash resources, cash requirements and alternative uses of cash that our Board of Directors may conclude would be in the best interest of our shareholders. Our dividend payments are subject to relevant contractual limitations, including those in our existing credit agreements and to solvency conditions established under the CBCA, the statute under which we are incorporated. We have historically declared dividends in U.S. dollars, but registered shareholders can elect to receive dividends in U.S. dollars or Canadian dollars by contacting the Company’s transfer agent. Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities On August 6, 2025, the Company renewed its share repurchase plan, pursuant to which we were authorized to purchase for cancellation, over the 12-month period commencing on August 12, 2025 until August 11, 2026, up to an aggregate of $300 million of our Common Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) (as part of the Fiscal 2026 NCIB, as defined below), the NASDAQ and/or alternative trading systems in Canada and/or the U.S. (the Fiscal 2026 Repurchase Plan). On February 10, 2026, we increased the authorized limit of the Fiscal 2026 Repurchase Plan by $200 million to $500 million. The Fiscal 2026 Repurchase Plan included a normal course issuer bid (the Fiscal 2026 NCIB) to provide means to execute purchases over the TSX. During the year ended June 30, 2026, we repurchased and cancelled 14,761,123 Common Shares for $415.7 million, inclusive of 2% Canadian excise taxes recorded, under the Fiscal 2025 and Fiscal 2026 Repurchase Plans. The Fiscal 2025 Repurchase Plan, pursuant to which we were authorized to purchase for cancellation up to an aggregate of $450 million of our Common Shares, expired on August 6, 2025. In August 2026, the Company renewed its share repurchase plan, pursuant to which we may purchase for cancellation in open market transactions, from time to time over the 12-month period commencing on August 12, 2026 until August 11, 2027, if considered advisable, up to a maximum of 10% of the public float of its Common Shares (calculated in accordance with TSX rules) on the TSX (as part of a Fiscal 2027 NCIB, defined below), the NASDAQ and/or alternative trading systems in Canada and/or the United States, if eligible, subject to applicable law and stock exchange rules (the Fiscal 2027 Repurchase Plan). The price that we are authorized to pay for Common Shares in open market transactions is the market price at the time of purchase or such other price as is permitted by applicable law or stock exchange rules. The Fiscal 2027 Repurchase Plan will be effected in accordance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act and includes a normal course issuer bid (the Fiscal 2027 NCIB) to provide means to execute purchases over the TSX. The TSX approved the Company’s notice of intention to commence the Fiscal 2027 NCIB. Under the rules of the TSX, the maximum number of Common Shares that may be purchased in this period is 23,846,439 (representing 10% of the Company’s public float calculated in accordance with TSX rules) as of July 31, 2026, and the maximum number of Common Shares that can be purchased on a single day is 447,218 Common Shares, which was 25% of 1,788,872 (calculated in accordance with TSX rules based on the average daily trading volume for the Common Shares on the TSX for the six months ended July 31, 2026), subject to certain exceptions for block purchases, and subject in any case to the volume and other limitations under Rule 10b-18 43

Page 44

Table of Contents under the Exchange Act. Further, as part of the renewal of the Fiscal 2026 NCIB, the Company established an automatic share purchase plan (ASPP) with its broker to facilitate repurchases of Common Shares. Stock Purchases During the three months ended June 30, 2026, we made the following repurchases under the Fiscal 2026 Repurchase Plan: Period Total Number ofShares (orUnits)Purchased Average PricePaid per Share(or Unit) Total Number ofShares (orUnits)Purchased asPart of PubliclyAnnouncedPlans orPrograms MaximumNumber ofShares (orUnits) that MayYet BePurchasedUnder the Plansor Programs April 1, 2026 through April 30, 2026 — $ — — 11,538,456 May 1, 2026 through May 31, 2026 51,500 23.18 51,500 11,486,956 June 1, 2026 through June 30, 2026 484,400 21.96 484,400 11,002,556 Total 535,900 $ 22.08 535,900 11,002,556 (1) Excludes 2% Canadian excise taxes recorded related to repurchases under the Fiscal 2026 Repurchase Plan. See Note 13 “Equity and Share-based Compensation” for more details. (2) On August 6, 2025, the Company renewed its share repurchase plan, pursuant to which we may purchase for cancellation in open market transactions, from time to time over the 12-month period commencing on August 12, 2025 until August 11, 2026, if considered advisable, up to an aggregate of $300 million of our Common Shares. On February 10, 2026, we increased the authorized limit of such share repurchase plan by $200 million to $500 million. The share repurchase plan authorized in Fiscal 2026 is subject to an aggregate limit of 24,906,456. (3) Excludes 2,166,500 Common Shares repurchased for issuance to our employees under the LTIP that are included as part of the aggregate limit of 24,906,456 Common Shares in accordance with TSX rules. Stock Performance Graph and Cumulative Total Return The following graph compares the five-year period ending June 30, 2026, the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total shareholder return on our Common Shares with the cumulative total return on: • an index of companies in the software application industry (S&P North American Technology-Software Index); • the NASDAQ Composite Index; and • the S&P/TSX Composite Index. The graph illustrates the cumulative return on a $100 investment in our Common Shares made on June 30, 2021, as compared with the cumulative return on a $100 investment in the S&P North American Technology-Software Index, the NASDAQ Composite Index and the S&P/TSX Composite Index (the Indices) made on the same day. Dividends declared on securities comprising the respective Indices and declared on our Common Shares are assumed to be reinvested. The performance of our Common Shares as set out in the graph is based upon historical data and is not indicative of, nor intended to forecast, future performance of our Common Shares. The graph lines merely connect measurement dates and do not reflect fluctuations between those dates. (1) (2) (3) ______________________ 44

Page 45

Table of Contents The chart below provides information with respect to the value of $100 invested on June 30, 2021, in our Common Shares as well as in the other Indices, assuming dividend reinvestment when applicable: June 30,2021 June 30,2022 June 30,2023 June 30,2024 June 30,2025 June 30,2026 Open Text Corporation $ 100.00 $ 75.93 $ 85.83 $ 63.78 $ 64.27 $ 50.69 S&P North American Technology-Software Index $ 100.00 $ 70.10 $ 91.24 $ 114.57 $ 145.68 $ 120.12 NASDAQ Composite Index $ 100.00 $ 76.57 $ 96.59 $ 125.19 $ 144.81 $ 187.50 S&P/TSX Composite Index $ 100.00 $ 92.72 $ 99.75 $ 108.21 $ 137.26 $ 174.99 To the extent that this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been or will be specifically incorporated by reference into any filing by us under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, the foregoing “Stock Performance Graph and Cumulative Total Return” shall not be deemed to be “soliciting materials” or to be so incorporated, unless specifically otherwise provided in any such filing. For information relating to our various stock compensation plans, see Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Canadian Tax Matters Dividends Since June 21, 2013 and unless stated otherwise, dividends paid by the Company to Canadian residents are eligible dividends as per the Income Tax Act (Canada). Non-residents of Canada Dividends paid or credited to non-residents of Canada are subject to a 25% withholding tax unless reduced by treaty. Under the Canada-United States Tax Convention (1980) (the Treaty), U.S. residents who are entitled to all the benefits of the Treaty are generally subject to a 15% withholding tax. Beginning in calendar year 2012, the Canada Revenue Agency has introduced new rules requiring residents of any country with which Canada has a tax treaty to certify that they reside in that country and are eligible to have Canadian non- resident tax withheld on the payment of dividends at the tax treaty rate. Registered shareholders 45

Page 46

Table of Contents should have completed the Declaration of Eligibility for Benefits (Reduced Tax) under a Tax Treaty for a Non-Resident Person and returned it to our transfer agent, Computershare Investor Services Inc. United States Tax Matters U.S. residents The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to an investment in the Common Shares by a U.S. holder. For purposes of this summary, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of Common Shares that holds such shares as capital assets under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and is a citizen or resident of the U.S. and not of Canada, a corporation organized under the laws of the U.S. or any political subdivision thereof, or a person that is otherwise subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in respect of Common Shares. It does not address any aspect of U.S. federal gift or estate tax, or of state, local or non-U.S. tax laws and does not address aspects of U.S. federal income taxation applicable to U.S. holders holding options, warrants or other rights to acquire Common Shares. Further, this discussion does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders that are subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including, but not limited to U.S. holders owning directly, indirectly or by attribution 10% or more of the voting power or value of the Company’s stock; broker-dealers; banks or insurance companies; financial institutions; regulated investment companies; taxpayers who have elected mark-to- market accounting; tax-exempt organizations; taxpayers who hold Common Shares as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” or “conversion transaction” with other investments; individual retirement or other tax-deferred accounts; taxpayers whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar; partnerships or the partners therein; S corporations; or U.S. expatriates. The discussion is based upon the provisions of the Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, the Convention Between the U.S. and Canada with Respect to Taxes on Income and Capital, together with related Protocols and Competent Authority Agreements (the Convention), the administrative practices published by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and U.S. judicial decisions, all of which are subject to change. This discussion does not consider the potential effects, both adverse and beneficial, of any recently proposed legislation which, if enacted, could be applied, possibly on a retroactive basis, at any time. Distributions on the Common Shares Subject to the discussion below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” U.S. holders generally will treat the gross amount of distributions paid by the Company equal to the U.S. dollar value of such dividends on the date the dividends are received or treated as received (based on the exchange rate on such date), without reduction for Canadian withholding tax (see “Canadian Tax Matters - Dividends - Non-residents of Canada”), as dividend income for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Because the Company does not expect to maintain calculations of its earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that distributions paid to U.S. holders generally will be reported as dividends. Individual U.S. holders will generally be eligible to treat dividends as “qualified dividend income” taxable at preferential rates with certain exceptions for short-term and hedged positions, and provided that the Company is not during the taxable year in which the dividends are paid (and was not in the preceding taxable year) classified as a “passive foreign investment company” (PFIC) as described below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.” Dividends paid on the Common Shares generally will not be eligible for the “dividends received” deduction allowed to corporate U.S. holders in respect of dividends from U.S. corporations. If a U.S. holder receives foreign currency on a distribution that is not converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, the U.S. holder will have a tax basis in the foreign currency equal to its U.S. dollar value on the date the dividends are received or treated as received. Any gain or loss recognized upon a subsequent sale or other disposition of the foreign currency, including an exchange for U.S. dollars, will generally be U.S. source ordinary income or loss. Subject to limitations and conditions under the Code and applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations, a U.S. holder may be able to claim a foreign tax credit in respect of the amount of Canadian income tax withheld at the appropriate rate from dividends paid to such U.S. holder. These limitations and conditions include requirements adopted by the IRS in regulations promulgated in December 2021 that the Canadian tax would need to satisfy in order to be eligible to be a creditable tax for a U.S. holder. In the case of a U.S. Holder that is eligible for, and properly elects, the benefits of the Treaty, the Canadian tax on dividends will be treated as meeting the new requirements and therefore as a creditable tax. In the case of all other U.S. holders, the application of these requirements to the Canadian tax on dividends is uncertain and we have not determined whether these 46

Page 47

Table of Contents requirements have been met. If the Canadian dividend tax is not a creditable tax for a U.S. holder or the U.S. holder does not elect to claim a foreign tax credit for any foreign income taxes, the U.S. Holder may be able to deduct the Canadian tax in computing its taxable income for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Alternatively, the U.S. holder may deduct such Canadian income taxes from its U.S. federal taxable income, provided that the U.S. holder elects to deduct rather than credit all foreign income taxes for the relevant taxable year. For purposes of determining a U.S. holder’s U.S. foreign tax credit limitation, dividends paid by the Company generally will be treated as “passive category” income from sources outside the U.S. However, if the Company were to be treated as a U.S.-owned foreign corporation for any year, the portion of the dividends paid in that year that is attributable to the Company’s U.S.-source earnings and profits may be re-characterized as U.S.-source income for foreign tax credit purposes. A U.S.- owned foreign corporation is any foreign corporation when 50% or more of the value or voting power of its stock is owned by U.S. persons (directly, indirectly or by attribution). The Company does not expect to calculate its earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, the effect of this rule may cause dividends paid by the Company to be treated as entirely from sources within the U.S. This could limit a U.S. holder’s ability to claim a foreign tax credit for any Canadian taxes withheld from the dividends. A U.S. holder entitled to benefits under the Convention may, however, elect to treat dividends paid by the Company as foreign source income for foreign tax credit purposes, subject to certain requirements. The foreign tax credit rules are complex. U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the implications of those rules for their investments in the Common Shares. Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Other Disposition of Common Shares Subject to the discussion below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” the sale of Common Shares generally will result in the recognition of gain or loss to a U.S. holder in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the U.S. holder’s adjusted basis in the Common Shares. A U.S. holder’s tax basis in a Common Share will generally equal the price it paid for the Common Share. Any capital gain or loss will be long-term if the Common Shares have been held for more than one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules Special U.S. federal income tax rules apply to U.S. persons owning shares of a PFIC. The Company will be classified as a PFIC in a particular taxable year if either: (i) 75 percent or more of the Company’s gross income for the taxable year is passive income, or (ii) the average percentage of the value of the Company’s assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income is at least 50 percent. If the Company is treated as a PFIC for any year, U.S. holders may be subject to adverse tax consequences upon a sale, exchange, or other disposition of the Common Shares, or upon the receipt of certain “excess distributions” in respect of the Common Shares. Dividends paid by a PFIC are not qualified dividends eligible for taxation at preferential rates. Based on audited consolidated financial statements, we believe that the Company was not treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to its 2025 or 2026 taxable years. In addition, based on a review of the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and its current expectations regarding the value and nature of its assets and the sources and nature of its income, the Company does not anticipate being treated as a PFIC for the 2027 taxable year. Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Except in the case of corporations or other exempt holders, dividends paid to a U.S. holder may be subject to U.S. information reporting requirements and may be subject to backup withholding unless the U.S. holder provides an accurate taxpayer identification number on a properly completed IRS Form W-9 and certifies that no loss of exemption from backup withholding has occurred. The amount of any backup withholding will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. holder to a refund, provided that certain required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Item 6. [Reserved] 47

Page 48

Table of Contents Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A), contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 21E of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), and Section 27A of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), and is subject to the safe harbors created by those sections. All statements other than statements of historical facts are statements that could be deemed forward-looking statements. When used in this report, the words “anticipates”, “expects”, “intends”, “plans”, “believes”, “seeks”, “estimates”, “may”, “could”, “would”, “might”, “will” and other similar language, as they relate to Open Text Corporation (OpenText or the Company), are intended to identify forward-looking statements under applicable securities laws. Specific forward-looking statements in this report include, but are not limited to, statements regarding: (i) our focus in the fiscal years beginning July 1, 2026 and ending June 30, 2027 (Fiscal 2027) and July 1, 2027 and ending June 30, 2028 (Fiscal 2028) on growth in earnings and cash flows; (ii) creating value through investments in broader data management capabilities; (iii) our future business plans and operations, strategic goals and business planning process, including the Company’s business optimization plan announced in July 2024 (the Business Optimization Plan) and the potential redeployment of capital from non-core assets to enhance focus on our core data management business as clients increasingly adopt AI and support long-term shareholder returns; (iv) business trends; (v) distribution; (vi) the Company’s presence in the cloud and in growth markets; (vii) product and solution developments, enhancements and releases, the timing thereof and the clients targeted; (viii) the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and earnings; (ix) the basis for any future growth, including organic and inorganic growth, and for our financial performance; (x) declaration of quarterly dividends; (xi) future tax rates; (xii) the changing regulatory environment; (xiii) annual recurring revenues; (xiv) research and development and related expenditures; (xv) our building, development and consolidation of our network infrastructure; (xvi) competition and changes in the competitive landscape; (xvii) our management and protection of intellectual property and other proprietary rights; (xviii) existing and foreign sales and exchange rate fluctuations; (xix) cyclical or seasonal aspects of our business; (xx) capital expenditures; (xxi) potential legal and/or regulatory proceedings; (xxii) acquisitions and their expected impact, including our ability to realize the benefits expected from the acquisitions and to successfully integrate the assets we acquire or utilize such assets to their full capacity (see Note 19 “Acquisitions and Divestitures” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more details); (xxiii) tax audits; (xxiv) the expected impact of the Russia-Ukraine and Middle East conflicts and other geopolitical disputes on our business; (xxv) expected costs of the restructuring and Business Optimization Plan; (xxvi) initiatives we establish and targets that we set related to corporate citizenship-related activities; (xxvii) divestitures and their expected impact (see Note 19 “Acquisitions and Divestitures” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more details); (xxviii) the implementation of or changes to global tariff regimes or other trade policies and the resulting uncertainty to the macroeconomic environment; (xxix) the expected impact of our share repurchase plan on our overall strategic capital allocation; and (xxx) other matters. In addition, any statements or information that refer to expectations, beliefs, plans, projections, objectives, performance or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking, and based on our current expectations, forecasts and projections about the operating environment, economies and markets in which we operate. Forward-looking statements reflect our current estimates, beliefs and assumptions, which are based on management’s perception of historic trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors it believes are appropriate in the circumstances. The forward-looking statements contained in this report are based on certain assumptions including the following: (i) countries continuing to implement and enforce existing and additional customs and security regulations relating to the provision of electronic information for imports and exports; (ii) our continued operation of a secure and reliable business network; (iii) the stability of general political, economic and market conditions; (iv) our ability to manage inflation, including increased labour costs associated with attracting and retaining employees, and volatile interest rates; (v) our continued ability to manage certain foreign currency risk through hedging; (vi) equity and debt markets continuing to provide us with access to capital; (vii) our continued ability to identify, source and finance attractive and executable business combination opportunities; (viii) our continued ability to avoid infringing third-party intellectual property rights; and (ix) our ability to successfully implement our restructuring plans. Management’s estimates, beliefs and assumptions are inherently subject to significant business, economic, competitive and other uncertainties and contingencies regarding future events and, as such, are subject to change. We can give no assurance that such estimates, beliefs and assumptions will prove to be correct. 48

Page 49

Table of Contents Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from the anticipated results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. The risks and uncertainties that may affect forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: (i) our inability to realize successfully any anticipated synergy benefits from acquisitions; (ii) the actual and potential impacts of the use of cash and incurrence of indebtedness, including the granting of security interests related to such debt; (iii) the change in scope and size of our operations as a result of acquisitions or divestitures and risks relating to any such acquisitions or divestitures and the impact of divestitures on our remaining business, including the divestiture of eDOCS and the divestiture of Vertica; (iv) the uncertainty around expectations related to the business prospects from potential acquisitions; (v) integration of acquisitions and related restructuring efforts, including the quantum of restructuring charges and the timing thereof; (vi) the possibility that we may be unable to successfully integrate the assets we acquire or fail to utilize such assets to their full capacity and not realize the benefits we expect from our acquired portfolios and businesses; (vii) the potential for the incurrence of or assumption of debt in connection with acquisitions, its impact on future operations and on the ratings or outlooks of rating agencies on our outstanding debt securities, the possibility of not being able to generate sufficient cash to service all indebtedness, and our ability to reduce our outstanding debt; (viii) the possibility that the Company may be unable to meet its future reporting requirements under the Exchange Act, and the rules promulgated thereunder, or applicable Canadian securities regulation; (ix) the risks associated with bringing new products and services to market; (x) fluctuations in currency exchange rates (including as a result of the impact of any policy changes resulting from trade and tariff disputes) and the impact of mark-to-market valuation relating to associated derivatives; (xi) delays in the purchasing decisions of the Company’s clients; (xii) competition the Company faces in its industry and/or marketplace; (xiii) the final determination of litigation, tax audits (including tax examinations in Canada, the United States or elsewhere) and other legal proceedings; (xiv) potential exposure to greater than anticipated tax liabilities or expenses, including with respect to changes in Canadian, United States or international tax regimes; (xv) the possibility of technical, logistical or planning issues in connection with the deployment of the Company’s products or services; (xvi) the continuous commitment of the Company’s clients; (xvii) demand for the Company’s products and services; (xviii) increase in exposure to international business risks including the impact of geopolitical instability, political unrest, war and other global conflicts, and other geopolitical tensions, including the Russia-Ukraine and Middle East conflicts, as we continue to increase our international operations; (xix) adverse macroeconomic conditions, such as potential increases or changes in global tariff policies and structures and the timing thereof, the effects of global relations, including escalating tensions, imposition of tariffs, retaliatory measures, restrictive regulations or boycotts, and other trade policies, inflation, disruptions in global supply chains and increased labour costs; (xx) inability to raise capital at all or on not unfavourable terms in the future; (xxi) downward pressure on our share price and the dilutive effect of future sales or issuances of equity securities (including in connection with future acquisitions); and (xxii) potential changes in ratings or outlooks of rating agencies on our outstanding debt securities. Other factors that may affect forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: (i) the future performance, financial and otherwise, of the Company; (ii) the ability of the Company to bring new products and services to market and to increase sales; (iii) the strength of the Company’s product development pipeline; (iv) failure to secure and protect patents, trademarks and other proprietary rights; (v) infringement of third-party proprietary rights triggering indemnification obligations and resulting in significant expenses or restrictions on our ability to provide our products or services; (vi) failure to comply with privacy laws and regulations that are extensive, open to various interpretations and complex to implement; (vii) the Company’s growth and other profitability prospects; (viii) the estimated size and growth prospects of the data management market; (ix) the Company’s competitive position in the data management market and its ability to take advantage of future opportunities in this market; (x) the benefits of the Company’s products and services to be realized by clients; (xi) the demand for the Company’s products and services and the extent of deployment of the Company’s products and services in the data management marketplace; (xii) the Company’s financial condition and capital requirements; (xiii) system or network failures or information security, cybersecurity or other data breaches in connection with the Company’s offerings or the information technology systems used by the Company generally, the risk of which may be increased during times of natural disaster or pandemic due to remote working arrangements; (xiv) the integration of AI and other machine learning into some of our products, systems or solutions; (xv) failure to achieve any corporate citizenship-related targets we set; (xvi) failure to attract and retain key personnel to develop and effectively manage the Company’s business; (xvii) the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to make distributions to the Company and (xviii) increased attention from shareholders, governments, clients and other key relationships regarding our corporate citizenship practices and increased regulatory scrutiny of such practices and related disclosures, which could impact our business activities, financial performance and reputation. Readers should carefully review Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” and other documents we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and other securities regulators. A number of factors may 49

Page 50

Table of Contents materially affect our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects. These factors include but are not limited to those set forth in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Any one of these factors, and other factors that we are unaware of, or currently deem immaterial, may cause our actual results to differ materially from recent results or from our anticipated future results. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance upon any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. Unless otherwise required by applicable securities laws, the Company disclaims any intention or obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. The following MD&A is intended to help readers understand our results of operations and financial condition, and is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, our Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. All dollar and percentage comparisons made herein refer to the year ended June 30, 2026 compared with the year ended June 30, 2025, unless otherwise noted. Refer to Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for Fiscal 2025 for a comparative discussion of our Fiscal 2025 financial results as compared to Fiscal 2024. Where we say “we”, “us”, “our”, “OpenText” or “the Company”, we mean Open Text Corporation or Open Text Corporation and its subsidiaries, as applicable. Executive Overview Incorporated in 1991, OpenText is a leading provider of data management for enterprise AI. We are Canadian in our roots and global in our reach. We provide the secure data foundation in the AI stack, the trusted context that makes credible AI outcomes possible. We give clients the choice to transform and operate at their best: deployment on-premise or in the cloud, with the type of cloud they need, public, private or sovereign, and to integrate with any enterprise-grade language model. We operate across the private, public, and highly regulated sectors including retail, financial services, government, manufacturing, healthcare, energy, and logistics. As enterprise adoption of AI continues to evolve, organizations increasingly require trusted, governed enterprise data to deploy AI effectively. OpenText’s products and solutions build on the Company’s longstanding data management capabilities to help clients meet those evolving requirements. Our products and solutions are a critical layer in the AI stack that connect enterprise data to AI for trusted outcomes. OpenText’s data management products and solutions manage and govern the creation, capture, use, analysis, and lifecycle of structured and unstructured enterprise data. We help organizations manage and integrate their data, unlocking its value for trusted AI results, while meeting privacy and compliance requirements, so clients can move confidently from AI experimentation to enterprise-scale AI adoption. To accelerate agentic AI and business transformation, OpenText enables clients to deploy in the cloud of their choice, with the AI model that best meets business, security, and regulatory obligations. Our AI-first solutions are available across a combination of private, public and sovereign cloud, managed cloud services, API and on-premise environments. This deployment flexibility enables organizations to operate across hybrid and multi-cloud environments while meeting operational, security, and regulatory obligations. By supporting clients wherever they are in their AI journey, we aim to build long-term, high-value client relationships. Our investments in research and development (R&D) drive ongoing innovation in AI, cloud, and cybersecurity, seeking to increase the value of our offerings to our existing and prospective client base, which includes global enterprises, small and medium-sized businesses (SMBs), regulated industries, governments, and other clients around the world. Our initial public offering was on the NASDAQ in 1996 and we were subsequently listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) in 1998. Our ticker symbol on both the NASDAQ and the TSX is “OTEX.” As of June 30, 2026, we had approximately 19,900 employees, of which approximately 6,900 or 35% are in the Americas, 4,600 or 23% are in EMEA and 8,400 or 42% are in Asia Pacific. Currently, we have employees in 42 countries enabling strong access to multiple talent pools while ensuring reach and proximity to our clients. See “Results of Operations” below for our definitions of geographic regions. 50

Page 51

Table of Contents Fiscal 2026 Summary: During Fiscal 2026, we saw the following activity as compared to Fiscal 2025: • Total revenue was $5,246.4 million, up 1.5% compared to the prior fiscal year; down 0.5% after excluding the favourable impact of $136.0 million of foreign currency exchange rates and adjusting for the impact of revenues divested from the eDOCS and Vertica businesses. Total revenue was up as increases in the Content, Business Network, ADM and ITOM product categories were offset by decreases in the Cybersecurity (Enterprise), Cybersecurity (SMB & Consumer), and Analytics product categories. • Total annual recurring revenue, which we define as the sum of cloud services and subscriptions revenue and customer support revenue, was $4,246.0 million, up 1.3% compared to the prior fiscal year; down 1.2% after excluding the favourable impact of $105.7 million of foreign exchange rate changes. • Cloud services and subscriptions revenue was $1,958.6 million, up 5.5% compared to the prior fiscal year; up 3.4% after excluding the favourable impact of $39.1 million of foreign exchange rate changes. • GAAP-based gross margin was 73.7% compared to 72.3% in the prior fiscal year. • Non-GAAP-based gross margin was 77.3% compared to 76.2% in the prior fiscal year. • GAAP-based net income attributable to OpenText was $643.0 million compared to $435.9 million in the prior fiscal year. • Non-GAAP-based net income attributable to OpenText was $1,101.7 million compared to $1,007.8 million in the prior fiscal year. • GAAP-based earnings per share (EPS), diluted, was $2.58 compared to $1.65 in the prior fiscal year. • Non-GAAP-based EPS, diluted, was $4.42 compared to $3.82 in the prior fiscal year. • Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, was $1,903.2 million compared to $1,784.5 million in the prior fiscal year. • Operating cash flow was $1,006.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to $830.6 million in the prior fiscal year, up 21.2%. • Free cash flow was $807.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to $687.4 million in the prior fiscal year, up $120.1 million. • Cash and cash equivalents were $956.0 million as of June 30, 2026, compared to $1,156.5 million as of June 30, 2025. • Enterprise cloud bookings were $946.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to $772.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2025. We define Enterprise cloud bookings as the total value from cloud services and subscriptions contracts entered into in the fiscal year that are new, committed and incremental to our existing contracts, entered into with our enterprise-based clients. • During the year ended June 30, 2026, we repurchased and canceled 14,761,123 Common Shares for $415.7 million, inclusive of 2% Canadian excise taxes recorded (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024— 14,524,664 and 5,073,913 Common Shares for $418.3 million and $152.3 million, respectively). • During the year ended June 30, 2026, we declared and paid cash dividends of $1.10 per Common Share in the aggregate amount of $268.4 million, an increase of 5% compared to the prior fiscal year (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—$1.05 and $1.00 per Common Share, respectively, in the aggregate amount of $271.5 million and $267.4 million, respectively). For the year ended June 30, 2026, we achieved all of our Fiscal 2026 outlook metrics as reported on May 7, 2026, other than Free Cash Flow due to the timing associated with receipt of payments at the end of the period. See “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for definitions and reconciliations of GAAP-based measures to Non- GAAP-based measures. See “Acquisitions” below for the impact of acquisitions on the period-to-period comparability of results. Acquisitions and Divestitures As a result of the continually changing marketplace in which we operate and our strategic objectives, we regularly evaluate acquisition and divestiture opportunities within our market and at any time may be in various stages of discussions with respect to such opportunities. 51

Page 52

Table of Contents Acquisitions On August 23, 2023, we acquired all of the equity interest in KineMatik Ltd. (KineMatik), a provider of automated business process and project management solutions built on OpenText’s Content Server. In accordance with ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations”, this acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. The results of operations of KineMatik have been consolidated with those of OpenText beginning August 24, 2023. The results of KineMatik are not considered to be material to our business. On May 22, 2024, we acquired Pillr, a cloud native, multi-tenant MDR platform from Novacoast, Inc. for MSPs that includes powerful threat-hunting capabilities. In accordance with ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations”, this acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. The results of operations of Pillr have been consolidated with those of OpenText beginning May 22, 2024. The results of Pillr are not considered to be material to our business. Divestitures On May 1, 2024, the Company completed the divestiture of its AMC business to Rocket Software Inc. (Rocket Software) for $2.275 billion in cash before taxes, fees and other adjustments (the AMC Divestiture). Working capital adjustments were finalized during Fiscal 2025 which resulted in a payment of $11.7 million to Rocket Software, and a decrease to the gain on the AMC Divestiture by $4.2 million. For Fiscal 2024, the results of the AMC business from July 1, 2023 through April 30, 2024 were recorded and presented within our Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note 19 “Acquisitions and Divestitures” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more details. On January 12, 2026, the Company completed the divestiture of an on-premise solution (eDOCS), a part of its Analytics product category, to NetDocuments, for $163.0 million in cash before taxes, fees and other adjustments. The Company used the proceeds from the transaction to prepay $163.0 million of the outstanding principal balance of the Acquisition Term Loan (as defined below). See Note 19 “Acquisitions and Divestitures” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more information. On May 11, 2026, the Company completed the divestiture of Vertica, a part of its Analytics product category, to Rocket Software Inc. (Rocket Software) for $150.0 million in cash, before taxes, fees and other adjustments. The Company used the proceeds from the transaction to prepay $150.0 million of the outstanding debt. See Note 19 “Acquisitions and Divestitures” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more information. Impacts of Geopolitical Conflicts and Diplomatic Tensions We continue to monitor the geopolitical conflicts and diplomatic tensions around the world, including the Russia-Ukraine and Middle East conflicts. We have ceased all direct business in Russia and Belarus. While our operations within these locations are not material and we do not expect these geopolitical conflicts to have a material adverse effect on our overall business, results of operations or financial condition, it is not possible to predict the broader consequences or broader expansion of these conflicts, including adverse effects on the global economy, on our business and operations as well as those of our clients, partners and third-party service providers. For more information, see Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 52

Page 53

Table of Contents Outlook for Fiscal 2027 Financial Outlook As of August 6, 2026, the Company’s full year Fiscal 2027 outlook is as follows: Metrics Fiscal 2027 Total revenues (as reported) (in millions) $5,135 to $5,185 Total revenues growth from Content, Business Network, ITOM, and Cybersecurity(Enterprise) product categories in constant currency (Non-GAAP) 2% to 3% Total cloud services and subscriptions revenues growth from Content, Business Network,ITOM, and Cybersecurity (Enterprise) product categories in constant currency (Non-GAAP) 8% to 10% Adjusted EBITDA Margin (Non-GAAP) 32% to 33% Free Cash Flows (Non-GAAP) (in millions) $625 to $725 (1) Total revenues (as reported) includes the expected unfavourable foreign currency impact of approximately $30 million in Fiscal 2027. (2) Total revenues growth from Content, Business Network, ITOM, and Cybersecurity (Enterprise) product categories in constant currency excludes the expected unfavourable foreign currency impact of approximately $25 million in Fiscal 2027. Divestitures did not impact these product categories. (3) Total cloud services and subscriptions revenues growth from Content, Business Network, ITOM, and Cybersecurity (Enterprise) product categories in constant currency excludes the expected unfavourable foreign currency impact of approximately $5 million in Fiscal 2027. Divestitures did not impact these product categories. The forward-looking measures and the underlying assumptions involve significant known and unknown risks and uncertainties, and actual results may vary materially. The Company does not present a reconciliation of the forward-looking non-GAAP financial measure, Adjusted EBITDA (as defined below), to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure because it is impractical to forecast certain items without unreasonable efforts due to the uncertainty and inherent difficulty of predicting, within a reasonable range, the occurrence and financial impact of and the periods in which such items may be recognized. Divestitures and foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations can affect the comparability of our financial results between periods, particularly with respect to revenues. We believe setting Fiscal 2027 outlook metrics in constant currency and excluding divested revenues enhances transparency and facilitates meaningful period-to-period comparisons of our underlying performance. See “Impact on Revenues of Divested Businesses and Foreign Currency” (under “Result of Operations”) for additional information. Furthermore, during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2026, we launched an end-to-end enterprise assessment to identify actions to lay the foundation for our multi-year plan to grow shareholder value. This assessment focuses on a number of areas including our go-to-market strategy, portfolio composition and differentiation, sales and marketing enablement, our talent and culture, and execution model. We intend to complete this enterprise assessment in early Fiscal 2027 and, as a result, our outlook metrics by product categories, or other items, may be adjusted to align to changes as a result of the enterprise assessment. See “Risk Factors” included in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition, we intend to continue our strong capital allocation prog ram with our quarterly dividend and renewed share repurchase program. See Note 26 “Subsequent Events” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Strategic Priorities We are a leading provider of secure data context for enterprise AI. Our products and solutions portfolio provide the secure data foundation in the AI stack, the trusted context that makes credible AI outcomes possible. Our strategy is centered around disciplined execution and capital allocation that we expect will return the business to organic and sustainable revenue growth on a constant currency basis. For a discussion of our strategy and strategic pillars, see “Business — OpenText Strategy” included in Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. (1) (2) (3) ______________________ 53

Page 54

Table of Contents Additional Considerations As previously announced, our Business Optimization Plan was designed to support strategic initiatives, integration and simplification efforts following the acquisition of Micro Focus International Limited (the Micro Focus Acquisition), the sale of the Company’s Application Modernization and Connectivity (AMC) business (the AMC Divestiture) and AI-first innovation and growth plans. As of June 30, 2026, we have incurred $223.9 million of the total expected costs of up to approximately $260.0 million. These costs primarily related to workforce reduction driven by automation, centralization, and simplification, as well as associated real estate footprint reductions globally. The Business Optimization Plan along with other savings initiatives, when fully implemented, is expected to generate total annualized savings of approximately $490.0 million to $550.0 million. The Company realized approximately 70% of these savings during Fiscal 2025 and 2026, and expects to realize the remaining 30% in Fiscal 2027. The entire Business Optimization Plan is expected to be substantially completed by the second quarter of Fiscal 2027. See Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” included within this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more details. We conduct business globally and are subject to a complex and evolving international trade environment. Recent trade tensions among major economies have led to the dissolution of trade agreements and the imposition of tariffs and other restrictive measures. These tariffs and other restrictive measures do not currently target digital goods and services, including software, services, intangibles or other digital services; however, we cannot predict future trade policy or tariffs, including whether such digital goods and services will be subject to any form of tariffs or other restrictions in the future, or the timing of any impacts thereof. We also cannot predict the impact that such tariffs and other restrictive measures will have on the macroeconomic environment or our clients, which could adversely impact our business and our results of operations. We will continue to closely monitor the potential impacts of changes in global tariff policies and structures and other trade policies, or related impacts on the global economy arising from the current geopolitical climate, such as inflation with respect to wages, services and goods, concerns regarding any potential recession, volatile interest rates, financial market volatility, or other impacts from the Russia-Ukraine and Middle East conflicts and other geopolitical disputes on our business. See Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” included within this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements. These estimates, judgments and assumptions are evaluated on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable at that time. Actual results may differ materially from those estimates. The policies listed below are areas that may contain key components of our results of operations and are based on complex rules requiring us to make judgments and estimates and consequently, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies. Some of these accounting policies involve complex situations and require a higher degree of judgment, either in the application and interpretation of existing accounting literature or in the development of estimates that affect our financial statements. The critical accounting policies which we believe are the most important to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results include the following: (i) Revenue recognition, (ii) Goodwill, (iii) Acquired intangibles and (iv) Income taxes. For a full discussion of all our accounting policies, see Note 2 “Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Revenue recognition In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 606 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (Topic 606), we account for a customer contract when we obtain written approval, the contract is committed, the rights of the parties, including the payment terms, are identified, the contract has commercial substance and consideration is probable of collection. Revenue is recognized when, or as, control of a promised product or service is transferred to our customers in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be 54

Page 55

Table of Contents entitled to in exchange for our products and services (at its transaction price). Estimates of variable consideration and the determination of whether to include estimated amounts in the transaction price are based on readily available information, which may include historical, current and forecasted information, taking into consideration the type of customer, the type of transaction and specific facts and circumstances of each arrangement. We report revenue net of any revenue-based taxes assessed by governmental authorities that are imposed on and concurrent with specific revenue producing transactions. We have four revenue streams: cloud services and subscriptions, customer support, license and professional service and other. Cloud services and subscriptions revenue Cloud services and subscriptions revenue are from hosting arrangements where, in connection with the licensing of software, the end user does not take possession of the software, as well as from end-to-end fully outsourced B2B integration solutions to our customers (collectively referred to as cloud arrangements). The software application resides on our hardware or that of a third-party, and the customer accesses and uses the software on an as-needed basis. Our cloud arrangements can be broadly categorized as “platform as a service” (PaaS), SaaS, cloud subscriptions and managed services. PaaS/ SaaS/ Cloud Subscriptions (collectively referred to here as cloud-based solutions): We offer cloud-based solutions that provide customers the right to access our software through the internet. Our cloud-based solutions represent a series of distinct services that are substantially the same and have the same pattern of transfer to the customer. These services are made available to the customer continuously throughout the contractual period. However, the extent to which the customer uses the services may vary at the customer’s discretion. The payment for cloud-based solutions may be received either at inception of the arrangement, or over the term of the arrangement. These cloud-based solutions are considered to have a single performance obligation where the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit, and as such we recognize revenue for these cloud-based solutions ratably over the term of the contractual agreement. For example, revenue related to cloud-based solutions that are provided on a usage basis, such as the number of users, is recognized based on a customer’s utilization of the services in a given period. Additionally, a software license is present in a cloud-based solutions arrangement if all of the following criteria are met: (i) The customer has the contractual right to take possession of the software at any time without significant penalty; and (ii) It is feasible for the customer to host the software independent of us. In these cases where a software license is present in a cloud-based solutions arrangement it is assessed to determine if it is distinct from the cloud-based solutions arrangement. The revenue allocated to the distinct software license would be recognized at the point in time the software license is transferred to the customer, whereas the revenue allocated to the hosting performance obligation would be recognized ratably on a monthly basis over the contractual term unless evidence suggests that revenue is earned, or obligations are fulfilled in a different pattern over the contractual term of the arrangement. Managed services: We provide comprehensive B2B process outsourcing services for all day-to-day operations of a customers’ B2B integration program. Customers using these managed services are not permitted to take possession of our software and the contract is for a defined period, where customers pay a monthly or quarterly fee. Our performance obligation is satisfied as we provide services of operating and managing a customer’s EDI environment. Revenue relating to these services is recognized using an output method based on the expected level of service we will provide over the term of the contract. As part of cloud services and subscriptions revenues, in connection with cloud subscription and managed service contracts, we often agree to perform a variety of services before the customer goes live, such as converting and migrating customer data, building interfaces and providing training. These services are considered an outsourced suite of professional services which can involve certain project-based activities. These services can be provided at the initiation of a contract, during the implementation or on an ongoing basis as part of the customer life cycle. These services can be charged separately on a fixed fee or a time and materials basis, or the costs associated may be recovered as part of the ongoing cloud subscription or managed services fee. These outsourced professional services are considered to be distinct from the ongoing hosting services and represent a separate 55

Page 56

Table of Contents performance obligation within our cloud subscriptions or managed services arrangements. The obligation to provide outsourced professional services is satisfied over time, with the customer simultaneously receiving and consuming the benefits as we satisfy our performance obligations. For outsourced professional services, we recognize revenue by measuring progress toward the satisfaction of our performance obligation. Progress for services that are contracted for a fixed price is generally measured based on hours incurred as a portion of total estimated hours. As a practical expedient, when we invoice a customer at an amount that corresponds directly with the value to the customer of our performance to date, we recognize revenue at that amount. Customer support revenue Customer support revenue is associated with perpetual, term license and on-premise subscription arrangements. As customer support is not critical to the customers’ ability to derive benefit from their right to use our software, customer support is considered a distinct performance obligation when sold together in a bundled arrangement along with the software. Customer support consists primarily of technical support and the provision of unspecified updates and upgrades on a when-and-if-available basis. Customer support for perpetual licenses is renewable, generally on an annual basis, at the option of the customer. Customer support for term and subscription licenses is renewable concurrently with such licenses for the same duration of time. Payments for customer support are generally made at the inception of the contract term or in installments over the term of the maintenance period. Our customer support team is ready to provide these maintenance services, as needed, to the customer during the contract term. As the elements of customer support are delivered concurrently and have the same pattern of transfer, customer support is accounted for as a single performance obligation. The customer benefits evenly throughout the contract period from the guarantee that the customer support resources and personnel will be available to them, and that any unspecified upgrades or unspecified future products developed by us will be made available. Revenue for customer support is recognized ratably over the contract period based on the start and end dates of the maintenance term, in line with how we believe services are provided. License revenue Our license revenue can be broadly categorized as perpetual licenses, term licenses and subscription licenses, which are primarily deployed on the customer’s premises (on-premise). Perpetual licenses: We sell perpetual licenses which provide customers the right to use software for an indefinite period of time in exchange for a one-time license fee, which is generally paid at contract inception. Our perpetual licenses provide a right to use intellectual property (IP) that is functional in nature and have significant stand-alone functionality. Accordingly, for perpetual licenses of functional IP, revenue is recognized at the point-in-time when control has been transferred to the customer, which normally occurs once software activation keys have been made available for download. Term licenses and Subscription licenses: We sell both term and subscription licenses which provide customers the right to use software for a specified period in exchange for a fee, which may be paid at contract inception or paid in installments over the period of the contract. Like perpetual licenses, both our term licenses and subscription licenses are functional IP that have significant stand-alone functionality. Accordingly, for both term and subscription licenses, revenue is recognized at the point-in-time when the customer is able to use and benefit from the software, which is normally once software activation keys have been made available for download at the commencement of the term. Professional service and other revenue Our professional services, when offered along with software licenses, consist primarily of technical services and training services. Technical services may include installation, customization, implementation or consulting services. Training services may include access to online modules, or delivering a training package customized to the customer’s needs. At the customer’s discretion, we may offer one, all, or a mix of these services. Payment for professional services is generally a fixed fee or a fee based on time and materials. Professional services can be arranged in the same contract as the software license or in a separate contract. As our professional services do not significantly change the functionality of the license and our customers can benefit from our professional services on their own or together with other readily available resources, we consider professional services distinct within the context of the contract. 56

Page 57

Table of Contents Professional service revenue is recognized over time as long as: (i) the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits as we perform them, (ii) our performance creates or enhances an asset the customer controls as we perform and (iii) our performance does not create an asset with an alternative use, and we have the enforceable right to payment. If all the above criteria are met, we use an input-based measure of progress for recognizing professional service revenue. For example, we may consider total labour hours incurred compared to total expected labour hours. As a practical expedient, when we invoice a customer at an amount that corresponds directly with the value to the customer of our performance to date, we will recognize revenue at that amount. Material rights To the extent that we grant our customer an option to acquire additional products or services in one of our arrangements, we will account for the option as a distinct performance obligation in the contract only if the option provides a material right to the customer that the customer would not receive without entering into the contract. For example, if we give the customer an option to acquire additional goods or services in the future at a price that is significantly lower than the current price, this would be a material right as it allows the customer to, in effect, pay in advance for the option to purchase future products or services. If a material right exists in one of our contracts, then revenue allocated to the option is deferred and we would recognize revenue only when those future products or services are transferred or when the option expires. Based on history, our contracts do not typically contain material rights and when they do, the material right is not significant to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Arrangements with multiple performance obligations Our contracts generally contain more than one of the products and services listed above. Determining whether goods and services are considered distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately or as a single performance obligation may require judgment, specifically when assessing whether both of the following two criteria are met: • the customer can benefit from the product or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer; and • our promise to transfer the product or service to the customer is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract. If these criteria are not met, we determine an appropriate measure of progress based on the nature of our overall promise for the single performance obligation. If these criteria are met, each product or service is separately accounted for as a distinct performance obligation and the total transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation on a relative standalone selling price (SSP) basis. Standalone selling price The SSP reflects the price we would charge for a specific product or service if it were sold separately in similar circumstances and to similar customers. In most cases we can establish the SSP based on observable data. We typically establish a narrow SSP range for our products and services and assess this range on a periodic basis or when material changes in facts and circumstances warrant a review. If the SSP is not directly observable, then we estimate the amount using either the expected cost plus a margin or residual approach. Estimating SSP requires judgment that could impact the amount and timing of revenue recognized. SSP is a formal process whereby management considers multiple factors including, but not limited to, geographic or regional-specific factors, competitive positioning, internal costs, profit objectives and pricing practices. Transaction price allocation In bundled arrangements, where we have more than one distinct performance obligation, we must allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative SSP. However, in certain bundled arrangements, the SSP may not always be directly observable. For instance, in bundled arrangements with license and customer support, we allocate the transaction price between the license and customer support performance obligations using the residual approach because we have determined that the SSP for licenses in these arrangements are highly variable. We use the residual approach only for our license arrangements. When the SSP 57

Page 58

Table of Contents is observable but contractual pricing does not fall within our established SSP range, then an adjustment is required, and we will allocate the transaction price between license and customer support based on the relative SSP established for the respective performance obligations. When two or more contracts are entered into at or near the same time with the same customer, we evaluate the facts and circumstances associated with the negotiation of those contracts. Where the contracts are negotiated as a package, we will account for them as a single arrangement and allocate the consideration for the combined contracts among the performance obligations accordingly. We believe there are significant assumptions, judgments and estimates involved in the accounting for revenue recognition as discussed above and these assumptions, judgments and estimates could impact the timing of when revenue is recognized and could have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. The carrying amount of goodwill is periodically reviewed for impairment (at a minimum annually) and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of this asset may not be recoverable. Our operations are analyzed by management and our chief operating decision maker (CODM) as being part of a single industry segment: the design, development, marketing and sales of data management software and solutions. Therefore, our goodwill impairment assessment is based on the allocation of goodwill to a single reporting unit. We perform a qualitative assessment to test our reporting unit’s goodwill for impairment. Based on our qualitative assessment, if we determine that the fair value of our reporting unit is more likely than not (i.e., a likelihood of more than 50 percent) to be less than its carrying amount, the quantitative assessment of the impairment test is performed. In the quantitative assessment, we compare the fair value of our reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not considered impaired, and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets of our reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then an impairment loss equal to the difference, but not exceeding the total carrying value of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit, would be recorded. Our annual impairment analysis of goodwill was performed as of April 1, 2026. Our qualitative assessment indicated that there were no indications of impairment and therefore there was no impairment of goodwill required to be recorded for Fiscal 2026 (no impairments were recorded for Fiscal 2025 and Fiscal 2024, respectively). Acquired intangibles In accordance with business combinations accounting, we allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. Such valuations may require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Acquired intangible assets typically consist of acquired technology and customer relationships. In valuing our acquired intangible assets, we may make assumptions and estimates based in part on information obtained from the management of the acquired company, which may make our assumptions and estimates inherently uncertain. Examples of critical estimates we may make in valuing certain of the intangible assets that we acquire include, but are not limited to: • future expected cash flows of our individual revenue streams; • historical and expected customer attrition rates and anticipated growth in revenue from acquired customers; • the expected use of the acquired assets; and • discount rates. As a result of the judgments that need to be made, we obtain the assistance of independent valuation firms. We complete these assessments as soon as practical after the closing dates. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates of fair value we have made in the past have been reasonable and appropriate, they are based in part on historical experience and information obtained from the 58

Page 59

Table of Contents management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill, if the changes are related to conditions that existed at the time of the acquisition. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments, based on events that occurred subsequent to the acquisition date, are recorded in our Consolidated Statements of Income. Income taxes We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes” (Topic 740). We account for our uncertain tax provisions by using a two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of the available evidence indicates it is more likely than not, based solely on the technical merits, that the position will be sustained on audit, including the resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the appropriate amount of the benefit to recognize. The amount of benefit to recognize is measured as the maximum amount which is more likely than not to be realized. The tax position is derecognized when it is no longer more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit. On subsequent recognition and measurement, the maximum amount which is more likely than not to be recognized at each reporting date will represent the Company’s best estimate, given the information available at the reporting date, although the outcome of the tax position is not absolute or final. We recognize both accrued interest and penalties related to liabilities for income taxes within the Provision for income taxes line of our Consolidated Statements of Income. Deferred tax assets and liabilities arise from temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the Consolidated Financial Statements that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years. These temporary differences are measured using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce deferred tax assets to the extent that we consider it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In determining the valuation allowance, we consider factors such as the reversal of deferred income tax liabilities, projected taxable income and the character of income tax assets and tax planning strategies. A change to these factors could impact the estimated valuation allowance and income tax expense. The Company’s tax positions are subject to audit by local taxing authorities across multiple global subsidiaries and the resolution of such audits may span multiple years. Since tax law is complex and often subject to varied interpretations, it is uncertain whether some of the Company’s tax positions will be sustained upon audit. Our assumptions, judgments and estimates relative to the current provision for income taxes considers current tax laws, our interpretations of current tax laws and possible outcomes of current and future audits conducted by domestic and foreign tax authorities. While we believe the assumptions and estimates that we have made are reasonable, such assumptions and estimates could have a material impact to our Consolidated Financial Statements upon ultimate resolution of the tax positions. For additional details, see Note 15 “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 59

Page 60

Table of Contents Results of Operations The following tables provide a detailed analysis of our results of operations and financial condition. For each of the periods indicated below, we present our revenues by product type, revenues by major geography, cost of revenues by product type, total gross margin, total operating margin, gross margin by product type and their corresponding percentage of total revenue. In addition, we provide Non-GAAP measures for the periods discussed to provide additional information to investors that we believe will be useful as this presentation aligns with how our management assesses our Company’s performance. See “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for a reconciliation of GAAP-based measures to Non-GAAP-based measures. The comparability of our operating results for the year ended June 30, 2026, as compared to the year ended June 30, 2025, was impacted by the divestitures of the eDOCS and Vertica businesses. The Company’s consolidated results excluded the results of eDOCS beginning January 12, 2026, and the results of Vertica beginning May 11, 2026. As such, consolidated operating results for the year ended June 30, 2026 include the operating results of the eDOCS and Vertica businesses up to their respective dates of divestiture and consolidated operating results for the years ended June 30, 2025 and 2024 include the full-year operating results for the eDOCS and Vertica businesses. For more details on the Company’s divestitures, see Note 19 “Acquisitions and Divestitures,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The comparability of our operating results for the year ended June 30, 2025, as compared to the year ended June 30, 2024, was impacted by the AMC Divestiture, the results of which were excluded from the Company’s consolidated results beginning May 1, 2024. As such, AMC operating results through April 30, 2024, were included in the consolidated operating results for the year ended June 30, 2024, but were not included in the consolidated operating results for the year ended June 30, 2025. The following tables illustrate the revenues contributed by the divested businesses during the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025 and 2024. Year Ended June 30, (In thousands) 2026 2025 2024 Cloud services and subscriptions $ 380 $ 828 $ 1,229 Customer support 51,035 73,757 359,674 License 29,122 35,949 172,597 Professional service and other 1,804 2,467 20,203 Total divested revenues $ 82,341 $ 113,001 $ 553,703 Year Ended June 30, (In thousands) 2026 2025 2024 Vertica $ 67,367 $ 83,673 $ 83,425 eDOCS 14,974 29,328 30,335 AMC — — 439,943 Total divested revenues $ 82,341 $ 113,001 $ 553,703 60

Page 62

Table of Contents Summary of Results of Operations Year Ended June 30, (In thousands) 2026 Changeincrease(decrease) 2025 Changeincrease(decrease) 2024 Total Revenues by Product Type: Cloud services and subscriptions $ 1,958,554 $ 102,080 $ 1,856,474 $ 35,950 $ 1,820,524 Customer support 2,287,449 (46,588) 2,334,037 (379,260) 2,713,297 License 678,465 52,851 625,614 (208,548) 834,162 Professional service and other 321,933 (30,347) 352,280 (49,314) 401,594 Total revenues 5,246,401 77,996 5,168,405 (601,172) 5,769,577 Total Cost of Revenues 1,377,940 (56,178) 1,434,118 (144,431) 1,578,549 Total GAAP-based Gross Profit 3,868,461 134,174 3,734,287 (456,741) 4,191,028 Total GAAP-based Gross Margin % 73.7 % 72.3 % 72.6 % Total GAAP-based Operating Expenses 2,785,864 (55,734) 2,841,598 (462,345) 3,303,943 Total GAAP-based Income from Operations $ 1,082,597 $ 189,908 $ 892,689 $ 5,604 $ 887,085 % Revenues by Product Type: Cloud services and subscriptions 37.3 % 35.9 % 31.6 % Customer support 43.6 % 45.2 % 47.0 % License 12.9 % 12.2 % 14.4 % Professional service and other 6.2 % 6.7 % 7.0 % Total Cost of Revenues by Product Type: Cloud services and subscriptions $ 700,617 $ 2,688 $ 697,929 $ (15,830) $ 713,759 Customer support 231,670 (18,640) 250,310 (42,423) 292,733 License 25,132 (6,807) 31,939 6,331 25,608 Professional service and other 245,912 (19,248) 265,160 (37,367) 302,527 Amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets 174,609 (14,171) 188,780 (55,142) 243,922 Total cost of revenues $ 1,377,940 $ (56,178) $ 1,434,118 $ (144,431) $ 1,578,549 % GAAP-based Gross Margin by Product Type: Cloud services and subscriptions 64.2 % 62.4 % 60.8 % Customer support 89.9 % 89.3 % 89.2 % License 96.3 % 94.9 % 96.9 % Professional service and other 23.6 % 24.7 % 24.7 % Total Revenues by Geography: Americas $ 2,896,043 $ (42,666) $ 2,938,709 $ (403,172) $ 3,341,881 EMEA 1,881,126 129,583 1,751,543 (126,927) 1,878,470 Asia Pacific 469,232 (8,921) 478,153 (71,073) 549,226 Total revenues $ 5,246,401 $ 77,996 $ 5,168,405 $ (601,172) $ 5,769,577 % Revenues by Geography: Americas 55.2 % 56.9 % 57.9 % EMEA 35.9 % 33.9 % 32.6 % Asia Pacific 8.9 % 9.2 % 9.5 % Other Metrics: GAAP-based gross margin 73.7 % 72.3 % 72.6 % Non-GAAP-based gross margin 77.3 % 76.2 % 77.3 % Net income, attributable to OpenText $ 643,022 $ 435,868 $ 465,090 GAAP-based EPS, diluted $ 2.58 $ 1.65 $ 1.71 Non-GAAP-based EPS, diluted $ 4.42 $ 3.82 $ 4.17 Adjusted EBITDA $ 1,903,162 $ 1,784,465 $ 1,970,200 (1) Total revenues by geography are determined based on the location of our direct end customer. (2) Americas consists of countries in North, Central and South America. (3) EMEA consists of countries in Europe, the Middle East and Africa. (4) Asia Pacific primarily consists of Australia, Japan, Singapore, India and China. (5) See “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” (discussed later in this MD&A) for definitions and reconciliations of GAAP-based measures to Non- GAAP-based measures. (1) (2) (3) (4) (2) (3) (4) (5) (5) (5) ______________________ 62

Page 63

Table of Contents Impact on Revenues of Divested Businesses and Foreign Currency Divestitures and foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations can affect the comparability of our financial results between periods, particularly with respect to Total revenues. As a global company, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may have an impact on our reported results. Generally, a weaker U.S. Dollar relative to the currencies in which we conduct business has a favorable impact on our reported results, while a stronger U.S. Dollar has an unfavorable impact. We calculate our results adjusted for foreign currency fluctuations (constant currency) by translating current period results of our foreign subsidiaries into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect during the comparable prior period. We believe disclosing the impacts of divestitures and foreign exchange rate fluctuations on Total revenues enhances transparency and facilitates meaningful period-to-period comparisons of our underlying performance. The following tables show the impact of divested businesses and foreign currency on Total revenues for the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025. Year Ended June 30, (In thousands) 2026 Impact offoreignexchange Changeincrease(decrease)excludingforeignexchange 2025 Total Revenues by Product Type: Cloud services and subscriptions $ 1,958,174 $ 39,125 $ 63,403 $ 1,855,646 Customer support 2,236,414 64,300 (88,166) 2,260,280 License 649,343 18,330 41,348 589,665 Professional service and other 320,129 11,456 (41,140) 349,813 Divested revenues 82,341 2,747 (33,407) 113,001 Total revenues (as reported) $ 5,246,401 $ 135,958 $ (57,962) $ 5,168,405 % Total revenues growth (as reported) 1.5 % 2.6 % (1.1)% % Total revenues growth excluding divestitures (Non-GAAP) 2.1 % 2.6 % (0.5)% Total Revenues by Product Category: Content $ 2,240,193 $ 72,919 $ 31,327 $ 2,135,947 Business Network 644,233 8,322 2,997 632,914 ITOM 454,358 15,627 (13,962) 452,693 Cybersecurity (Enterprise) 689,733 15,849 (18,385) 692,269 Cybersecurity (SMB & Consumer) 516,631 8,214 (35,019) 543,436 ADM 502,070 11,389 14,786 475,895 Analytics 116,842 891 (6,299) 122,250 Analytics divested revenues 82,341 2,747 (33,407) 113,001 Total revenues $ 5,246,401 $ 135,958 $ (57,962) $ 5,168,405 (1) Cloud services and subscriptions, Customer support, License and Professional service and other revenues amount excludes the impact of the Vertica and eDOCS divestitures, which is shown in Divested revenues. (2) Analytics revenues excludes the impact of the Vertica and eDOCS divestitures, which is shown in Analytics divested revenues. (1) (1) (1) (1) (2) ______________________ 63

Page 65

Table of Contents Revenues, Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin by Product Type 1) Cloud Services and Subscriptions: Cloud services and subscriptions revenues are from hosting arrangements where in connection with the licensing of software, the end user does not take possession of the software, as well as from end-to-end fully outsourced business-to- business integration solutions to our clients (collectively referred to as cloud arrangements). The software application resides on our hardware or that of a third-party, and the client accesses and uses the software on an as-needed basis via an identified line. Our cloud arrangements can be broadly categorized as platform as a service, software as a service, cloud subscriptions and managed services. For the year ended June 30, 2026, our cloud net renewal rate (Cloud NRR), excluding the impact of Carbonite Inc. and Zix Corporation, decreased to 94% from 96%, as compared to the year ended June 30, 2025. Cloud net renewal rate measures the percentage of annual contract value retained from Enterprise cloud client subscription agreements available to renew, after giving effect to contract expansions (such as price increases and upsells) and reductions (cancellations). Cloud NRR excludes internal portfolio movements (such as migrations to the Company’s other Cloud offerings). Cloud NRR includes enterprise-based clients, which contribute approximately 90% of the Company’s total revenues, and excludes the impact of Carbonite Inc. and Zix Corporation, whose businesses primarily serve our small- and medium-sized business and consumer clients and comprise the remainder of our revenues. Cost of Cloud services and subscriptions revenues is comprised primarily of third-party network usage fees, maintenance of in-house data hardware centers, technical support personnel-related costs and some third-party royalty costs. Year Ended June 30, (In thousands) 2026 Changeincrease(decrease) 2025 Changeincrease(decrease) 2024 Cloud Services and Subscriptions: Americas $ 1,350,616 $ 3,522 $ 1,347,094 $ (5,337) $ 1,352,431 EMEA 489,657 93,786 395,871 43,004 352,867 Asia Pacific 118,281 4,772 113,509 (1,717) 115,226 Total Cloud Services and Subscriptions Revenues 1,958,554 102,080 1,856,474 35,950 1,820,524 Cost of Cloud Services and Subscriptions Revenues 700,617 2,688 697,929 (15,830) 713,759 GAAP-based Cloud Services and Subscriptions GrossProfit $ 1,257,937 $ 99,392 $ 1,158,545 $ 51,780 $ 1,106,765 GAAP-based Cloud Services and Subscriptions GrossMargin % 64.2 % 62.4 % 60.8 % % Cloud Services and Subscriptions Revenues byGeography: Americas 69.0 % 72.6 % 74.3 % EMEA 25.0 % 21.3 % 19.4 % Asia Pacific 6.0 % 6.1 % 6.3 % Cloud services and subscriptions revenues increased by $102.1 million or 5.5% during the year ended June 30, 2026 as compared to the prior fiscal year; up 3.4% after excluding the favourable impact of $39.1 million of foreign exchange rate changes. The change was primarily driven by increases in the Content, Business Network, ITOM and ADM product categories, partly offset by decreases in the Cybersecurity (SMB & Consumer), Cybersecurity (Enterprise) and Analytics product categories. Geographically, the overall change was attributable to an increase in EMEA of $93.8 million, an increase in Asia Pacific of $4.8 million, and an increase in Americas of $3.5 million. There were 191 cloud services contracts greater than $1.0 million that closed during Fiscal 2026, compared to 149 contracts during Fiscal 2025. Cost of Cloud services and subscriptions revenues increased by $2.7 million during the year ended June 30, 2026 as compared to the prior fiscal year. This was primarily due to an increase in third-party network usage fees of $6.5 million, partially offset by a decrease in labour-related costs of $3.1 million. Overall, the gross margin percentage on Cloud services and subscriptions revenues increased to 64% from 62%. 65

Page 66

Table of Contents 2) Customer Support: Customer support revenues consist of revenues from our customer support and maintenance agreements. These agreements allow our clients to receive technical support, enhancements and upgrades to new versions of our software products when available. Customer support revenues are generated from support and maintenance relating to current year sales of software products and from the renewal of existing maintenance agreements for software licenses sold in prior periods. Therefore, changes in Customer support revenues do not always correlate directly to the changes in license revenues from period to period. The terms of support and maintenance agreements are typically twelve months, and are renewable, generally on an annual basis, at the option of the customer. Our management reviews our customer support renewal rates on a quarterly basis, and we use these rates as a method of monitoring our customer service performance. For the year ended June 30, 2026, our customer support net renewal rate (Customer Support NRR), excluding the impact of Carbonite Inc. and Zix Corporation, increased to 93% from 91%, for the year ended June 30, 2025. Customer Support NRR measures the percentage of annual contract value retained from Enterprise customer support agreements available to renew, after giving effect to contract expansions (such as price increases and upsells) and reductions (cancellations). Customer Support NRR excludes internal portfolio movements (such as migrations to the Company's Cloud and other offerings). Customer Support NRR includes enterprise-based clients, which contribute approximately 90% of the Company’s revenues, and excludes the impact of Carbonite Inc. and Zix Corporation, whose businesses primarily serve small- and medium-sized business and consumer clients and comprise the remainder of our revenues. Cost of Customer support revenues is comprised primarily of technical support personnel and related costs, as well as third-party royalty costs. Year Ended June 30, (In thousands) 2026 Changeincrease(decrease) 2025 Changeincrease(decrease) 2024 Customer Support Revenues: Americas $ 1,139,683 $ (63,032) $ 1,202,715 $ (251,356) $ 1,454,071 EMEA 926,757 24,716 902,041 (89,740) 991,781 Asia Pacific 221,009 (8,272) 229,281 (38,164) 267,445 Total Customer Support Revenues 2,287,449 (46,588) 2,334,037 (379,260) 2,713,297 Cost of Customer Support Revenues 231,670 (18,640) 250,310 (42,423) 292,733 GAAP-based Customer Support Gross Profit $ 2,055,779 $ (27,948) $ 2,083,727 $ (336,837) $ 2,420,564 GAAP-based Customer Support Gross Margin % 89.9 % 89.3 % 89.2 % % Customer Support Revenues by Geography: Americas 49.8 % 51.5 % 53.6 % EMEA 40.5 % 38.6 % 36.6 % Asia Pacific 9.7 % 9.9 % 9.8 % Customer support revenues decreased by $46.6 million or 2.0% during the year ended June 30, 2026 as compared to the prior fiscal year; down 4.8% after excluding the favourable impact of $66.5 million of foreign exchange rate changes. Geographically, the overall change was attributable to a decrease in Americas of $63.0 million and a decrease in Asia Pacific of $8.3 million, partially offset by an increase in EMEA of $24.7 million. Cost of Customer support revenues decreased by $18.6 million during the year ended June 30, 2026 as compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily due to a decrease in labour-related costs of $17.6 million. Overall, the gross margin percentage on Customer support revenues increased to 90% from 89%. 3) License: Our License revenue can be broadly categorized as perpetual licenses, term licenses and subscription licenses. Our License revenues are impacted by the strength of general economic and industry conditions, the competitive strength of our software products and our acquisitions. Cost of License revenues consists primarily of royalties payable to third parties. 66

Page 67

Table of Contents Year Ended June 30, (In thousands) 2026 Changeincrease(decrease) 2025 Changeincrease(decrease) 2024 License Revenues: Americas $ 300,455 $ 36,204 $ 264,251 $ (115,849) $ 380,100 EMEA 297,836 22,112 275,724 (62,373) 338,097 Asia Pacific 80,174 (5,465) 85,639 (30,326) 115,965 Total License Revenues 678,465 52,851 625,614 (208,548) 834,162 Cost of License Revenues 25,132 (6,807) 31,939 6,331 25,608 GAAP-based License Gross Profit $ 653,333 $ 59,658 $ 593,675 $ (214,879) $ 808,554 GAAP-based License Gross Margin % 96.3 % 94.9 % 96.9 % % License Revenues by Geography: Americas 44.3 % 42.2 % 45.6 % EMEA 43.9 % 44.1 % 40.5 % Asia Pacific 11.8 % 13.7 % 13.9 % License revenues increased by $52.9 million or 8.4% during the year ended June 30, 2026 as compared to the prior fiscal year; up 5.4% after excluding the favourable impact of $18.8 million of foreign exchange rate changes. Geographically, the overall change was attributable to an increase in Americas of $36.2 million and an increase in EMEA of $22.1 million, partially offset by a decrease in Asia Pacific of $5.5 million. During Fiscal 2026, we closed 245 license contracts greater than $0.5 million, of which 98 contracts were greater than $1.0 million, contributing $342.5 million of License revenues. This was compared to 211 license contracts greater than $0.5 million during Fiscal 2025, of which 79 contracts were greater than $1.0 million, contributing $228.5 million of License revenues. Cost of License revenues decreased by $6.8 million during the year ended June 30, 2026 as compared to the prior fiscal year. Overall, the gross margin percentage on License revenues increased to 96% from 95%. 4) Professional Service and Other: Professional service and other revenues consist of revenues from consulting contracts and contracts to provide implementation, training and integration services (professional services). Other revenues consist of hardware revenues, which are included within the “Professional service and other” category because they are relatively immaterial to our service revenues. Professional services are typically performed after the purchase of new software licenses. Professional service and other revenues can vary from period to period based on the type of engagements as well as those implementations that are assumed by our partner network. Cost of Professional service and other revenues consists primarily of the costs of providing integration, configuration and training with respect to our various software products. The most significant components of these costs are personnel-related expenses, travel costs and third-party subcontracting. 67

Page 68

Table of Contents Year Ended June 30, (In thousands) 2026 Changeincrease(decrease) 2025 Changeincrease(decrease) 2024 Professional Service and Other Revenues: Americas $ 105,289 $ (19,360) $ 124,649 $ (30,630) $ 155,279 EMEA 166,876 (11,031) 177,907 (17,818) 195,725 Asia Pacific 49,768 44 49,724 (866) 50,590 Total Professional Service and Other Revenues 321,933 (30,347) 352,280 (49,314) 401,594 Cost of Professional Service and Other Revenues 245,912 (19,248) 265,160 (37,367) 302,527 GAAP-based Professional Service and Other GrossProfit $ 76,021 $ (11,099) $ 87,120 $ (11,947) $ 99,067 GAAP-based Professional Service and Other GrossMargin % 23.6 % 24.7 % 24.7 % % Professional Service and Other Revenues byGeography: Americas 32.7 % 35.4 % 38.7 % EMEA 51.8 % 50.5 % 48.7 % Asia Pacific 15.5 % 14.1 % 12.6 % Professional service and other revenues decreased by $30.3 million or 8.6% during the year ended June 30, 2026 as compared to the prior fiscal year; down 11.9% after excluding the favourable impact of $11.5 million of foreign exchange rate changes. Geographically, the overall change was attributable to a decrease in Americas of $19.4 million and a decrease in EMEA of $11.0 million. Cost of Professional service and other revenues decreased by $19.2 million during the year ended June 30, 2026 as compared to the prior fiscal year. This was primarily due to a decrease in labour-related costs of $20.5 million. Overall, the gross margin percentage on Professional service and other revenues decreased to 24% from 25%. Amortization of Acquired Technology-based Intangible Assets Year Ended June 30, (In thousands) 2026 Changeincrease(decrease) 2025 Changeincrease(decrease) 2024 Amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets $ 174,609 $ (14,171) $ 188,780 $ (55,142) $ 243,922 Amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets decreased during the year ended June 30, 2026 by $14.2 million as compared to the prior fiscal year. This was primarily due to reduced amortization related to technology-based intangible assets from previous acquisitions becoming fully amortized, and a reduction in amortization related to the Vertica Divestiture. 68

Page 69

Table of Contents Operating Expenses Year Ended June 30, (In thousands) 2026 Changeincrease(decrease) 2025 Changeincrease(decrease) 2024 Research and development $ 647,707 $ (108,229) $ 755,936 $ (108,527) $ 864,463 Sales and marketing 1,136,030 76,533 1,059,497 (103,637) 1,163,134 General and administrative 436,566 8,755 427,811 (149,227) 577,038 Depreciation 143,938 13,365 130,573 (1,026) 131,599 Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets 288,603 (33,288) 321,891 (110,513) 432,404 Special charges (recoveries) 133,020 (12,870) 145,890 10,585 135,305 Total operating expenses $ 2,785,864 $ (55,734) $ 2,841,598 $ (462,345) $ 3,303,943 % of Total Revenues: Research and development 12.3 % 14.6 % 15.0 % Sales and marketing 21.7 % 20.5 % 20.2 % General and administrative 8.3 % 8.3 % 10.0 % Depreciation 2.7 % 2.5 % 2.3 % Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets 5.5 % 6.2 % 7.5 % Special charges (recoveries) 2.5 % 2.8 % 2.3 % Research and development expenses consist primarily of payroll and payroll-related benefits expenses, contracted research and development expenses and facility costs. Research and development enables organic growth and improves product stability and functionality, and accordingly, we dedicate extensive efforts to updating and upgrading our product offerings. The primary drivers are typically software upgrades and development. Change between Fiscal Yearsincrease (decrease) (In thousands) 2026 and 2025 2025 and 2024 Payroll and payroll-related benefits $ (83,441) $ (53,387) Contract labour and consulting (6,661) (15,317) Share-based compensation (10,879) (13,507) Travel and communication (1,523) (1,529) Facilities (5,382) (19,137) Other miscellaneous (343) (5,650) Total change in research and development expenses $ (108,229) $ (108,527) Research and development expenses decreased by $108.2 million during the year ended June 30, 2026, as compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily from restructuring and other cost savings initiatives. Payroll and payroll-related benefits, which is comprised of salaries, benefits and variable short-term incentives, decreased by $83.4 million, share-based compensation expense decreased by $10.9 million, contract labour and consulting decreased by $6.7 million and facility- related expenses decreased by $5.4 million. Overall, our research and development expenses, as a percentage of total revenues, decreased to 12% compared to 15% in the prior fiscal year. Our research and development labour resources decreased by 1,091 employees, from 7,432 employees at June 30, 2025 to 6,341 employees at June 30, 2026. 69

Page 70

Table of Contents Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel expenses and costs associated with advertising, marketing events and trade shows. Change between Fiscal Yearsincrease (decrease) (In thousands) 2026 and 2025 2025 and 2024 Payroll and payroll-related benefits $ 64,097 $ (71,022) Commissions 34,041 (13,673) Contract labour and consulting (3,375) (4,250) Share-based compensation (6,872) (8,851) Travel and communication 6,794 (2,005) Marketing expenses (3,470) 1,781 Facilities (7,185) (7,712) Credit loss expense (recovery) (2,283) 4,269 Other miscellaneous (5,214) (2,174) Total change in sales and marketing expenses $ 76,533 $ (103,637) Sales and marketing expenses increased by $76.5 million during the year ended June 30, 2026, as compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily driven by investments in sales employees and higher commissions from increased large-deal volumes in both License and Cloud services contracts. Payroll and payroll-related benefits, which is comprised of salaries, benefits and variable short-term incentives, increased by $64.1 million, commissions increased by $34.0 million and travel and communication expenses increased by $6.8 million, partially offset by decreases in facility-related expenses of $7.2 million, share-based compensation expense of $6.9 million, and contract labour and consulting expenses of $3.4 million. Overall, our sales and marketing expenses, as a percentage of total revenues, increased to 22% compared to 20% in the prior fiscal year. Our sales and marketing labour resources decreased by 19 employees, from 3,959 employees at June 30, 2025 to 3,940 employees at June 30, 2026. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of payroll and payroll related benefits expenses, related overhead, audit fees, other professional fees, contract labour and consulting expenses and public company costs. Change between Fiscal Yearsincrease (decrease) (In thousands) 2026 and 2025 2025 and 2024 Payroll and payroll-related benefits $ (12,666) $ (38,794) Contract labour and consulting 15,741 (23,550) Share-based compensation (1,426) (6,697) Travel and communication (2,679) (10,108) Facilities 12,963 3,892 Other miscellaneous (3,178) (73,970) Total change in general and administrative expenses $ 8,755 $ (149,227) General and administrative expenses increased by $8.8 million during the year ended June 30, 2026, as compared to the prior fiscal year. Contract labour and consulting expenses increased by $15.7 million and facility-related expenses increased by $13.0 million. These increases were partially offset by decreases in payroll and payroll-related benefits, which is comprised of salaries, benefits and variable short-term incentives, of $12.7 million, other miscellaneous costs of $3.2 million and travel and communication expenses of $2.7 million. Overall, general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of total revenues, remained stable at 8%. Our general and administrative labour resources decreased by 167 employees, from 2,841 employees at June 30, 2025 to 2,674 employees at June 30, 2026. 70

Page 71

Table of Contents Depreciation expenses Year Ended June 30, (In thousands) 2026 Changeincrease(decrease) 2025 Changeincrease(decrease) 2024 Depreciation $ 143,938 $ 13,365 $ 130,573 $ (1,026) $ 131,599 Depreciation expenses increased during the year ended June 30, 2026 by $13.4 million compared to the prior fiscal year. Depreciation expenses as a percentage of total revenue remained stable for the year ended June 30, 2026 at 3% as compared to the prior fiscal year. Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets Year Ended June 30, (In thousands) 2026 Changeincrease(decrease) 2025 Changeincrease(decrease) 2024 Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets $ 288,603 $ (33,288) $ 321,891 $ (110,513) $ 432,404 Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets decreased during the year ended June 30, 2026 by $33.3 million as compared to the prior fiscal year. This was primarily due to a reduction in amortization related to customer-based intangible assets from previous acquisitions becoming fully amortized and a reduction in amortization related to the Vertica Divestiture. Special charges (recoveries) Special charges (recoveries) typically relate to amounts that we expect to pay in connection with restructuring plans, acquisition and divestiture-related costs and other similar charges and recoveries. Generally, we implement such plans in the context of integrating acquired entities with existing OpenText operations. Actions related to such restructuring plans are typically completed within a period of one year. In certain limited situations, if the planned activity does not need to be implemented, or an expense lower than anticipated is paid out, we record a recovery of the originally recorded expense to Special charges (recoveries). Year Ended June 30, (In thousands) 2026 Changeincrease(decrease) 2025 Changeincrease(decrease) 2024 Special charges (recoveries) $ 133,020 $ (12,870) $ 145,890 $ 10,585 $ 135,305 Special charges (recoveries) decreased by $12.9 million during the year ended June 30, 2026 as compared to the prior fiscal year. This was primarily due to a decrease in restructuring costs of $31.9 million related to the timing of the Business Optimization Plan, partially offset by an increase in divestiture related costs of $17.0 million and an increase in other miscellaneous charges of $4.8 million, as compared to the prior fiscal year. For more details on Special charges (recoveries), see Note 18 “Special Charges (Recoveries)” to our Consolidated Financial Statements. 71

Page 72

Table of Contents Other Income (Expense), Net The components of other income (expense), net were as follows: Year Ended June 30, (In thousands) 2026 Changeincrease(decrease) 2025 Changeincrease(decrease) 2024 Foreign exchange gains (losses) $ 3,228 $ 28,116 $ (24,888) $ (26,090) $ 1,202 Unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives not designated as hedges 27,369 71,655 (44,286) (47,402) 3,116 Realized gains (losses) on derivatives not designated as hedges — 10,380 (10,380) (10,380) — OpenText share in net income (loss) of equity investees (4,049) (4,279) 230 18,424 (18,194) Loss on debt extinguishment (18,787) (18,787) — 56,393 (56,393) Gain (adjustments to gain) on divestitures 76,136 80,311 (4,175) (433,277) 429,102 Other miscellaneous income (expense) 1,978 1,266 712 1,154 (442) Total other income (expense), net $ 85,875 $ 168,662 $ (82,787) $ (441,178) $ 358,391 (1) Represents the unrealized gains (losses) on our derivatives not designated as hedges (see Note 17 “Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more details). (2) Represents the realized gains (losses) on our derivatives not designated as hedges (see Note 17 “Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more details). (3) Represents our share in net income of equity investees, which approximates fair value and subject to volatility based on market trends and business conditions, based on our interest in certain investment funds in which we are a limited partner. Our interests in each of these investees range from 4% to below 20% and these investments are accounted for using the equity method (see Note 9 “Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more details). (4) During the year ended June 30, 2026, we recognized a loss on debt extinguishment of $18.8 million related to the acceleration and recognition of unamortized debt discount and issuance costs resulting from the prepayment of $613.0 million of the Acquisition Term Loan in Fiscal 2026. During the year ended June 30, 2024, the Company recognized a loss on debt extinguishment of $56.4 million related to the acceleration and recognition of unamortized debt discount and issuance costs resulting from the optional repayments and prepayments of the Acquisition Term Loan and Term Loan B in Fiscal 2024 (see Note 11 “Long-Term Debt” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more details). (5) For the year ended June 30, 2026, the gain related to the eDOCS and Vertica divestitures. For the year ended June 30, 2025, the adjustment to the gain represents the final settlement of working capital and other adjustments related to the AMC Divestiture. On May 1, 2024, the Company completed the sale of its AMC business, which resulted in a gain on disposition (see Note 19 “Acquisitions and Divestitures” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more details). Interest and Other Related Expense, Net Interest and other related expense, net is primarily comprised of interest paid and accrued on our debt facilities, offset by interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents. Year Ended June 30, (In thousands) 2026 Changeincrease(decrease) 2025 Changeincrease(decrease) 2024 Interest expense related to total outstanding debt $ 321,691 $ (29,674) $ 351,365 $ (184,567) $ 535,932 Interest income (42,294) 7,264 (49,558) (422) (49,136) Other miscellaneous expense 30,198 4,174 26,024 (3,360) 29,384 Total interest and other related expense, net $ 309,595 $ (18,236) $ 327,831 $ (188,349) $ 516,180 (1) For more details see Note 11 “Long-Term Debt” to our Consolidated Financial Statements. (2) Other miscellaneous expense primarily consists of the amortization of debt discount and the debt issuance costs. For more details see Note 11 “Long-Term Debt” to our Consolidated Financial Statements. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) ______________________ (1) (2) ______________________ 72

Page 74

Table of Contents Liquidity and Capital Resources The following tables set forth changes in cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated: (In thousands) As of June 30,2026 Changeincrease(decrease) As of June 30,2025 Changeincrease(decrease) As of June 30,2024 Cash and cash equivalents $ 956,024 $ (200,472) $ 1,156,496 $ (124,166) $ 1,280,662 Restricted cash 1,230 (380) 1,610 (521) 2,131 Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash $ 957,254 $ (200,852) $ 1,158,106 $ (124,687) $ 1,282,793 (1) Restricted cash is classified under the Prepaid expenses and other current assets and Other assets line items on the Consolidated Balance Sheets (see Note 9 “Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more details). Year Ended June 30, (In thousands) 2026 Change 2025 Change 2024 Cash provided by operating activities $ 1,006,817 $ 176,199 $ 830,618 $ (137,073) $ 967,691 Cash provided by (used in) investing activities 117,177 270,685 (153,508) (2,208,825) 2,055,317 Cash used in financing activities (1,319,140) (484,461) (834,679) 2,127,225 (2,961,904) Cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents primarily consist of balances with banks as well as deposits with original maturities of 90 days or less. We continue to anticipate that our cash and cash equivalents, as well as available credit facilities, will be sufficient to fund our anticipated cash requirements for working capital, contractual commitments, capital expenditures, dividends and operating needs for the next twelve months. Any further material or acquisition-related activities may require additional sources of financing and would be subject to the financial covenants established under our credit facilities. For more details, see “Long-term Debt and Credit Facilities” below. As of June 30, 2026, we have recognized a deferred income tax liability of $43.2 million (June 30, 2025—$20 million) on taxable temporary differences related to the undistributed earnings of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries and planned periodic repatriations from certain German and Indian subsidiaries, that will be subject to withholding taxes upon distribution. Cash flows from operating activities Cash flows from operating activities increased by $176.2 million during the year ended June 30, 2026, as compared to the same period in the prior fiscal year principally related to an increase in net income after the impact of non-cash items of $140.4 million, partially offset by an increase in net changes from working capital of $35.8 million. During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2026 we had a days sales outstanding (DSO) of 50 days, compared to our DSO of 45 days during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2025. The per day impact of our DSO in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2026 and Fiscal 2025 on our cash flows was $15.0 million and $14.6 million, respectively. In arriving at DSO, we exclude contract assets as these assets do not provide an unconditional right to the related consideration from the client. Cash flows from investing activities Our cash flows from investing activities are primarily on account of acquisitions, divestitures and additions of property and equipment. Cash flows provided by investing activities increased by $270.7 million during the year ended June 30, 2026, as compared to the same period in the prior fiscal year primarily due to cash consideration received from divestitures during Fiscal 2026 of $311.9 million, a payment of $11.7 million made in the prior year related to working capital net settlement on the AMC Divestiture and a payment of $10.4 million related to the termination of certain of our outstanding 5-year EUR/USD cross currency swaps in the prior year. These increases were partially offset by (1) ______________________ 74

Page 75

Table of Contents increased additions for property and equipment of $56.1 million and a decrease in proceeds from other investing activities of $7.2 million. Cash flows from financing activities Our cash flows from financing activities generally consist of long-term debt financing and amounts received from stock options exercised by our employees and Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) purchases by our employees. These inflows are typically offset by scheduled and non-scheduled repayments of our long-term debt financing and, when applicable, the payment of dividends and/or repurchases of our Common Shares. Cash flows used in financing activities increased by $484.5 million during the year ended June 30, 2026 as compared to the prior fiscal year. This is primarily due to the net impact of the following activities: (i) $613.0 million increase in prepayments and repayments of long-term debt The increase in cash flows used in financing activities above was partially offset by the following decreases: (i) $74.6 million related to cash used in the repurchases of Common Shares and treasury stock; (ii) $21.0 million related to higher proceeds from the issuance of Common Shares from the exercise of options and the ESPP; and (iii) $29.5 million due to net change in TSA obligations driven by cash collections for certain transition services performed by the Company related to the divestitures. Cash Dividends During the year ended June 30, 2026, we declared and paid cash dividends of $1.10 per Common Share in the aggregate amount of $268.4 million (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—$1.05 and $1.00 per Common Share, respectively, in the aggregate amount of $271.5 million and $267.4 million, respectively). Future declarations of dividends and the establishment of future record and payment dates are subject to final determination and discretion of the Board. See Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities—Dividend Policy included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information. Long-term Debt and Credit Facilities Senior Unsecured Fixed Rate Notes Senior Notes 2031 On November 24, 2021, Open Text Holdings, Inc. (OTHI), a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of the Company, issued $650 million in aggregate principal amount of 4.125% senior notes due 2031 guaranteed by the Company (Senior Notes 2031) in an unregistered offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act), and to certain non-U.S. persons in offshore transactions pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. Senior Notes 2031 bear interest at a rate of 4.125% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1, commencing on June 1, 2022. Senior Notes 2031 will mature on December 1, 2031, unless earlier redeemed, in accordance with their terms, or repurchased. On July 1, 2024, OTHI merged with and into Open Text Inc. (OTI), a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of the Company. As a result of the merger, OTI assumed all rights and obligations of OTHI concerning the Senior Notes 2031, effective July 1, 2024. OTI may redeem all or a portion of the Senior Notes 2031 at any time prior to December 1, 2026 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes 2031 plus an applicable premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. OTI may also redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes 2031, on one or more occasions, prior to December 1, 2024, using the net proceeds from certain qualified equity offerings at a redemption price of 104.125% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, subject to compliance with certain conditions. OTI may, on one or more occasions, redeem the Senior Notes 2031, in whole or in part, at any time on and after December 1, 2026 at the applicable redemption prices set forth in the indenture governing the Senior Notes 2031, dated as of November 24, 2021, among OTI, the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, The Bank of New York Mellon, as U.S. trustee, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, as Canadian trustee (the 2031 Indenture), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. 75

Page 76

Table of Contents If we experience one of the kinds of change of control triggering events specified in the 2031 Indenture, OTI will be required to make an offer to repurchase the Senior Notes 2031 at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes 2031, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. The 2031 Indenture contains covenants that limit OTI, the Company and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things: (i) create certain liens and enter into sale and lease-back transactions; (ii) in the case of our non- guarantor subsidiaries, create, assume, incur or guarantee additional indebtedness of OTI, the Company or the guarantors without such subsidiary becoming a subsidiary guarantor of Senior Notes 2031; and (iii) consolidate, amalgamate or merge with, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its property and assets substantially as an entirety to, another person. These covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions as set forth in the 2031 Indenture. The 2031 Indenture also provides for events of default, which, if any of them occurs, may permit or, in certain circumstances, require the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then-outstanding Senior Notes 2031 to be due and payable immediately. Senior Notes 2031 are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Company and the Company’s existing and future wholly-owned subsidiaries (other than OTI) that borrow or guarantee the obligations under our senior credit facilities. Senior Notes 2031 and the guarantees rank equally in right of payment with all of the Company’s, OTI’s and the guarantors’ existing and future senior unsubordinated debt and will rank senior in right of payment to all of the Company’s, OTI’s and the guarantors’ future subordinated debt. Senior Notes 2031 and the guarantees will be effectively subordinated to all of the Company’s, OTI’s and the guarantors’ existing and future secured debt, including the obligations under the senior credit facilities, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such secured debt. The foregoing description of the 2031 Indenture does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the 2031 Indenture, which is filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 24, 2021. For further details relating to our debt, see Note 11 “Long-Term Debt” to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Senior Notes 2030 On February 18, 2020, OTHI issued $900 million in aggregate principal amount of 4.125% senior notes due 2030 guaranteed by the Company (Senior Notes 2030) in an unregistered offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and to certain non-U.S. persons in offshore transactions pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. Senior Notes 2030 bear interest at a rate of 4.125% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15, commencing on August 15, 2020. Senior Notes 2030 will mature on February 15, 2030, unless earlier redeemed, in accordance with their terms, or repurchased. As a result of the merger of OTHI with and into OTI, OTI assumed all rights and obligations of OTHI concerning the Senior Notes 2030, effective July 1, 2024. OTI may, on one or more occasions, redeem the Senior Notes 2030, in whole or in part, at any time at the applicable redemption prices set forth in the indenture governing the Senior Notes 2030, dated as of February 18, 2020, among OTI, the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, The Bank of New York Mellon, as U.S. trustee, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, as Canadian trustee (the 2030 Indenture), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. If we experience one of the kinds of change of control triggering events specified in the 2030 Indenture, OTI will be required to make an offer to repurchase the Senior Notes 2030 at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes 2030, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. The 2030 Indenture contains covenants that limit the Company, OTI and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things: (i) create certain liens and enter into sale and lease-back transactions; (ii) in the case of our non- guarantor subsidiaries, create, assume, incur or guarantee additional indebtedness of the Company, OTI or the guarantors without such subsidiary becoming a subsidiary guarantor of Senior Notes 2030; and (iii) consolidate, amalgamate or merge with, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its property and assets substantially as an entirety to, another person. These covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions as set forth in the 2030 Indenture. The 2030 Indenture also provides for events of default, which, if any of them occurs, may permit or, in certain circumstances, require the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then-outstanding Senior Notes 2030 to be due and payable immediately. 76

Page 77

Table of Contents Senior Notes 2030 are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Company and the Company’s existing and future wholly-owned subsidiaries (other than OTI) that borrow or guarantee the obligations under our senior credit facilities. Senior Notes 2030 and the guarantees rank equally in right of payment with all of the Company, OTI and the guarantors’ existing and future senior unsubordinated debt and will rank senior in right of payment to all of the Company, OTI and the guarantors’ future subordinated debt. Senior Notes 2030 and the guarantees will be effectively subordinated to all of the Company, OTI and the guarantors’ existing and future secured debt, including the obligations under the senior credit facilities, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such secured debt. The foregoing description of the 2030 Indenture does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the 2030 Indenture, which is filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 18, 2020. For further details relating to our debt, see Note 11 “Long-Term Debt” to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Senior Notes 2029 On November 24, 2021, the Company issued $850 million in aggregate principal amount of 3.875% senior notes due 2029 (Senior Notes 2029) in an unregistered offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to certain non-U.S. persons in offshore transactions pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. Senior Notes 2029 bear interest at a rate of 3.875% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1, commencing on June 1, 2022. Senior Notes 2029 will mature on December 1, 2029, unless earlier redeemed, in accordance with their terms, or repurchased. We may, on one or more occasions, redeem the Senior Notes 2029, in whole or in part, at any time at the applicable redemption prices set forth in the indenture governing the Senior Notes 2029, dated as of November 24, 2021, among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, The Bank of New York Mellon, as U.S. trustee, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, as Canadian trustee (the 2029 Indenture), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. If we experience one of the kinds of change of control triggering events specified in the 2029 Indenture, we will be required to make an offer to repurchase the Senior Notes 2029 at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes 2029, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. The 2029 Indenture contains covenants that limit our and certain of our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things: (i) create certain liens and enter into sale and lease-back transactions; (ii) in the case of our non-guarantor subsidiaries, create, assume, incur or guarantee additional indebtedness of the Company or the guarantors without such subsidiary becoming a subsidiary guarantor of Senior Notes 2029; and (iii) consolidate, amalgamate or merge with, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its property and assets substantially as an entirety to, another person. These covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions as set forth in the 2029 Indenture. The 2029 Indenture also provides for events of default, which, if any of them occurs, may permit or, in certain circumstances, require the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then-outstanding Senior Notes 2029 to be due and payable immediately. Senior Notes 2029 are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by our existing and future wholly-owned subsidiaries that borrow or guarantee the obligations under our senior credit facilities. Senior Notes 2029 and the guarantees rank equally in right of payment with all of our and our guarantors’ existing and future senior unsubordinated debt and will rank senior in right of payment to all of our and our guarantors’ future subordinated debt. Senior Notes 2029 and the guarantees will be effectively subordinated to all of our and our guarantors’ existing and future secured debt, including the obligations under the senior credit facilities, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such secured debt. The foregoing description of the 2029 Indenture does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the 2029 Indenture, which is filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 24, 2021. For further details relating to our debt, see Note 11 “Long-Term Debt” to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Senior Notes 2028 On February 18, 2020, the Company issued $900 million in aggregate principal amount of 3.875% senior notes due 2028 (Senior Notes 2028) in an unregistered offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A 77

Page 78

Table of Contents under the Securities Act and to certain non-U.S. persons in offshore transactions pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. Senior Notes 2028 bear interest at a rate of 3.875% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15, commencing on August 15, 2020. Senior Notes 2028 will mature on February 15, 2028, unless earlier redeemed, in accordance with their terms, or repurchased. We may, on one or more occasions, redeem the Senior Notes 2028, in whole or in part, at any time at the applicable redemption prices set forth in the indenture governing the Senior Notes 2028, dated as of February 18, 2020, among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, The Bank of New York Mellon, as U.S. trustee, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, as Canadian trustee (the 2028 Indenture), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. If we experience one of the kinds of change of control triggering events specified in the 2028 Indenture, we will be required to make an offer to repurchase the Senior Notes 2028 at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes 2028, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. The 2028 Indenture contains covenants that limit our and certain of our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things: (i) create certain liens and enter into sale and lease-back transactions; (ii) in the case of our non-guarantor subsidiaries, create, assume, incur or guarantee additional indebtedness of the Company or the guarantors without such subsidiary becoming a subsidiary guarantor of Senior Notes 2028; and (iii) consolidate, amalgamate or merge with, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its property and assets substantially as an entirety to, another person. These covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions as set forth in the 2028 Indenture. The 2028 Indenture also provides for events of default, which, if any of them occurs, may permit or, in certain circumstances, require the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then-outstanding Senior Notes 2028 to be due and payable immediately. Senior Notes 2028 are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by our existing and future wholly-owned subsidiaries that borrow or guarantee the obligations under our senior credit facilities. Senior Notes 2028 and the guarantees rank equally in right of payment with all of our and our guarantors’ existing and future senior unsubordinated debt and will rank senior in right of payment to all of our and our guarantors’ future subordinated debt. Senior Notes 2028 and the guarantees will be effectively subordinated to all of our and our guarantors’ existing and future secured debt, including the obligations under the senior credit facilities, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such secured debt. The foregoing description of the 2028 Indenture does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the 2028 Indenture, which is filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 18, 2020. For further details relating to our debt, see Note 11 “Long-Term Debt” to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Senior Secured Fixed Rate Notes Senior Secured Notes 2027 On December 1, 2022, the Company issued $1 billion in aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes due 2027 (Senior Secured Notes 2027, and together with the Senior Notes 2031, Senior Notes 2030, Senior Notes 2029, and Senior Notes 2028, the Senior Notes) in connection with the financing of the Micro Focus Acquisition in an unregistered offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to certain non-U.S. persons in offshore transactions pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. Senior Secured Notes 2027 bear interest at a rate of 6.90% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1, commencing on June 1, 2023. Senior Secured Notes 2027 will mature on December 1, 2027, unless earlier redeemed, in accordance with their terms, or repurchased. We may redeem all or a portion of the Senior Secured Notes 2027 at any time prior to November 1, 2027 at a redemption price equal to the greater of (a) 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes 2027 to be redeemed and (b) the net present value of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon discounted to the Par Call Date less interest accrued to the date of redemption, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. On or after the Par Call Date (as defined in the 2027 Indenture, as defined below), the Company may redeem the Senior Secured Notes 2027, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to 78

Page 79

Table of Contents time, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes 2027 being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date. If we experience one of the kinds of change of control triggering events specified in the indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes 2027 dated as of December 1, 2022, among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, The Bank of New York Mellon, as U.S. trustee, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, as Canadian trustee (the 2027 Indenture), we will be required to make an offer to repurchase the Senior Secured Notes 2027 at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes 2027, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. The 2027 Indenture contains covenants that limit our and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things: (i) create certain liens and enter into sale and lease-back transactions; (ii) create, assume, incur or guarantee additional indebtedness of the Company or certain of the Company’s subsidiaries without such subsidiary becoming a subsidiary guarantor of the Senior Secured Notes 2027; and (iii) consolidate, amalgamate or merge with, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of the Company’s property and assets substantially as an entirety to, another person. These covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions as set forth in the 2027 Indenture. The 2027 Indenture also provides for certain events of default, which, if any of them occurs, may permit or, in certain circumstances, require the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then-outstanding Senior Secured Notes 2027 to be due and payable immediately. The Senior Secured Notes 2027 are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by certain of the Company’s subsidiaries and are secured with the same priority as the Company’s senior credit facilities. The Senior Secured Notes 2027 and the related guarantees are effectively senior to all of the Company’s and the guarantors’ senior unsecured debt to the extent of the value of the Collateral (as defined in the 2027 Indenture) and are structurally subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of each of the Company’s existing and future subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Senior Secured Notes 2027. For further details relating to our debt, see Note 11 “Long-Term Debt” to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Term Loan B On May 30, 2018, we entered into a credit facility, that provided for a $1 billion term loan facility (Term Loan B) and borrowed $1 billion under the facility to, among other things, repay in full the loans under our prior $800 million term loan facility originally entered into on January 16, 2014. On May 6, 2024, we used a portion of the net proceeds from the AMC Divestiture to prepay in full the then outstanding principal balance of $940 million under Term Loan B, at which point all remaining commitments under Term Loan B were reduced to zero and Term Loan B was terminated. For further details relating to our debt, see Note 11 “Long-Term Debt” to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Revolver On December 19, 2023, we amended the Revolver to, among other things, extend the maturity to December 19, 2028. Borrowings under the Revolver are secured by a first charge over substantially all of our assets, on a pari passu basis with the Acquisition Term Loan (as defined below) and Senior Secured Notes 2027. The Revolver has no fixed repayment date prior to the end of the term. Borrowings under the Revolver bear interest per annum at a floating rate of interest equal to Term SOFR (as defined in the Revolver) and a fixed margin dependent on our consolidated net leverage ratio ranging from 1.25% to 1.75%. Under the Revolver, we must maintain a “consolidated net leverage” ratio of no more than 4.50:1.00 at the end of each financial quarter. Consolidated net leverage ratio is defined for this purpose as the proportion of our total debt reduced by unrestricted cash, including guarantees and letters of credit, over our trailing twelve months net income before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, restructuring, share-based compensation and other miscellaneous charges. As of June 30, 2026, our consolidated net leverage ratio, as calculated in accordance with the applicable agreement, was 2.75:1.00. As of June 30, 2026, we had no outstanding balance under the Revolver (June 30, 2025—$0.0 million). For further details relating to our debt, see Note 11 “Long-Term Debt” to our Consolidated Financial Statements. 79

Page 80

Table of Contents Acquisition Term Loan On December 1, 2022, we amended our first lien term loan facility (the Acquisition Term Loan), dated as of August 25, 2022, to increase the aggregate commitments under the senior secured delayed-draw term loan facility from an aggregate principal amount of $2.585 billion to an aggregate principal amount of $3.585 billion. On August 14, 2023, we entered into the second amendment to the Acquisition Term Loan, to reduce the applicable interest rate margin by 0.75% over the remaining term of the Acquisition Term Loan. On May 15, 2024, we entered into the third amendment to the Acquisition Term Loan, to reduce the applicable interest rate margin by 0.5% and remove the 10-basis point credit spread adjustment for loans bearing interest based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) rate. On November 27, 2024, we entered into the fourth amendment to the Acquisition Term Loan to reduce the applicable interest rate margin by 0.5%. The reductions in interest rate margin on the Acquisition Term Loan resulting from the amendments were all accounted for by the Company as debt modifications. The Acquisition Term Loan has a seven-year term from the date of funding, and repayments under the Acquisition Term Loan are equal to 0.25% of the principal amount in equal quarterly installments for the life of the Acquisition Term Loan, with the remainder due at maturity. Borrowings under the Acquisition Term Loan currently bear a floating rate of interest equal to Term SOFR (as defined in the Acquisition Term Loan) plus an applicable margin of 1.75%. As of June 30, 2026, the outstanding balance on the Acquisition Term Loan bears an interest rate of 5.37%. As of June 30, 2026, the Acquisition Term Loan bears an effective interest rate of 6.41%. The effective interest rate includes interest expense of $118.7 million and amortization of debt discount and issuance costs of $14.9 million. The Acquisition Term Loan has incremental facility capacity of (i) $250 million plus (ii) additional amounts, subject to meeting a “consolidated senior secured net leverage” ratio not exceeding 2.75:1.00, in each case subject to certain conditions. Consolidated senior secured net leverage ratio is defined for this purpose as the proportion of the Company’s total debt reduced by unrestricted cash, including guarantees and letters of credit, that is secured by the Company’s or any of the Company’s subsidiaries’ assets, over the Company’s trailing four financial quarter net income before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, restructuring, share-based compensation and other miscellaneous charges. Under the Acquisition Term Loan, we must maintain a “consolidated net leverage” ratio of no more than 4.50:1.00 at the end of each financial quarter. Consolidated net leverage ratio is defined for this purpose as the proportion of the Company’s total debt reduced by unrestricted cash, including guarantees and letters of credit, over the Company’s trailing four financial quarter net income before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, restructuring, share-based compensation and other miscellaneous charges as defined in the Acquisition Term Loan. As of June 30, 2026, our consolidated net leverage ratio, as calculated in accordance with the applicable agreement, was 2.75:1.00. The Acquisition Term Loan is unconditionally guaranteed by certain subsidiary guarantors, as defined in the Acquisition Term Loan, and is secured by a first charge on substantially all of the assets of the Company and the subsidiary guarantors on a pari passu basis with the Revolver and the Senior Secured Notes 2027. During the year ended June 30, 2026, we prepaid an aggregate of $613.0 million of the outstanding principal debt on the Acquisition Term Loan. These prepayments included $163.0 million and $150.0 million funded with proceeds from the eDOCS and Vertica divestitures, respectively. Additionally, we prepaid $300.0 million using cash on hand. As a result of the prepayments, we recognized an $18.8 million loss on debt extinguishment during the year ended June 30, 2026, related to the acceleration and recognition of unamortized debt discount and issuance costs. See Note 19 “Acquisitions and Divestitures” for more details on these divestitures. For further details relating to our debt, see Note 11 “Long-Term Debt” to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Shelf Registration Statement On December 12, 2025, we filed a universal shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC, which became effective automatically (the Shelf Registration Statement). The Shelf Registration Statement allows for primary and secondary offerings from time to time of equity, debt and other securities, including Common Shares, Preference Shares, debt securities, depositary shares, warrants, purchase contracts, units and subscription receipts. As the Company was eligible to file a “well- known seasoned issuer” (WKSI) base shelf prospectus under National Instrument 44-102 - Shelf Distributions (NI 44-102), it concurrently filed a WKSI base shelf prospectus qualifying the distribution of such securities with the Canadian securities regulators on December 12, 2025. As of the date hereof, the Company remains eligible to file a WKSI base shelf prospectus under NI 44-102. The type of 80

Page 81

Table of Contents securities and the specific terms thereof will be determined at the time of any offering and will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement to be filed separately with the SEC and Canadian securities regulators. Share Repurchase Plan / Normal Course Issuer Bid On August 6, 2025, the Company renewed its share repurchase plan, pursuant to which we were authorized to purchase for cancellation, over the 12-month period commencing on August 12, 2025 until August 11, 2026, up to an aggregate of $300 million of our Common Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) (as part of the Fiscal 2026 NCIB, as defined below), the NASDAQ and/or alternative trading systems in Canada and/or the U.S. (the Fiscal 2026 Repurchase Plan). On February 10, 2026, we increased the authorized limit of the Fiscal 2026 Repurchase Plan by $200 million to $500 million. The Fiscal 2026 Repurchase Plan included a normal course issuer bid (the Fiscal 2026 NCIB) to provide means to execute purchases over the TSX. Further, as part of the renewal of the Fiscal 2026 NCIB, the Company established an ASPP with its broker to facilitate repurchases of Common Shares. During the year ended June 30, 2026, we repurchased and cancelled 14,761,123 Common Shares for $415.7 million, inclusive of 2% Canadian excise taxes recorded (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024— 14,524,664 and 5,073,913 Common Shares for $418.3 million and $152.3 million, respectively). Additionally, as of June 30, 2026, we recorded an accrual and a corresponding charge to retained earnings of $10.6 million, representing the estimated value of Common Shares expected to be repurchased following the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2026 pursuant to the ASPP. In August 2026, the Company renewed its share repurchase plan, pursuant to which we may purchase for cancellation in open market transactions, from time to time over the 12-month period commencing on August 12, 2026 until August 11, 2027, if considered advisable, up to a maximum of 10% of the public float of its Common Shares (calculated in accordance with TSX rules) on the TSX (as part of a Fiscal 2027 NCIB, defined below), the NASDAQ and/or alternative trading systems in Canada and/or the United States, if eligible, subject to applicable law and stock exchange rules (the Fiscal 2027 Repurchase Plan). The price that we are authorized to pay for Common Shares in open market transactions is the market price at the time of purchase or such other price as is permitted by applicable law or stock exchange rules. The Fiscal 2027 Repurchase Plan will be effected in accordance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act and includes a normal course issuer bid (the Fiscal 2027 NCIB) to provide means to execute purchases over the TSX. The TSX approved the Company’s notice of intention to commence the Fiscal 2027 NCIB. Under the rules of the TSX, the maximum number of Common Shares that may be purchased in this period is 23,846,439 (representing 10% of the Company’s public float calculated in accordance with TSX rules) as of July 31, 2026, and the maximum number of Common Shares that can be purchased on a single day is 447,218 Common Shares, which was 25% of 1,788,872 (calculated in accordance with TSX rules based on the average daily trading volume for the Common Shares on the TSX for the six months ended July 31, 2026), subject to certain exceptions for block purchases, and subject in any case to the volume and other limitations under Rule 10b-18. Further, as part of the NCIB renewal, the Company has established an ASPP with its broker to facilitate repurchases of Common Shares. 81

Page 82

Table of Contents Pensions As of June 30, 2026, our total unfunded pension plan obligations were $106.2 million, of which $5.8 million is payable within the next twelve months. We expect to be able to make the long-term and short-term payments related to these obligations in the normal course of operations. Anticipated pension payments under our defined benefit plans for the fiscal years indicated below are as follows: Fiscal years ending June 30, 2027 $ 20,379 2028 18,453 2029 18,643 2030 19,969 2031 21,061 2032 to 2036 115,997 Total $ 214,502 For a detailed discussion on pensions, see Note 12 “Pension Plans and Other Post-Retirement Benefits” to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Commitments and Contractual Obligations As of June 30, 2026, we have entered into the following contractual obligations with minimum payments for the indicated fiscal periods as follows: Payments due between (In thousands) Total July 1, 2026 -June 30, 2027 July 1, 2027 -June 30, 2029 July 1, 2029 -June 30, 2031 July 1, 2031 andbeyond Long-term debt obligations $ 6,709,816 $ 319,534 $ 2,395,057 $ 3,331,819 $ 663,406 Operating lease obligations 226,435 71,353 88,783 35,166 31,133 Finance lease obligations 459 459 — — — Obligations for future leases 39,969 2,269 9,175 10,702 17,823 Purchase obligations for contracts notaccounted for as lease obligations 257,756 124,372 73,384 40,000 20,000 $ 7,234,435 $ 517,987 $ 2,566,399 $ 3,417,687 $ 732,362 (1) Includes interest up to maturity and principal payments. See Note 11 “Long-Term Debt” to our Consolidated Financial Statements. (2) Represents the undiscounted future minimum lease payments under our operating leases liabilities and excludes sublease income expected to be received under our various sublease agreements with third parties. See Note 6 “Leases” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more details. (3) Represents the undiscounted future minimum lease payments under our finance leases liabilities and excludes sublease income expected to be received under our various sublease agreements with third parties. See Note 6 “Leases” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more details. (4) Represents the undiscounted future minimum lease payments relating to operating leases signed but not yet commenced as of June 30, 2026. See Note 6 “Leases” and Note 14 “Guarantees and Contingencies” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more details. Guarantees and Indemnifications We have entered into customer agreements which may include provisions to indemnify our customers against third-party claims that our software products or services infringe certain third-party intellectual property rights and for liabilities related to a breach of our confidentiality obligations. We have not made any material payments in relation to such indemnification provisions and have not accrued any liabilities related to these indemnification provisions in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Occasionally, we enter into financial guarantees with third parties in the ordinary course of our business, including, among others, guarantees relating to taxes and letters of credit on behalf of parties with whom we (1) (2) (3) (4) ______________________ 82

Page 83

Table of Contents conduct business. Such agreements have not had a material effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. Litigation We are currently involved in various claims and legal proceedings. Quarterly, we review the status of each significant legal matter and evaluate such matters to determine how they should be treated for accounting and disclosure purposes in accordance with the requirements of ASC Topic 450-20 “Loss Contingencies” (Topic 450-20). Specifically, this evaluation process includes the centralized tracking and itemization of the status of all our disputes and litigation items, discussing the nature of any litigation and claim, including any dispute or claim that is reasonably likely to result in litigation, with relevant internal and external counsel, and assessing the progress of each matter in light of its merits and our experience with similar proceedings under similar circumstances. If the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we accrue a liability for the estimated loss in accordance with Topic 450-20. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the aggregate of such accrued liabilities was not material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations and we do not believe as of the date of this filing that it is reasonably possible that a loss exceeding the amounts already recognized will be incurred that would be material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations. As described more fully below, we are unable at this time to estimate a possible loss or range of losses in respect of certain disclosed matters. Contingencies CRA Matter As part of its ongoing audit of our Canadian tax returns, the CRA has disputed our transfer pricing methodology used for certain intercompany transactions with our international subsidiaries and has issued notices of reassessment for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016. Assuming the utilization of available tax attributes (further described below), we estimate our potential aggregate liability, as of June 30, 2026, in connection with the CRA’s reassessments for Fiscal 2012 through Fiscal 2016, to be limited to penalties, interest and provincial taxes that may be due of approximately $87.4 million. As of June 30, 2026, we have provisionally paid approximately $32 million in order to fully preserve our rights to object to the CRA’s audit positions, being the minimum payment required under Canadian legislation while the matter is in dispute. This amount is recorded within Long-term income taxes recoverable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2026. The notices of reassessment for Fiscal 2012 through Fiscal 2016 would, as drafted, increase our taxable income by approximately $90 million to $100 million for each of those years, as well as impose a 10% penalty on the proposed adjustment to income. Audits by the CRA of our tax returns for fiscal years prior to Fiscal 2012 have been completed with no reassessment of our income tax liability. We strongly disagree with the CRA's positions and believe the reassessments of Fiscal 2012 through Fiscal 2016 (including any penalties) are without merit, and we are continuing to contest these reassessments. On June 30, 2022, we filed a notice of appeal with the Tax Court of Canada seeking to reverse all such reassessments (including penalties) in full and the customary court process is ongoing. Even if we are unsuccessful in challenging the CRA's reassessments to increase our taxable income for Fiscal 2012 through Fiscal 2016, we have elective deductions available for those years (including carry-backs from later years) that would offset such increased amounts so that no additional cash tax would be payable, exclusive of any assessed penalties and interest, as described above. The CRA has audited Fiscal 2017 through Fiscal 2021 on a basis that we strongly disagree with and are contesting. The focus of the CRA audit has been the valuation of certain intellectual property and goodwill when one of our subsidiaries continued into Canada from Luxembourg in July 2016. In accordance with applicable rules, these assets were recognized for tax purposes at fair market value as of that time, which value was supported by an expert valuation prepared by an independent leading accounting and advisory firm. CRA’s position for Fiscal 2017 through Fiscal 2021 relies in significant part on the application of its positions regarding our transfer pricing methodology that are the basis for its reassessment of our fiscal years 2012 to 2016 described above, and that we believe are without merit. Other aspects of CRA’s position for Fiscal 2017 through Fiscal 2021 conflict with the expert valuation prepared by the independent leading accounting and advisory firm that was used to support our original filing position. The CRA issued notices of reassessment in respect of Fiscal 2017 through Fiscal 2021 on a 83

Page 84

Table of Contents basis consistent with its proposal to reduce the available depreciable basis of assets in Canada. We have filed notices of objection to the reassessments for each of these years. If we are ultimately unsuccessful in defending our position, the estimated impact of the proposed adjustment could result in us recording an income tax expense, with no immediate cash payment, to reduce the stated value of our deferred tax assets of up to approximately $470 million. Any such income tax expense could also have a corresponding cash tax impact that would primarily occur over a period of several future years based upon annual income realization in Canada. We strongly disagree with the CRA’s position for Fiscal 2017 through Fiscal 2021 and intend to vigorously defend our original filing position. We are not required to provisionally pay any cash amounts to the CRA as a result of the reassessment in respect of Fiscal 2017 through Fiscal 2019 due to utilization of available tax attributes; however, for Fiscal 2020 and 2021, we have provisionally paid approximately $40.3 million in order to fully preserve our rights to object to the CRA’s audit positions and intend to make an additional payment of $19.3 million on account of Fiscal 2021 by December 31, 2026. To the extent the CRA reassesses subsequent fiscal years on a similar basis, we may make certain minimum payments required under Canadian legislation. We will continue to vigorously contest the adjustments to our taxable income and any penalty and interest assessments, as well as any reduction to the basis of our depreciable property. We are confident that our original tax filing positions were appropriate. Accordingly, as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we have not recorded any accruals in respect of these reassessments or proposed reassessment in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements We do not enter into off-balance sheet financing as a matter of practice, except for guarantees relating to taxes and letters of credit on behalf of parties with whom we conduct business. 84

Page 85

Table of Contents Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures In addition to reporting financial results in accordance with U.S. GAAP, the Company provides certain financial measures that are not in accordance with U.S. GAAP (Non-GAAP). These Non-GAAP financial measures have certain limitations in that they do not have a standardized meaning and thus the Company’s definition may be different from similar Non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies and/or analysts and may differ from period to period. Thus, it may be more difficult to compare the Company’s financial performance to that of other companies. However, the Company’s management compensates for these limitations by providing the relevant disclosure of the items excluded in the calculation of these Non- GAAP financial measures both in its reconciliation to the U.S. GAAP financial measures and its Consolidated Financial Statements, all of which should be considered when evaluating the Company’s results. The Company uses these Non-GAAP financial measures to supplement the information provided in its Consolidated Financial Statements, which are presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The presentation of Non-GAAP financial measures is not meant to be a substitute for financial measures presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, but rather should be evaluated in conjunction with and as a supplement to such U.S. GAAP measures. OpenText strongly encourages investors to review its financial information in its entirety and not to rely on a single financial measure. The Company therefore believes that despite these limitations, it is appropriate to supplement the disclosure of the U.S. GAAP measures with certain Non- GAAP measures defined below. Non-GAAP-based net income and Non-GAAP-based EPS, attributable to OpenText, are consistently calculated as GAAP-based net income or earnings (loss) per share, attributable to OpenText, on a diluted basis, excluding the effects of the amortization of acquired intangible assets, other income (expense), share-based compensation, and special charges (recoveries), all net of tax and any tax benefits/expense items unrelated to current period income, as further described in the tables below. Non-GAAP-based gross profit is the arithmetical sum of GAAP-based gross profit and the amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets and share-based compensation within cost of sales. Non-GAAP-based gross margin is calculated as Non-GAAP-based gross profit expressed as a percentage of total revenue. Non-GAAP-based income from operations is calculated as GAAP-based income from operations, excluding the amortization of acquired intangible assets, special charges (recoveries), and share-based compensation expense. Adjusted EBITDA is defined and calculated as GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText, excluding interest income (expense), provision for (recovery of) income taxes, depreciation and amortization of acquired intangible assets, other income (expense), share-based compensation and special charges (recoveries). Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated as adjusted EBITDA expressed as a percentage of total revenue. Total revenues growth from Content, Business Network, ITOM, and Cybersecurity (Enterprise) product categories in constant currency is calculated as the growth in revenues from the Content, Business Network, ITOM, and Cybersecurity (Enterprise) product categories, adjusted for foreign currency fluctuations by translating current period results of foreign subsidiaries into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect during the comparable prior period. Total cloud services and subscriptions revenues growth from Content, Business Network, ITOM, and Cybersecurity (Enterprise) product categories in constant currency is calculated as the growth in cloud services and subscriptions revenues from the Content, Business Network, ITOM, and Cybersecurity (Enterprise) product categories, adjusted for foreign currency fluctuations by translating current period results of foreign subsidiaries into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect during the comparable prior period. Free cash flows is defined and calculated as GAAP-based cash flows provided by operating activities less capital expenditures. The Company’s management believes that the presentation of the above defined Non-GAAP financial measures provides useful information to investors because they portray the financial results of the Company before the impact of certain non-operational charges. The use of the term “non-operational charge” is defined for this purpose as an expense that does not impact the ongoing operating decisions taken by the Company’s management. These items are excluded based upon the way the Company’s management evaluates the performance of the Company’s business for use in the Company’s internal reports and are not excluded in the sense that they may be used under U.S. GAAP. The Company does not acquire businesses on a predictable cycle, and therefore believes that the presentation of Non- GAAP measures, which in certain cases adjust for the impact of amortization of intangible assets and the related tax effects that are primarily related to acquisitions, will provide readers of financial statements with a more 85

Page 86

Table of Contents consistent basis for comparison across accounting periods and be more useful in helping readers understand the Company’s operating results and underlying operational trends. Additionally, the Company has engaged in various restructuring activities over the past several years, primarily due to acquisitions and most recently in response to our return to office planning, that have resulted in costs associated with reductions in headcount, consolidation of leased facilities and related costs, all which are recorded under the Company’s Special charges (recoveries) caption on the Consolidated Statements of Income. Each restructuring activity is a discrete event based on a unique set of business objectives or circumstances, and each differs in terms of its operational implementation, business impact and scope, and the size of each restructuring plan can vary significantly from period to period. Therefore, the Company believes that the exclusion of these special charges (recoveries) will also better aid readers of financial statements in the understanding and comparability of the Company’s operating results and underlying operational trends. In summary, the Company believes the provision of supplemental Non-GAAP measures allow investors to evaluate the operational and financial performance of the Company’s core business using the same evaluation measures that management uses, and is therefore a useful indication of OpenText’s performance or expected performance of future operations and facilitates period-to-period comparison of operating performance (although prior performance is not necessarily indicative of future performance). As a result, the Company considers it appropriate and reasonable to provide, in addition to U.S. GAAP measures, supplementary Non-GAAP financial measures that exclude certain items from the presentation of its financial results. The following charts provide unaudited reconciliations of U.S. GAAP-based financial measures to Non-GAAP-based financial measures for the following periods presented. Reconciliation of selected GAAP-based measures to Non-GAAP-based measures for the year ended June 30, 2026 (In thousands, except for per share data) Year Ended June 30, 2026 GAAP-basedMeasures GAAP-based Measures% of TotalRevenue Adjustments Note Non-GAAP-basedMeasures Non-GAAP-based Measures% of TotalRevenue Cost of revenues Cloud services and subscriptions $ 700,617 $ (6,374) (1) $ 694,243 Customer support 231,670 (3,561) (1) 228,109 Professional service and other 245,912 (2,303) (1) 243,609 Amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets 174,609 (174,609) (2) — GAAP-based gross profit and gross margin (%) / Non-GAAP-basedgross profit and gross margin (%) 3,868,461 73.7% 186,847 (3) 4,055,308 77.3% Operating expenses Research and development 647,707 (15,118) (1) 632,589 Sales and marketing 1,136,030 (31,954) (1) 1,104,076 General and administrative 436,566 (21,326) (1) 415,240 Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets 288,603 (288,603) (2) — Special charges (recoveries) 133,020 (133,020) (4) — GAAP-based income from operations / Non-GAAP-based income fromoperations 1,082,597 676,868 (5) 1,759,465 Other income (expense), net 85,875 (85,875) (6) — Provision for income taxes 215,614 132,355 (7) 347,969 GAAP-based net income / Non-GAAP-based net income, attributableto OpenText 643,022 458,638 (8) 1,101,660 GAAP-based EPS / Non-GAAP-based EPS-diluted, attributable toOpenText $ 2.58 $ 1.84 (8) $ 4.42 (1) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of share-based compensation expense from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as this expense is excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. (2) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of amortization expense from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as the timing and frequency of amortization expense is dependent on our acquisitions and is hence excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. (3) GAAP-based and Non-GAAP-based gross profit stated in dollars and gross margin stated as a percentage of total revenue. ______________________ 86

Page 87

Table of Contents (4) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of special charges (recoveries) from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as special charges (recoveries) are generally incurred in the periods relevant to an acquisition and include certain charges or recoveries that are not indicative or related to continuing operations and are therefore excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. See Note 18 “Special Charges (Recoveries)” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more details. (5) GAAP-based and Non-GAAP-based income from operations stated in dollars. (6) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of other income (expense) from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as other income (expense) generally relates to the transactional impact of foreign exchange and is generally not indicative or related to continuing operations and is therefore excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. Other income (expense) also includes our share of income (losses) from our holdings in investments as a limited partner. We do not actively trade equity securities in these privately held companies nor do we plan our ongoing operations based around any anticipated fundings or distributions from these investments. We exclude gains and losses on these investments as we do not believe they are reflective of our ongoing business and operating results. Other income (expense) also includes unrealized and realized gains (losses) on our derivatives which are not designated as hedges. We exclude gains and losses on these derivatives as we do not believe they are reflective of our ongoing business and operating results. (7) Adjustment relates to differences between the GAAP-based tax provision rate of approximately 25% and a Non-GAAP-based tax rate of approximately 24%; these rate differences are due to the income tax effects of items that are excluded for the purpose of calculating Non-GAAP-based net income. Such excluded items include amortization, share-based compensation, special charges (recoveries) and other income (expense), net. Also excluded are tax benefits/expense items unrelated to current period income such as changes in reserves for tax uncertainties and valuation allowance reserves and “book to return” adjustments for tax return filings and tax assessments. Beginning in Fiscal 2025, net tax benefits arising from the internal reorganization that occurred in Fiscal 2017 have been fully utilized and are no longer included. In arriving at our Non-GAAP-based tax rate of approximately 24%, we analyzed the individual adjusted expenses and took into consideration the impact of statutory tax rates from local jurisdictions incurring the expense. (8) Reconciliation of GAAP-based net income to Non-GAAP-based net income: Year Ended June 30, 2026 Per share diluted GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText $ 643,022 $ 2.58 Add: Amortization 463,212 1.87 Share-based compensation 80,636 0.32 Special charges (recoveries) 133,020 0.53 Other (income) expense, net (85,875) (0.34) GAAP-based provision for income taxes 215,614 0.86 Non-GAAP-based provision for income taxes (347,969) (1.40) Non-GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText $ 1,101,660 $ 4.42 Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA Year Ended June 30, 2026 GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText $ 643,022 Add: Provision for income taxes 215,614 Interest and other related expense, net 309,595 Amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets 174,609 Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets 288,603 Depreciation 143,938 Share-based compensation 80,636 Special charges (recoveries) 133,020 Other (income) expense, net (85,875) Adjusted EBITDA $ 1,903,162 GAAP-based net income margin 12.3 % Adjusted EBITDA margin 36.3 % 87

Page 89

Table of Contents Reconciliation of selected GAAP-based measures to Non-GAAP-based measures for the year ended June 30, 2025 (In thousands, except for per share data) Year Ended June 30, 2025 GAAP-based Measures GAAP-basedMeasures% of Total Revenue Adjustments Note Non-GAAP-based Measures Non-GAAP- basedMeasures% of Total Revenue Cost of revenues Cloud services and subscriptions $ 697,929 $ (8,317) (1) $ 689,612 Customer support 250,310 (4,067) (1) 246,243 Professional service and other 265,160 (4,878) (1) 260,282 Amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets 188,780 (188,780) (2) — GAAP-based gross profit and gross margin (%) / Non-GAAP-basedgross profit and gross margin (%) 3,734,287 72.3% 206,042 (3) 3,940,329 76.2% Operating expenses Research and development 755,936 (25,999) (1) 729,937 Sales and marketing 1,059,497 (38,826) (1) 1,020,671 General and administrative 427,811 (22,753) (1) 405,058 Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets 321,891 (321,891) (2) — Special charges (recoveries) 145,890 (145,890) (4) — GAAP-based income from operations / Non-GAAP-based incomefrom operations 892,689 761,401 (5) 1,654,090 Other income (expense), net (82,787) 82,787 (6) — Provision for income taxes 46,005 272,296 (7) 318,301 GAAP-based net income / Non-GAAP-based net income, attributableto OpenText 435,868 571,892 (8) 1,007,760 GAAP-based EPS / Non-GAAP-based EPS-diluted, attributable toOpenText $ 1.65 $ 2.17 (8) $ 3.82 (1) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of share-based compensation expense from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as this expense is excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. (2) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of amortization expense from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as the timing and frequency of amortization expense is dependent on our acquisitions and is hence excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. (3) GAAP-based and Non-GAAP-based gross profit stated in dollars and gross margin stated as a percentage of total revenue. (4) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of special charges (recoveries) from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as special charges (recoveries) are generally incurred in the periods relevant to an acquisition and include certain charges or recoveries that are not indicative or related to continuing operations and are therefore excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. See Note 18 “Special Charges (Recoveries)” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more details. (5) GAAP-based and Non-GAAP-based income from operations stated in dollars. (6) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of other income (expense) from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as other income (expense) generally relates to the transactional impact of foreign exchange and is generally not indicative or related to continuing operations and is therefore excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. Other income (expense) also includes our share of income (losses) from our holdings in investments as a limited partner. We do not actively trade equity securities in these privately held companies nor do we plan our ongoing operations based around any anticipated fundings or distributions from these investments. We exclude gains and losses on these investments as we do not believe they are reflective of our ongoing business and operating results. Other income (expense) also includes unrealized and realized gains (losses) on our derivatives which are not designated as hedges. We exclude gains and losses on these derivatives as we do not believe they are reflective of our ongoing business and operating results. ______________________ 89

Page 90

Table of Contents (7) Adjustment relates to differences between the GAAP-based tax provision rate of approximately 10% and a Non-GAAP-based tax rate of approximately 24%; these rate differences are due to the income tax effects of items that are excluded for the purpose of calculating Non-GAAP-based net income. Such excluded items include amortization, share-based compensation, special charges (recoveries) and other income (expense), net. Also excluded are tax benefits/expense items unrelated to current period income such as changes in reserves for tax uncertainties and valuation allowance reserves and “book to return” adjustments for tax return filings and tax assessments. Beginning in Fiscal 2025, net tax benefits arising from the internal reorganization that occurred in Fiscal 2017 have been fully utilized and are no longer included. In arriving at our Non-GAAP-based tax rate of approximately 24%, we analyzed the individual adjusted expenses and took into consideration the impact of statutory tax rates from local jurisdictions incurring the expense. (8) Reconciliation of GAAP-based net income to Non-GAAP-based net income: Year Ended June 30, 2025 Per share diluted GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText $ 435,868 $ 1.65 Add: Amortization 510,671 1.94 Share-based compensation 104,840 0.40 Special charges (recoveries) 145,890 0.55 Other (income) expense, net 82,787 0.32 GAAP-based provision for income taxes 46,005 0.17 Non-GAAP-based provision for income taxes (318,301) (1.21) Non-GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText $ 1,007,760 $ 3.82 Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA Year Ended June 30, 2025 GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText $ 435,868 Add: Provision for income taxes 46,005 Interest and other related expense, net 327,831 Amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets 188,780 Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets 321,891 Depreciation 130,573 Share-based compensation 104,840 Special charges (recoveries) 145,890 Other (income) expense, net 82,787 Adjusted EBITDA $ 1,784,465 GAAP-based net income margin 8.4 % Adjusted EBITDA margin 34.5 % Reconciliation of Free Cash Flows Year Ended June 30, 2025 GAAP-based cash flows provided by operating activities $ 830,618 Add: Capital expenditures (143,222) Free cash flows $ 687,396 90

Page 91

Table of Contents Reconciliation of selected GAAP-based measures to Non-GAAP-based measures for the year ended June 30, 2024 (In thousands, except for per share data) Year Ended June 30, 2024 GAAP-basedMeasures GAAP-based Measures% of TotalRevenue Adjustments Note Non-GAAP-basedMeasures Non-GAAP-based Measures% of TotalRevenue Cost of revenues Cloud services and subscriptions $ 713,759 $ (12,858) (1) $ 700,901 Customer support 292,733 (4,357) (1) 288,376 Professional service and other 302,527 (6,298) (1) 296,229 Amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets 243,922 (243,922) (2) — GAAP-based gross profit and gross margin (%) /Non-GAAP-based gross profit and gross margin (%) 4,191,028 72.6% 267,435 (3) 4,458,463 77.3% Operating expenses Research and development 864,463 (40,612) (1) 823,851 Sales and marketing 1,163,134 (46,572) (1) 1,116,562 General and administrative 577,038 (29,382) (1) 547,656 Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets 432,404 (432,404) (2) — Special charges (recoveries) 135,305 (135,305) (4) — GAAP-based income from operations / Non-GAAP-based incomefrom operations 887,085 951,710 (5) 1,838,795 Other income (expense), net 358,391 (358,391) (6) — Provision for income taxes 264,012 (78,845) (7) 185,167 GAAP-based net income / Non-GAAP-based net income, attributableto OpenText 465,090 672,164 (8) 1,137,254 GAAP-based EPS/ Non-GAAP-based EPS-diluted, attributable toOpenText $ 1.71 $ 2.46 (8) $ 4.17 (1) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of share-based compensation expense from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as this expense is excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. (2) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of amortization expense from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as the timing and frequency of amortization expense is dependent on our acquisitions and is hence excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. (3) GAAP-based and Non-GAAP-based gross profit stated in dollars and gross margin stated as a percentage of total revenue. (4) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of special charges (recoveries) from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as special charges (recoveries) are generally incurred in the periods relevant to an acquisition and include certain charges or recoveries that are not indicative or related to continuing operations and are therefore excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. See Note 18 “Special Charges (Recoveries)” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more details. (5) GAAP-based and Non-GAAP-based income from operations stated in dollars. (6) Adjustment relates to the exclusion of other income (expense) from our Non-GAAP-based operating expenses as other income (expense) generally relates to the transactional impact of foreign exchange and is generally not indicative or related to continuing operations and is therefore excluded from our internal analysis of operating results. Other income (expense) also includes our share of income (losses) from our holdings in investments as a limited partner. We do not actively trade equity securities in these privately held companies nor do we plan our ongoing operations based around any anticipated fundings or distributions from these investments. We exclude gains and losses on these investments as we do not believe they are reflective of our ongoing business and operating results. Other income (expense) also includes unrealized and realized gains (losses) on our derivatives which are not designated as hedges. We exclude gains and losses on these derivatives as we do not believe they are reflective of our ongoing business and operating results. ______________________ 91

Page 92

Table of Contents (7) Adjustment relates to differences between the GAAP-based tax provision rate of approximately 36% and a Non-GAAP-based tax rate of approximately 14%; these rate differences are due to the income tax effects of items that are excluded for the purpose of calculating Non-GAAP-based net income. Such excluded items include amortization, share-based compensation, special charges (recoveries) and other income (expense), net. Also excluded are tax benefits/expense items unrelated to current period income such as changes in reserves for tax uncertainties and valuation allowance reserves and “book to return” adjustments for tax return filings and tax assessments. Included is the amount of net tax benefits arising from the internal reorganization that occurred in Fiscal 2017 assumed to be allocable to the current period based on the forecasted utilization period. In arriving at our Non-GAAP- based tax rate of approximately 14%, we analyzed the individual adjusted expenses and took into consideration the impact of statutory tax rates from local jurisdictions incurring the expense. (8) Reconciliation of GAAP-based net income to Non-GAAP-based net income: Year Ended June 30, 2024 Per share diluted GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText $ 465,090 $ 1.71 Add: Amortization 676,326 2.48 Share-based compensation 140,079 0.51 Special charges (recoveries) 135,305 0.50 Other (income) expense, net (358,391) (1.32) GAAP-based provision for income taxes 264,012 0.97 Non-GAAP-based provision for income taxes (185,167) (0.68) Non-GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText $ 1,137,254 $ 4.17 Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA Year Ended June 30, 2024 GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText $ 465,090 Add: Provision for income taxes 264,012 Interest and other related expense, net 516,180 Amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets 243,922 Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets 432,404 Depreciation 131,599 Share-based compensation 140,079 Special charges (recoveries) 135,305 Other (income) expense, net (358,391) Adjusted EBITDA $ 1,970,200 GAAP-based net income margin 8.1 % Adjusted EBITDA margin 34.1 % Reconciliation of Free Cash Flows Year Ended June 30, 2024 GAAP-based cash flows provided by operating activities $ 967,691 Add: Capital expenditures (159,295) Free cash flows $ 808,396 Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk We are primarily exposed to market risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates on our term loans, revolving loans and foreign currency exchange rates. Interest rate risk Our exposure to interest rate fluctuations relates primarily to our Revolver and Acquisition Term Loan. As of June 30, 2026, we had no outstanding balance under the Revolver. Borrowings under the Revolver bear interest per annum at a floating rate of interest equal to Term SOFR (as defined in the Revolver) and a fixed margin 92

Page 93

Table of Contents dependent on our consolidated net leverage ratio ranging from 1.25% to 1.75%. As of June 30, 2026, with no outstanding balance on the Revolver, an adverse change of 100 basis points on the interest rate would have no effect on our annual interest payment (June 30, 2025—nil). As of June 30, 2026, we had an outstanding balance of $1.5 billion under the Acquisition Term Loan. Borrowings under the Acquisition Term Loan currently bear a floating rate of interest equal to Term SOFR plus the SOFR Adjustment (as defined in the Acquisition Term Loan) and applicable margin of 1.75%. As of June 30, 2026, an adverse change of 100 basis points on the interest rate would have the effect of increasing our annual interest payment on the Acquisition Term Loan by approximately $15.4 million, assuming that the loan balance as of June 30, 2026 is outstanding for the entire period (June 30, 2025—$21.9 million). Foreign currency risk Foreign currency transaction risk We transact business in various foreign currencies. Our foreign currency exposures typically arise from intercompany fees, intercompany loans and other intercompany transactions that are expected to be cash settled in the near term and are transacted in non-functional currency. We expect that we will continue to realize gains or losses with respect to our foreign currency exposures. Our ultimate realized gain or loss with respect to foreign currency exposures will generally depend on the size and type of cross-currency transactions that we enter into, the currency exchange rates associated with these exposures and changes in those rates. We have hedged certain of our Canadian dollar foreign currency exposures relating to our payroll expenses in Canada. Based on the Canadian dollar foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding as of June 30, 2026, a one cent change in the Canadian dollar to U.S. dollar exchange rate would have caused a change of $0.7 million in the mark-to-market valuation on our existing foreign exchange forward contracts (June 30, 2025—$0.7 million). Additionally, in connection with the Micro Focus Acquisition, in August 2022, we entered into certain derivative transactions to meet certain foreign currency obligations related to the purchase price of the Micro Focus Acquisition, mitigate the risk of foreign currency appreciation in the GBP denominated purchase price and mitigate the risk of foreign currency appreciation in the EUR denominated existing debt held by Micro Focus. We entered into the following derivatives: (i) three deal-contingent forward contracts, (ii) a non-contingent forward contract, and (iii) EUR/USD cross currency swaps. In connection with the closing of the Micro Focus Acquisition the deal-contingent forward and non-deal contingent forward contracts were settled and we designated the 7-year EUR/USD cross currency swaps as net investment hedges. Based on the 5-year EUR/USD cross currency swaps outstanding as of June 30, 2026, a one cent change in the Euro to U.S. dollar forward exchange rate would have caused a change of $5.7 million in the mark-to-market valuation on our existing cross currency swap (June 30, 2025—$5.9 million). Based on the 7-year EUR/USD cross currency swaps outstanding as of June 30, 2026, a one cent change in the Euro to U.S. dollar forward exchange rate would have caused a change of $7.5 million in the mark-to-market valuation on our existing cross currency swaps (June 30, 2025—$7.7 million). Foreign currency translation risk Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. Fluctuations in foreign currencies impact the amount of total assets and liabilities that we report for our foreign subsidiaries upon the translation of these amounts into U.S. dollars. In particular, the amount of cash and cash equivalents that we report in U.S. dollars for a significant portion of the cash held by these subsidiaries is subject to translation variance caused by changes in foreign currency exchange rates as of the end of each respective reporting period (the offset to which is recorded to Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on our Consolidated Balance Sheets). 93

Page 94

Table of Contents The following table shows our cash and cash equivalents denominated in certain major foreign currencies as of June 30, 2026 (equivalent in U.S. dollar): U.S. Dollar Equivalent at (In thousands) June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Indian Rupee $ 143,827 $ 104,609 Euro 94,885 266,726 British Pound 58,702 153,293 Swiss Franc 26,692 38,555 Chinese Yuan 64,095 31,183 Other foreign currencies 102,308 126,111 Total cash and cash equivalents denominated in foreign currencies 490,509 720,477 U.S. Dollar 465,515 436,019 Total cash and cash equivalents $ 956,024 $ 1,156,496 If overall foreign currency exchange rates in comparison to the U.S. dollar uniformly weakened by 10%, the amount of cash and cash equivalents we would report in equivalent U.S. dollars would decrease by $49.1 million (June 30, 2025—$72.0 million), assuming we have not entered into any derivatives discussed above under “Foreign Currency Transaction Risk.” Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data The response to this Item 8 is submitted as a separate section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See Part IV, Item 15. Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure None. Item 9A. Controls and Procedures (A) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that as of June 30, 2026, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act were recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file under the Exchange Act (according to Rule 13(a)-15(e)) is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 94

Page 95

Table of Contents (B) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (ICFR), as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). ICFR is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. ICFR includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with the authorizations of our management and our directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements. Our management assessed our ICFR as of June 30, 2026, the end of our most recent fiscal year. In making our assessment, our management used the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the results of our evaluation, our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that our ICFR was effective as of June 30, 2026. The results of our management’s assessment were reviewed with our Audit Committee and the conclusion that our ICFR was effective as of June 30, 2026 has been audited by KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Annual Report. Our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, do not expect that our disclosure controls or our ICFR will prevent or detect all error or all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Any evaluation of prospective control effectiveness, with respect to future periods, is subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures. (C) Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has issued a report under Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Auditing Standards AS 2201 on the effectiveness of our ICFR. See Part IV, Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. (D) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting (ICFR) Based on the evaluation completed by our management, in which our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer participated, our management has concluded that there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2026 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Item 9B. Other Information Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans During the three months ended June 30, 2026, none of our officers or directors adopted or terminated any contract, instruction or written plan for the purchase or sale of our securities that was intended to satisfy the 95

Page 97

Table of Contents Part III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance The following table sets forth certain information as to our directors and executive officers as of August 1, 2026. Name Age Office and Position Currently Held With Company Ayman Antoun 60 Chief Executive Officer and Director Todd Cione 56 President, Worldwide Sales James McGourlay 57 President, Chief Client Officer Michael Acedo 45 Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer & Corporate Secretary Shannon Bell 51 Executive Vice President, Chief Digital Officer & Chief Information Officer Michelle Berry 49 Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer Muhi Majzoub 66 Executive Vice President, Product and Engineering Steve Rai 57 Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer Cosmin Balota 52 Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer P. Thomas Jenkins 66 Chair of the Board Randy Fowlie 66 Director Major General David Fraser 69 Director John Hastings 68 Director Robert Hau 60 Director Goldy Hyder 59 Director Jill Larsen 53 Director Fletcher Previn 52 Director Annette Rippert 61 Director George Schindler 63 Director Margaret Stuart 63 Director Deborah Weinstein 66 Director (1) Member of the Talent and Compensation Committee. (2) Member of the Audit Committee. (3) Member of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. Ayman Antoun Mr. Antoun was appointed as Chief Executive Officer of OpenText in April 2026. Before joining OpenText, Mr. Antoun held various global and regional executive roles at IBM over more than 30 years, most recently serving as President of IBM Americas where he led a multi-billion-dollar enterprise spanning the U.S., Canada, and Latin America, driving strategy, growth, and large-scale business transformation across all major industries. Prior to this, he served as President of IBM Canada and led IBM’s Global Technology Services. Mr. Antoun has extensive experience advancing complex digital initiatives in both the private and public sectors and has built enduring partnerships with governments at all levels, including as the firm’s partnership executive for the Government of Canada. Mr. Antoun also serves on the board of TD Bank Group, contributing expertise in enterprise technology, human resources, operations, cybersecurity, and digital innovation. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering from the University of Waterloo and is a graduate of Harvard Business School’s Executive program in financial analysis, business management, and strategic planning. (2) (3) (2) (2)(3) (1) (1) (2) (1) (1) (3) ______________________ 97

Page 98

Table of Contents Todd Cione Mr. Cione joined OpenText as the President of OpenText Worldwide Sales in April 2024. Mr. Cione is responsible for global go-to-market strategy, sales, and revenue growth. This includes Enterprise Sales, International Sales, Cybersecurity Sales, and Sales Operations. Mr. Cione is a veteran business executive with more than 30 years of global experience in sales, alliance partnerships, marketing, customer success, and operations at large multi-national technology organizations. Prior to joining OpenText, Mr. Cione was Chief Revenue Officer (CRO) for Teradata Corporation. At Teradata, Mr. Cione was responsible for the company’s global go-to-market strategy and commercial execution, including worldwide sales, partner alliances, technical architecture, and revenue operations functions. Prior to Teradata, Mr. Cione served as Head of U.S. Enterprise Accounts at Apple Inc., as SVP of Oracle Digital North America Applications, and as Chief Revenue Officer of Rackspace Technology, Inc. Additionally, he spent 15 years at Microsoft Corporation, where he held roles of increasing responsibility in the U.S. and Asia, including General Manager, Asia Pacific Region Marketing & Operations and Managing Director, Asia Pacific Region Enterprise, Partner, & Services Sales. Mr. Cione holds a degree from Baylor University with continuing executive education at INSEAD, Harvard, and PIVOT Leadership Group. He serves on several boards, including Canonical Ltd. as a non-executive director, Technology & Services Industry Association’s CRO Advisory Board, and Baylor University Advisory Boards with Hankamer School of Business and ProSales. James McGourlay Mr. McGourlay was appointed as President, Chief Client Officer in April 2026. Most recently, Mr. McGourlay served as OpenText’s Interim Chief Executive Officer, from August 2025 to April 2026 and as Executive Vice President, International Sales from July 2021 to August 2025. Prior to this, Mr. McGourlay was the Company’s Executive Vice President, Customer Operations from October 2017 to July 2021, Senior Vice President of Global Technical Services from May 2015 to October 2017 and Senior Vice President of Worldwide Customer Service from February 2012 to May 2015. Mr. McGourlay joined OpenText in 1997 and held progressive positions in information technology, technical support, product support and special projects, including, Director, Customer Service and Vice President, Customer Service. Michael Acedo Mr. Acedo was appointed Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary in January 2022, and became Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary in August 2022. Since joining OpenText in 2014, Mr. Acedo has held various increasingly senior legal roles, primarily supporting corporate governance, external reporting, investor relations, Corporate Citizenship, capital markets, corporate communications, government relations, and merger and acquisitions matters and, most recently, as the Vice President, General Counsel–Corporate & Corporate Secretary. Mr. Acedo is responsible for leading the global legal organization, including the Office of the Chief Compliance Officer and the Corporate Secretarial department, as well as the Corporate Development function. Prior to joining OpenText, Mr. Acedo practiced corporate and securities law, with a concentration on international capital markets and merger and acquisitions transactions, at the global law firm, Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP. Mr. Acedo holds a Law Degree from The University of Western Ontario, Canada (including Law exchange at Hong Kong University) and a B.A. (Honours) from The University of Toronto, and is a member of the New York State Bar Association and a Foreign Legal Consultant with the Law Society of Ontario. Shannon Bell Ms. Bell joined OpenText as the Executive Vice President and Chief Digital Officer in September 2023. Ms. Bell is responsible for all our IT and digital systems, data platforms, networks and communications, commercial and corporate cloud operations, as well as our security and compliance. Ms. Bell has over 25 years of experience driving technology transformations and delivering innovative solutions to the market. Prior to joining OpenText, Ms. Bell spent four years at Rogers Communications Inc. where she led all aspects of IT, digital, cloud and data. Prior to Rogers, Ms. Bell spent eight years at Amdocs Limited where she led product and strategy for Digital, Intelligence and BSS. Ms. Bell has also encompassed roles in Canada, the U.S., and Europe with companies including NewStep Networks, MetaSolv Software, Axiom Systems, and Newbridge Networks. Ms. Bell graduated with an MBA from University of Surrey in England. 98

Page 99

Table of Contents Michelle Berry Ms. Berry rejoined OpenText in November 2025 as Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer. Ms. Berry has over 20 years of international HR leadership experience in the technology sector, including more than a decade at OpenText until 2022. During that earlier tenure, she held various HR leadership roles including Vice President Human Resources, leading and shaping the HR Business Partner organization and overseeing workforce planning, M&A integration, employee relations and strategic HR delivery. Prior to re-joining OpenText, Ms. Berry spent three years at Autodesk Inc., where she focused on HR transformation and optimization, including building and leading an internal manager consulting practice to scale HR advisory support. She has also held roles at Mastech Canada (now iGATE), BCE Emergis (now Telus) and Secured Services Inc. Muhi Majzoub Mr. Majzoub has served as Executive Vice President, Product and Engineering since January 2026. Prior to this Mr. Majzoub served as Executive Vice President, Security Products from January 2025 to January 2026, Executive Vice President, Chief Product Officer from September 2019 to January 2025, Executive Vice President, Engineering from January 2016 to September 2019 and as Senior Vice President, Engineering from June 2012 to January 2016. Mr. Majzoub is responsible for managing product development cycles, global development organization and driving internal operations and development processes. Mr. Majzoub is a seasoned enterprise software technology executive having served as Head of Products for NorthgateArinso, Inc., a private company that provides global Human Resources software and services. Prior to this, Mr. Majzoub was Senior Vice President of Product Development for CA, Technologies Inc. from June 2004 to July 2010. Mr. Majzoub also worked for several years as Vice President for Product Development at Oracle Corporation from January 1989 to June 2004. Mr. Majzoub attended San Francisco State University. Steve Rai Mr. Rai joined OpenText as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer in October 2025. He is responsible for all core finance, external reporting, investor relations, tax and treasury functions. Mr. Rai has over 30 years of global finance experience and a proven track record as a technology industry veteran. He has built a reputation for strong leadership, integrity, and deep operational expertise in scaling finance functions in complex, high-growth and technology-driven businesses. Mr. Rai most recently served as Chief Financial Officer of BlackBerry Limited, where he played a pivotal role in transforming the company's financial strategy and operating structure during significant technological and organizational changes. Before becoming CFO, Mr. Rai held several senior financial leadership roles at BlackBerry, including Deputy CFO and Vice-President & Corporate Controller. Earlier in his career, he held senior finance positions at PMC-Sierra, and PricewaterhouseCoopers in Vancouver, Canada and in London, England. Mr. Rai holds a Bachelor of Business Administration from Simon Fraser University and is both a U.S. CPA (Illinois) and a Chartered Professional Accountant (Canada). Cosmin Balota Mr. Balota has served as the Company’s Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer since December 2022. From August 2025 to October 2025, Mr. Balota also served as the Company's Interim Chief Financial Officer during the Company's CFO transition. Prior to this, Mr. Balota served as Vice President, Accounting and Reporting from August 2020 to December 2022 and Vice President, Corporate Accounting from January 2019 to August 2020. Mr. Balota has over 30 years of experience in various U.S., Canadian and international finance and accounting roles where he has been responsible for external reporting, investor relations, corporate accounting, controllership, mergers & acquisitions, taxation and financial planning & analysis. Prior to joining OpenText, Mr. Balota served as Vice President, Corporate Finance at Enercare Inc. from January 2017 to December 2018, along with other finance leadership positions from April 2012 to January 2017. He also held various increasingly senior finance, accounting, and audit positions from October 1998 to April 2012 at Expedia Group, The Globe and Mail, and Deloitte. Mr. Balota is a Chartered Professional Accountant (CPA, CA) in Canada and holds a Bachelor of Arts (Honours) degree in Chartered Accountancy Studies and a Master of Accounting degree from The University of Waterloo. 99

Page 100

Table of Contents P. Thomas Jenkins Mr. Jenkins is Chair of the Board of OpenText. From 1994 to 2005, Mr. Jenkins was President, then Chief Executive Officer and then from 2005 to 2013, Chief Strategy Officer of OpenText. Mr. Jenkins has served as a Director of OpenText since 1994 and as its Chairman since 1998. From August 2025 to June 2026, Mr. Jenkins also served as Executive Chair and Chief Strategy Officer of OpenText during the Company's leadership transition, after which he returned to his role solely as Chair of the Board. Mr. Jenkins has also served as a board member of Manulife Financial Corporation, Thomson Reuters Inc. and TransAlta Corporation. He was also past Chair of the Ontario Global 100 (OG100), past Canadian Co-Chair of the Atlantik Bruecke and past Chair of the World Wide Web Foundation, a Commissioner of the Tri-Lateral Commission. He was the tenth Chancellor of the University of Waterloo and was the Chair of the National Research Council of Canada (NRC). Mr. Jenkins received an M.B.A. from Schulich School of Business at York University, an M.A.Sc. from the University of Toronto and a B.Eng. & Mgt. from McMaster University. Mr. Jenkins has received honorary doctorates from six universities. He is a member of the Waterloo Region Entrepreneur Hall of Fame, a Companion of the Canadian Business Hall of Fame and recipient of the Ontario Entrepreneur of the Year award, the McMaster Engineering L.W. Shemilt Distinguished Alumni Award and the Schulich School of Business Outstanding Executive Leadership award. He is a Fellow of the Canadian Academy of Engineering (FCAE). Mr. Jenkins was awarded the Canadian Forces Decoration (CD), the Queen’s Diamond Jubilee Medal (QJDM) and the Cross of the Order of Merit of the Federal Republic of Germany. Mr. Jenkins is an Officer of the Order of Canada (OC). Randy Fowlie Mr. Fowlie has served as a director of OpenText since March 1998. From December 2010 to April 2017, Mr. Fowlie was the President and CEO of RDM Corporation, a leading provider of specialized hardware and software solutions in the electronic payment industry. Mr. Fowlie operated a consulting practice from July 2006 to December 2010. From January 2005 until July 2006, Mr. Fowlie held the position of Vice President and General Manager, Digital Media, of Harris Corporation, formerly Leitch Technology Corporation (Leitch), a company that was engaged in the manufacturing of audio and video infrastructure products for the professional broadcast and video industry. From June 1999 to January 2005, Mr. Fowlie held the position of Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Inscriber Technology Corporation (Inscriber), a software company providing products to the broadcast and video industry. From February 1998 to June 1999, Mr. Fowlie was the Chief Financial Officer of Inscriber. Inscriber was acquired by Leitch in January 2005. Prior to working at Inscriber Mr. Fowlie was a partner with KPMG LLP, Chartered Accountants, where he worked from 1984 to February 1998. Mr. Fowlie received a B.B.A. (Honours) from Wilfrid Laurier University and is a Chartered Professional Accountant. Mr. Fowlie is also a director of InvestorCom Inc., a privately held company. In the last five years, Mr. Fowlie also served as a director of Dye & Durham Limited (TSX: DND) a leading provider of cloud-based software and technology solutions for legal and business professionals and Sapphire Digital Health Solutions Inc. Major General David Fraser Major-General (Ret.) David Fraser has served as a director of OpenText since September 2018. Mr. Fraser is the President of Aegis Six Corporation of Elgin. Mr. Fraser was commissioned as an Infantry Officer following graduation from Carleton University with a Bachelor of Arts in 1980. He served in various command and staff positions in the Princess Patricia’s Canadian Light Infantry from platoon to Division throughout his 30-year career. Most notable, he commanded the NATO coalition in southern Afghanistan in 2006. He is a graduate of the Canadian Forces Command and Staff College in Toronto, holds a Master’s of Management and Policy and is a graduate of the United States Capstone Program (Executive School for generals). His honors and awards including the Commander of Military Merit, the Canadian Meritorious Service Cross, the Meritorious Service Medal, the United States Legion of Honor and Bronze Star (for service in Afghanistan), and leadership recognition awards from the Netherlands, Poland, and NATO. He is the recipient of the Vimy award for contributions to leadership and international affairs and the Atlantic Council Award for international leadership. Upon his departure from the military, Mr. Fraser joined the private sector and, along with his partners, created Blue Goose Pure Foods Ltd. Mr. Fraser joined INKAS® Armored Vehicle Manufacturing as their Chief Operating Officer in 2015 until 2017. In 2016, he founded Aegis Six Corporation, which aims at addressing the needs of capacity building abroad and for the private sector within Canada. Mr. Fraser currently works with the Bank of Montreal on their Canadian Defence Community Banking Program and serves as a director of Antoxa Corp. In the last five years, Mr. Fraser was also a member of the Conference of Defence Association board and was a director of Route1 Inc. and Canadian Forces College Foundation. Mr. Fraser is also a mentor at the Ivey Business School and is the co-author of Operation Medusa, The Furious Battle that Saved Afghanistan from the Taliban. 100

Page 101

Table of Contents John Hastings Mr. Hastings has served as a director of OpenText since December 2025. Prior to joining OpenText, Mr. Hastings served as CEO of Citibank Canada from 2010 to 2025. As CEO, Mr. Hastings was Citigroup’s representative in Canada, responsible for governance, strategy and continued growth of Citi’s Canadian business, a leading franchise for Citi globally. The role included oversight of all key businesses including Banking, Markets, Services, Wealth and Personal Banking. Additionally, he was responsible for the establishment of the Canadian Citi Service Centre, providing technology development and financial services to Citi globally. Mr. Hastings also served on a number of Citi affiliate boards, and actively represented Citi in industry affairs as a member of the Canadian Bankers Association Executive Council, Chair of the Foreign Bank Committee Executive Council, and member of the Business Council of Canada. Prior to becoming CEO, Mr. Hastings served as Managing Director and Head of the Institutional Clients Group, overseeing Investment and Corporate Banking, Markets and Services businesses. Outside of Citi, Mr. Hastings has served as a member of the Financial Services Advisory Board at the Rotman School of Business and the Board of Directors of St Joseph’s Health Centre Foundation. Mr. Hastings holds a Bachelor’s degree in Economics from Queen’s University and an MBA from the University of Toronto. Mr. Hastings currently serves as a board member of CSquare, Inc. Robert Hau Mr. Hau has served as a director of OpenText since September 2020. He served as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Fiserv, Inc. from 2016 until 2025, where he provided oversight for all financial functions of the company. Mr. Hau has nearly 30 years of experience in business and financial leadership roles. Prior to joining Fiserv, he was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TE Connectivity Ltd. from 2012 to 2016, where he was responsible for developing and implementing financial strategy, as well as creating the financial infrastructure necessary to drive the company’s financial direction, vision and compliance initiatives. Previously, Mr. Hau served as Chief Financial Officer for Lennox International Inc. Mr. Hau also spent 22 years at Honeywell International Inc. in a variety of progressive financial and operations leadership roles, including serving as Chief Financial Officer of its Aerospace Business Group, Specialty Materials Business Group and Aerospace Electronic Systems Unit. Mr. Hau holds a Master’s degree in business administration from the USC Marshall School of Business and a Bachelor’s degree in business administration from Marquette University. Goldy Hyder Mr. Hyder has served as a director of OpenText since December 2023. From October 2018 to present, Mr. Hyder has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Business Council of Canada, a non-profit, non-partisan organization composed of the chief executives and entrepreneurs of Canada’s leading companies, whose members collectively employ approximately two million Canadians in every major industry. Mr. Hyder was previously President and Chief Executive Officer of Hill+Knowlton Strategies (Canada), providing strategic communications counsel to the firm’s extensive and diverse client base. Prior to joining Hill+Knowlton, he served as Director of Policy and Chief of Staff to The Right Honourable Joe Clark, former Prime Minister of Canada. Mr. Hyder holds a B.A. and Master’s degree in Public Policy from the University of Calgary. Jill Larsen Ms. Larsen was appointed as a director of OpenText in July 2026. She is a seasoned executive and strategic advisor on global workforce and Human Resource strategies. Ms. Larsen is currently Chief People Officer at Synopsys Inc., a global publicly traded software company. At Synopsys, she has helped build high-performing culture, design digital and AI enablement strategies, lead significant business transformation, completed a number of acquisitions and divestitures, and implemented long-term talent, executive succession and workforce planning strategies. Prior to joining Synopsys, Ms. Larsen served as a CPO and C-suite executive in global public and private companies including PTC, Medidata, Cisco Systems, EMC, and SunGard. She previously served as a Compensation and Human Capital Committee Chair at Sterling Check and Definitive Healthcare. Ms. Larsen has a B.A. in Communications & English from Boston College and an M.S. in HR Management from Emmanuel College. 101

Page 102

Table of Contents Fletcher Previn Mr. Previn was appointed as a director of OpenText in November 2024. Previously, he was the Senior Vice President & Chief Information Officer of Cisco Systems, Inc., a worldwide technology leader that connects a broad range of technologies that help to power, secure, and draw insights from the Internet. In 2024, Mr. Previn was recognized by Forbes on the “The Forbes CIO Next List” for his leadership in driving AI initiatives at Cisco. Prior to joining Cisco, Mr. Previn spent 15 years at International Business Machines, with his most recent role serving as their Global Chief Information Officer where he led a global team of more than 12,000 IT professionals. A systems engineer by training, Mr. Previn holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Connecticut College. Mr. Previn currently serves as a board member of Celsius Holdings, Inc. Annette Rippert Ms. Rippert was appointed as a director of OpenText in July 2024. From 1994 until her retirement in 2022, Ms. Rippert held numerous senior roles at Accenture plc, serving most recently as Group Chief Executive – Strategy & Consulting. In that capacity, she transformed the advisory services portfolio - driving growth through technology, data, and AI - led the acquisition of more than 20 companies, and initiated the influential “Business Futures” thought leadership program. Earlier in her tenure at Accenture, Ms. Rippert headed the North America Technology business, successfully realigning operations towards data, cloud, platform services, and software engineering. She has guided major digital transformations across communications, media, technology, healthcare, and public-sector organizations. Ms. Rippert serves on the Board of Directors of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., a publicly-traded property and casualty insurer. Ms. Rippert serves as a member of the Northwestern University Board of Trustees. Ms. Rippert holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Computer Science and a Master of Management degree, both from Northwestern University. George Schindler Mr. Schindler has served as a director of OpenText since October 2025. Mr. Schindler is a recognized industry leader, having twice been named a Top 100 Leader by Federal Computer Week. Most recently, Mr. Schindler served as President and Chief Executive Officer of CGI Inc. (“CGI”) from 2016 to 2024 and currently serves as a member of the board of directors of CGI. In his capacity as President and Chief Executive Officer, he led the development and implementation of CGI’s profitable growth strategy to strengthen its market position as one of the world’s leading global business and strategic IT consulting services firms. Prior to his appointment as President and Chief Executive Officer of CGI, Mr. Schindler served as President and Chief Operating Officer of CGI from 2015 to 2016 and as President, United States and Canada Operations from 2011 to 2015. Mr. Schindler holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Computer Science from Purdue University. Margaret Stuart Ms. Stuart has served as a director of OpenText since December 2025. Ms. Stuart is a seasoned executive and strategic advisor with over 25 years of C-suite experience leading organizations through transformations. Most recently, Ms. Stuart was Country Leader for Salesforce Canada, a global publicly traded AI CRM platform that helps businesses use their customer data and AI to work smarter and drive measurable outcomes. At Salesforce, Ms. Stuart led sales and go-to-market to deliver growth and customer success. Ms. Stuart was previously the Senior Vice President of Sales and Operations at BlackBerry where she was responsible for enterprise software go-to-market and global Inside Sales. Prior to joining BlackBerry, Ms. Stuart was with SAP, where she led North American business development for big data and the Canadian analytics sales team. Ms. Stuart has a B.A.in Computer Science from Trinity College Dublin, is a graduate of The Judy Project, a Rotman School leadership forum, and a 2021 recipient of The Report on Business Best Executive Award. Deborah Weinstein Ms. Weinstein has served as a director of OpenText since December 2009. Ms. Weinstein is a co-founder and partner of LaBarge Weinstein LLP, a business law firm based in Ottawa, Ontario, since 1997. Ms. Weinstein’s legal practice specializes in corporate finance, securities law, mergers and acquisitions and business law representation of public and private companies, primarily in knowledge-based growth industries. Prior to founding LaBarge Weinstein LLP, Ms. Weinstein was a partner of the law firm Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP, where she practiced from 1990 to 1997 in Ottawa, and in Toronto from 1985 to 1987. Ms. Weinstein also serves on a number of not-for-profit boards. Ms. Weinstein has been recognized by Martindale-Hubbell (U.S.) with the highest possible rating in both Legal Ability and Ethical Standards. As well LaBarge Weinstein has been recognized by Canadian Lawyer as one of the Top 10 Corporate Boutiques. Ms. Weinstein holds an LL.B. from Osgoode Hall Law School of York University. 102

Page 103

Table of Contents Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings None of our directors or executive officers have been involved in any events during the past ten years that would require disclosure under Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K. Audit Committee The Audit Committee currently consists of four directors, Mr. Fowlie, Mr. Hastings, Mr. Hau (Chair) and Ms. Rippert, all of whom have been determined by the Board of Directors to be independent as that term is defined in NASDAQ Rule 5605(a)(2) and in Rule 10A-3 promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act, and within the meaning of our director independence standards and those of any exchange, quotation system or market upon which our securities are traded. The responsibilities, mandate and operation of the Audit Committee are set out in the Audit Committee Charter, a copy of which is available on the Company’s website, investors.opentext.com under the Corporate Governance section. The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Hau qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in SEC Regulation S-K, Item 407(d)(5)(ii). Code of Business Conduct and Ethics We have an Ethics Code that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees. The Ethics Code incorporates our guidelines designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships, and compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. The Ethics Code also incorporates our expectations of our employees that enable us to provide full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in our filings with the SEC and other public communications. The full text of the Ethics Code is published on our web site at investors.opentext.com under the Corporate Governance section. If we make any substantive amendments to the Ethics Code or grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the Ethics Code to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer, we will disclose the nature of the amendment or waiver on our website at investors.opentext.com or on a Current Report on Form 8-K. Board Diversity and Term Limits The Company, including the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, views diversity in a broad context and considers a variety of factors when assessing nominees for the Board. The Company has established a policy recognizing that a Board made up of highly qualified directors from diverse backgrounds, including diversity of gender, age, race, sexual orientation, religion, ethnicity and geographic representation, is important. In reference to the disclosure requirements under the CBCA, the Company has not adopted a written policy that specifically relates to the identification and nomination of women, aboriginal peoples in Canada, persons with disabilities and members of visible minorities (collectively, the Designated Groups) for election as directors. Pursuant to the requirements of the CBCA, the Company considers broader categories of diversity beyond those of the Designated Groups but which encompass the Designated Groups and which the Board of Directors considers to be better aligned to achieve the range of perspectives, experience and expertise required by the Company. For each of the four Designated Groups, the Company has not established a specific target number or percentage, nor a specific target date by which to achieve a specific target number or percentage of members of each Designated Groups on the Board, as we consider a multitude of factors, including skills, experience, expertise, character and the Company’s objective and challenges at the time in determining the best nominee at such time. In accordance with the CBCA disclosure requirements, as of the date of filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, there are four women on the Board which represents approximately 31% of the Board, and 36% of the independent Board members. One director self-identified to the Company as a person with disabilities. One director has self-identified as a visible minority. No director has identified as a member of aboriginal peoples in Canada. The Company has not set term limits for independent directors because it values the cumulative experience and comprehensive knowledge of the Company that long-serving directors possess. The Company does not have a director retirement policy, however, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee considers the results of its director assessment process in determining the nominees to be put forward. In conducting director evaluations 103

Page 104

Table of Contents and nominations, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee considers the composition of the Board and whether there is a need to include nominees with different skills, experiences and perspectives on the Board. This flexible approach allows the Company to consider each director individually as well as the Board composition generally to determine if the appropriate balance is being achieved. The onboarding of eight new directors over the past six years demonstrates the Company’s focus on this approach. Diversity in Executive Officer Positions The Company is committed to an inclusive culture and values that enable everyone to thrive and bring different perspectives to making software, and that fuels our goal to be the best data management company in the world. Governed by our published values, the Company communicates our commitment to fostering a merit-based inclusive workplace for all employees, regardless of culture, national origin, race, color, gender, gender identification, sexual orientation, family status, age, veteran status, disability, or religion, or other basis. We will continue to develop a sustainable business and client-first culture, with a focus on inclusion, that provides all employees with an opportunity to excel. The Company has not adopted a written policy that specifically relates to the identification and nomination of Designated Groups for appointment to executive officer positions. At the executive officer level, we consider a multitude of factors, including skills, experience across our global footprint at scale, expertise, and the Company’s objectives and challenges at the time in determining the best appointment at such time. Given the robust approach we take to sourcing broadly for executive talent, and our focus on our detailed approach to ensuring a wide range of experiences and qualifications, we do not currently have specific targets for Designated Groups. We believe that our approach will ensure a diverse talent pool. As of June 30, 2026, the Company has two women as executive officers as part of the executive leadership team (ELT) (25%), while approximately 30% of existing positions on the senior leadership team (SLT), exclusive of our ELT, are held by women. 15% of ELT and SLT members are based outside of North America. Within North America, 13% of the ELT and SLT members are visible minorities. Insider Trading Policies and Procedures We have adopted an Insider Trading Policy governing the purchase, sale, and/or other dispositions of the Company's securities by directors, officers and employees that are reasonably designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and regulations, and any listing standards applicable to the Company. A copy of our policies and procedures is filed as Exhibit 19.1 to this report. 104

Page 105

Table of Contents Item 11. Executive Compensation TALENT AND COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT Our Talent and Compensation Committee of Open Text’s Board (the Talent and Compensation Committee) has reviewed and discussed with our management the following Compensation Discussion and Analysis (CD&A). Based on this review and discussion, our Talent and Compensation Committee has recommended to the Board that the following CD&A be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for Fiscal 2026. This report is provided by the following independent directors, who comprise our Talent and Compensation Committee: George Schindler, Goldy Hyder, Fletcher Previn and Margaret Stuart. To the extent that this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been or will be specifically incorporated by reference into any filing by us under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, this “Talent and Compensation Committee Report” shall not be deemed “soliciting materials”, unless specifically otherwise provided in any such filing. LETTER FROM OUR TALENT AND COMPENSATION COMMITTEE Dear Shareholders, The Talent and Compensation Committee’s primary responsibility is to ensure that our executive compensation program attracts, retains and motivates the best talent in the technology industry while aligning with shareholder interests and responding to your feedback. Say-on-Pay results are an important factor in our decisions regarding the structure and implementation of our executive compensation programs, and we carefully consider shareholder concerns in our ongoing evaluation and refinement of these programs. At our 2025 annual general meeting of shareholders (AGM), approximately 90% of shareholders who voted their shares supported our Say-on-Pay proposal, a significant improvement from prior years. While we view this momentum as encouraging, we recognize the importance of continuing to proactively engage with our shareholders to understand their perspectives on our executive compensation program as we continue to refine it. Throughout the last three years, our independent Board members engaged regularly with our large institutional investors to gain feedback on our executive compensation program. Through that ongoing dialogue, we discussed a full range of topics including peer group composition, pay for performance alignment with shareholder interests, and executive compensation matters in connection with the CEO transition. We engaged with governance representatives of our top 25 largest shareholders on executive compensation and other governance matters, and reviewed proxy advisory firm reports to understand their perspectives on specific elements of our compensation program and to incorporate relevant feedback. Throughout that time, we made substantive changes to our compensation program, honoring commitments while striving for program design sustainability, shareholder alignment and attraction and retention of executive talent. In Fiscal 2026, we received feedback that the changes we made throughout the past three years have strengthened pay-for-performance alignment and effectively addressed shareholders’ concerns. The Talent and Compensation Committee believes the actions undertaken in prior years (summarized below) continue to align with shareholder interests and remain appropriate for Fiscal 2027. Accordingly, no material structural changes to the program were made for Fiscal 2027. The Talent and Compensation Committee is committed to ensuring that compensation outcomes for Fiscal 2027 will be aligned with Company performance and shareholder experience. The Talent and Compensation Committee remains committed to ongoing engagement and regularly reviews the executive compensation program to support continued alignment with the long-term interests of our shareholders. 105

Page 106

Table of Contents Evolution of our Executive Compensation Program and Changes Maintained For Fiscal 2027: Program Change Why We Made This Change Peer Group Updates In Fiscal 2025, we refined our named executive peer group. Eight companies were replaced with six new peers to better align with our market capitalization, while continuing to reflect our revenue profile, operational complexity, industry sector and talent market. For Canadian-based executive hires, including our CEO, we also benchmark pay levels against the TSX 60 companies. This approach reflects our size, industry presence, and competitive talent landscape, and we will continue to calibrate our peer group as necessary. Predictable and Transparent LTIP Awards We maintain our commitment to deliver long-term incentive (LTI) awards through the regular long-term incentive plan (LTIP) program, without special one-time awards. Newly hired executives may also receive new hire equity grants in connection with their appointment, consistent with competitive market practice and intended to align their interests with those of our shareholders from the outset of their tenure. Strengthened Pay-for- Performance Alignment The following program design improvements are being maintained for Fiscal 2027 to ensure a focus on pay for performance and alignment with shareholder interests: • PSU cap for negative TSR: Performance share unit (PSU) payouts are capped at 100% of target if absolute TSR is negative, regardless of relative performance (in addition to the 55th percentile relative TSR target requirement which sets a higher bar for a “target” payout, relative to prevalent market practice). • Higher Short-Term Incentive (STI) thresholds: Starting in Fiscal 2026, (i) the minimum performance threshold was raised to 95% of target (from 90%), and (ii) the performance threshold required to earn the maximum STI payout was raised to 104% of target for both Revenue and Adjusted Operating Income (AOI). These revised thresholds were informed by a benchmarking review of peer and broader market data to ensure the performance ranges reflect competitive and rigorous standards. • Removal of stock options from the annual LTI vehicle mix: Annual grants now consist of 55% PSUs and 45% restricted share units (RSUs) for NEOs other than the CEO. Our new CEO’s LTI mix was set with a higher weighting to PSUs (70%, with the residual 30% in RSUs). Stock options are reserved for new hire grants only to align new executives with shareholders immediately. Board and Talent and Compensation Committee Refreshment: Our Board continues to look at ways to strengthen its skills and experience needed to oversee the Company’s strategic priorities. To ensure our Board composition continues to reflect these evolving needs and incorporate fresh perspectives, we have appointed seven new members over the past three years: Goldy Hyder, Annette Rippert, Fletcher Previn, George Schindler, John Hastings, Margaret Stuart, and Jill Larsen. These new directors have bolstered the Board’s expertise in areas of public and international policy, information technology, strategy, executive compensation, communications and finance. Further, over the past two years, our Talent and Compensation Committee has been fully refreshed with all new members. As part of our mandate as a newly composed Talent and Compensation Committee, we are expected to provide fresh perspectives, current market insight, and relevant expertise that supports rigorous oversight of compensation programs and alignment with evolving shareholder expectations and governance best practices. See Item 10 included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on our Board members. Key Executive Leadership Changes: In line with our talent and compensation philosophy, the Board has overseen the refreshment of OpenText’s Executive Leadership Team over the course of the last three fiscal years. The majority of the members of the Executive Leadership Team have been appointed within that period. Our leadership team brings extensive global technology company and industry experience reflecting the external market for top executive talent. Two new Named Executive Officers were appointed in Fiscal 2026. Following rigorous search processes, the Board appointed Ayman Antoun as Chief Executive Officer and Steve Rai as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Antoun brings deep experience in enterprise technology and global go-to-market leadership and is expected to accelerate OpenText’s strategic priorities and AI-first agenda. Mr. Rai brings significant financial leadership experience in the global technology sector and is expected to strengthen OpenText’s 106

Page 108

Table of Contents COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS The following discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2026 (Fiscal 2026) should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures set forth below. Due to the CEO and CFO transitions that took place in Fiscal 2026, there are several additional Named Executive Officers (NEOs) included in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis, as follows: Named Executive Officer Title Current NEOs Ayman Antoun Chief Executive Officer (CEO) Steve Rai Executive Vice President (EVP), Chief Financial Officer (CFO) Todd Cione President, Worldwide Sales Paul Duggan EVP, Special Advisor Muhi Majzoub EVP, Product and Engineering Interim CEO and CFO James McGourlay President, Chief Client Officer Cosmin Balota Senior Vice President (SVP), Chief Accounting Officer (CAO) Former Executives Mark J. Barrenechea Former Vice Chair, CEO and Chief Technology Officer (CTO) Chadwick Westlake Former EVP, CFO Savinay Berry Former EVP, Chief Product Officer Sandy Ono Former EVP, Chief Marketing Officer (1) Mr. Antoun was appointed as CEO effective April 20, 2026. (2) Mr. Rai was appointed as EVP, CFO effective October 6, 2025. (3) Mr. McGourlay served as Interim Chief Executive Officer from August 11, 2025 until April 20, 2026, at which time Mr. McGourlay assumed his current role of President, Chief Client Officer. (4) Mr. Balota served as SVP, CAO until August 15, 2025, as Interim Chief Financial Officer from August 15, 2025 until October 6, 2025, at which time Mr. Balota again assumed his current role. (5) Mr. Barrenechea served as Vice Chair, CEO and CTO until August 11, 2025. (6) Mr. Westlake served as CFO until August 15, 2025. (7) Each of Mr. Berry and Ms. Ono served as an executive officer during a portion of Fiscal 2026. They are each included as a Named Executive Officer because they would be deemed to be among the three most highly compensated executive officers, other than the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, had they been serving as an executive officer at the end of Fiscal 2026. Payments in Canadian dollars included herein, unless otherwise specified, are converted to U.S. dollars using an average annual exchange rate of 0.72. The discussion that follows is focused primarily on compensation for the Current NEOs; information on all NEO compensation arrangements is found in the accompanying tables and subsequent disclosures. Compensation Discussion and Analysis Reference Guide Page Number Section I - Chief Executive Officer Transition 109 Section II - Our Shareholder Engagement Process and Response to Say-on-Pay Vote 110 Section III - Compensation Governance and Objectives 112 Section IV - Compensation Peer Group 114 Section V - Elements of our Compensation Program 116 Section VI - Other Elements of our Compensation Program 122 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (7) 108

Page 109

Table of Contents Section I - Chief Executive Officer Transition During Fiscal 2026, the Company underwent a CEO transition involving the departure of the prior CEO, the appointment of an interim CEO to maintain continuity, and the selection and appointment of our current CEO, Ayman Antoun, following a comprehensive search process. Each of these steps is described below. Departure of Prior CEO Effective August 11, 2025, Mark Barrenechea ceased to serve as Chief Executive Officer, Chief Technology Officer, and Vice Chairman of the Board. In connection with his departure, Mr. Barrenechea received severance payments consistent with the terms of his employment agreement, and the Board did not exercise any discretion to provide favourable treatment beyond the terms of that agreement and applicable award agreements. See Summary Compensation Table under Section VI —Other Elements of Our Compensation Program for more information. Appointment of Interim CEO Upon Mr. Barrenechea’s departure, the Board appointed James McGourlay as Interim CEO. The Board’s decision reflected Mr. McGourlay’s exceptional qualifications and deep institutional knowledge. As a 25-year veteran of the Company, he brought broad senior leadership experience spanning sales, operations, client success, and technology, which made him uniquely positioned to provide stability and continuity during the transition. Throughout his tenure as Interim CEO, Mr. McGourlay drew on this breadth of experience to provide effective and steady leadership across the organization, maintaining operational momentum and preserving continuity for employees, clients, and shareholders alike. Following the conclusion of his service as Interim CEO, Mr. McGourlay continues to serve OpenText as President, Chief Client Officer. Selection of Ayman Antoun to serve as CEO Effective April 20, 2026, Ayman Antoun was appointed as OpenText’s CEO. Mr. Antoun brings more than three decades of global technology, operating discipline, and transformation leadership to OpenText, built over a seasoned career in the information technology industry. He held numerous executive roles over 35 years at IBM, most recently serving as President of IBM Americas from 2020 to 2023, where he led the company’s largest and most complex business across the U.S., Canada, and Latin America, driving major advancements in cloud, infrastructure, cybersecurity, cognitive solutions, and digital modernization. When constructing Mr. Antoun’s compensation package, the Talent and Compensation Committee considered prior shareholder feedback, Mr. Antoun’s extensive experience and qualifications, the competitive market for technology executive talent, benchmark data from both our industry peer group as well as the TSX 60 companies, and the Company’s pay-for- performance philosophy. The Talent and Compensation Committee believes Mr. Antoun’s compensation package provides an appropriate compensation opportunity given the work required to position OpenText for the future, which Mr. Antoun can realize only if OpenText performs strongly on both a relative and absolute basis over the long term. Mr. Antoun’s new-hire equity awards consisted of RSUs and stock options and were granted as an inducement in connection with his recruitment, separate from his annual LTIP awards. The stock options deliver value only through share price appreciation, and the RSUs vest in full on the third anniversary of the grant date to support share ownership. Mr. Antoun’s compensation is lower than that of his predecessor across each element of pay, with target total compensation 24% lower than his predecessor’s. Mr. Antoun’s compensation package is summarized in the table below: 109

Page 110

Table of Contents Mr. Antoun's base salary of CAD$1,200,000 and target annual bonus of CAD$1,620,000 (135% of base salary) have been converted to U.S. dollars using an average exchange rate of 0.72. All long-term incentive and new-hire equity award values are denominated in U.S. dollars as set forth in Mr. Antoun's employment agreement. Section II - Our Shareholder Engagement Process and Response to Say-on-Pay Vote Shareholder Engagement Overview and Timeline Meaningful engagement with our shareholders is fundamental to how we approach executive compensation. The insights and perspectives gathered through direct shareholder dialogue, combined with the guidance of our independent compensation consultant, are integral to how the Talent and Compensation Committee evaluates and evolves the program to ensure it remains strategically aligned, performance-driven, and reflective of evolving market and governance best practices. Our engagement program is year-round and proactive, reflecting our ongoing commitment to transparency and accountability in how we govern executive compensation. Throughout Fiscal 2026, the Company conducted extensive shareholder engagement both in advance of and following the 2025 AGM held in December 2025. Ahead of the AGM, the Company undertook targeted outreach to shareholders, with a particular focus on executive compensation matters, including CEO pay structure, incentive plan design, and long-term incentive vehicle mix. Following the appointment of Mr. Antoun as CEO, shareholder engagement resumed in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2026, during which invitations were extended to the top 25 largest shareholders, representing approximately 70% of outstanding shares, to discuss executive compensation and other matters. During this phase, four large institutional investors, representing approximately 12% of outstanding shares, met directly with independent members of the Board without management present. Engagement continued into the first quarter of Fiscal 2027, with independent Board members leading additional discussions with large institutional investors, some of which included members of management at the Talent and Compensation Committee’s request. These efforts culminated in meetings with shareholders representing six of our 25 largest shareholdings, or approximately 15% of outstanding shares, including participation by the Company’s Chief Human Resources Officer and Chief Legal Officer & Corporate Secretary. Key Themes from Shareholder Engagement and Actions Taken The strong support reflected in the 2025 Say-on-Pay vote affirms the cumulative design changes made over the past several years. Over that period, the Talent and Compensation Committee has undertaken a deliberate transformation of the executive compensation program, shaped directly by shareholder input and informed by evolving market and governance expectations, resulting in a program that is more performance-oriented and closely aligned with long-term shareholder interests. Following a comprehensive review of shareholder feedback and market practices, the Talent and Compensation Committee determined that the executive compensation program remains appropriately designed for Fiscal 2027 and therefore no further material structural changes were made. The table below summarizes the key themes raised by shareholders and the corresponding actions taken by the Talent and Compensation Committee across Fiscal 2024, Fiscal 2025, and Fiscal 2026, covering CEO pay structure, short-term incentive performance rigor, long-term incentive vehicle mix, and peer group composition. 110

Page 111

Table of Contents What We Heard - Key Themes What We Did - Our Perspectives and Actions Shareholders expressed concern about the level of CEO pay, the use of historical one-time off-cycle LTI awards, and the overall size of LTIP grants to the CEO. CEO LTIP Awards: Mr. Antoun’s LTIP award consists of 70% PSUs and 30% RSUs, with a higher weighting on PSUs compared to our other NEOs (55% PSUs and 45% RSUs), placing a significant portion of his equity grant at risk. No One-Time LTI Awards: We adhered to our commitment in Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2025 and committed to deliver long-term incentive awards to existing executives exclusively through the regular annual LTIP program, without supplemental one-time awards. Consistent with competitive market practice, newly hired executives may receive market-aligned new hire equity grants in connection with their appointment, intended to align their interests with those of our shareholders from the outset of their tenure. Reduction in Target Compensation: Mr. Antoun’s total target compensation is 24% lower than that of his predecessor and is positioned below the 25th percentile of our peer group. Shareholders asked for stronger performance leverage in the short-term incentive (STI) plan, including higher thresholds to earn any payout and more rigorous criteria to achieve maximum payouts. Unified STI Metrics Across All NEOs: Starting Fiscal 2026, all NEOs, including sales executives previously assessed on different metrics, are measured solely on Worldwide Revenue and AOI, simplifying the program and aligning all executives to our core strategic priorities and a focus on profitable growth. In Fiscal 2026, Mr. McGourlay participated in a commission plan for one month prior to assuming the role of Interim CEO in August 2025, after which he participated in the STI plan on the same basis as all other NEOs. Strengthened STI Performance Requirements: Starting Fiscal 2026, the STI performance requirements were tightened across the board for both Revenue and AOI metrics: (1) the minimum performance threshold was raised to 95% of target (from 90%); (2) the corresponding threshold payout was reduced to 25% (from 40%); and (3) the performance required to earn the maximum STI payout of 200% of target was raised to at least 104% for both Revenue and AOI, a stricter standard than Fiscal 2025 when only AOI required 103% for maximum payout. Shareholders requested greater pay-for- performance alignment in the annual LTIP vehicle mix, expressing preference for performance-based awards and reduced reliance on stock options and time-vested RSUs. Raised rTSR Performance Hurdle: In Fiscal 2025, we increased the required performance requirement, at “target”, to the 55th percentile of TSR relative to the NASDAQ Composite Index companies, up from the 50th percentile. This sets a higher bar for target payouts compared to prevalent market practice. Annual LTIP Shifted to PSUs and RSUs Only: Beginning in Fiscal 2026, the annual LTIP for NEOs (excluding the CEO) consists exclusively of PSUs (55%) and RSUs (45%). Stock options were eliminated from the regular annual LTIP vehicle mix. The CEO’s LTIP consists of 70% PSUs and 30% RSUs, reflecting a greater emphasis on performance-based compensation. Absolute TSR Modifier Introduced: For Fiscal 2026, an absolute TSR modifier was added to the PSU program. If the Company’s absolute TSR is negative over the performance period, PSU payout will be capped at 100% of target, even if relative TSR performance would otherwise result in an above-target award. 111

Page 112

Table of Contents Some shareholders voiced concerns that our compensation peer group included companies that were not appropriately scaled to OpenText’s size Comprehensive Peer Group Refreshment: In Fiscal 2025, in response to ongoing feedback regarding market capitalization scaling, we conducted a thorough review and replaced eight companies with six new peers. For Fiscal 2026, no changes were made to the peer group. The peer group accurately reflects OpenText’s market capitalization, revenue profile, and operating complexity, with all new peers having market capitalizations that fall within a reasonable range relative to OpenText (.25x to 4x). Relative to the updated peer group: • OpenText revenues are at the 60th percentile; • Employee headcount is at the 70th percentile; and • Market capitalization is at the 22nd percentile. For new hires based in Canada, including our new CEO, pay levels are also reviewed relative to TSX 60 benchmarks. Section III - Compensation Governance and Objectives Role of the Talent and Compensation Committee The Talent and Compensation Committee has responsibility for the oversight of executive compensation within the terms and conditions of our various compensation plans. The Talent and Compensation Committee approves the compensation of our executive officers, except for our CEO, whose compensation is approved by the Board without the CEO present. Compensation decisions for our executive officers are made after considering, among other things, performance goals, base salary, bonuses, executive benefits, short-term incentives, and long-term incentives. The Talent and Compensation Committee also reviews and recommends for approval all equity awards related to executive compensation prior to final approval by the Board and supports the Board with respect to talent and culture matters, including: succession and development of our executive officers; reviewing and discussing the progress of our workforce and global employee engagement initiatives; providing input on human capital disclosures; and reviewing our approach to retirement programs. The Talent and Compensation Committee coordinates with the CEO and the Chief Human Resources Officer, in collaboration with management and the finance and legal groups, as appropriate, to design and develop the compensation program. Together, they support the preparation and analysis of financial data, peer group comparisons, and other materials to assist the Talent and Compensation Committee in making and implementing its decisions. The Board, the Talent and Compensation Committee, and our management employ a set of policies and processes to evaluate the performance of each of our NEOs, which inform the determination of long-term incentive awards for each NEO. The performance of each of our NEOs, other than our CEO, is assessed by our CEO in his capacity as the direct supervisor of the other NEOs. The performance of our CEO is assessed by the Board (excluding the CEO). The Board conducts discussions and makes decisions with respect to the performance of our CEO in special sessions from which management and the CEO are absent. The CEO, with the assistance of the Chief Human Resources Officer, also conducts an annual review of the total compensation of each executive officer, including the NEOs. The review includes an assessment of each executive officer’s experience, performance, the performance of the executive officer’s respective business or function, and market pay levels. After this review, the CEO recommends base salaries, annual target short-term incentive and long-term incentive opportunities, any payouts related to the annual short-term incentives, and annual equity grants for the executive officers to the Talent and Compensation Committee for approval. For each element of compensation, target values are established based on competitive market practice and each NEO's ability to influence financial or operational performance. Target values are consistent with competitive market practice, set to ensure that annual total direct target compensation packages are appropriately positioned relative to our peer group. Grant amounts consider the desired pay mix, competitive positioning and internal equity across our NEOs, with a significant majority of total compensation being performance-based and "at risk," to ensure alignment with our performance over the long term. The Talent and Compensation Committee considers previous compensation awards and internal pay equity across the senior executive team, competitive market practice, the impact of tax and accounting treatments, applicable regulatory requirements, any material acquisitions or divestitures closed during the year and the results of the most recent shareholder advisory vote on executive compensation when approving compensation programs. 112

Page 113

Table of Contents The Talent and Compensation Committee met nine times during Fiscal 2026. During Fiscal 2026, the Board did not appoint a permanent Chair of the Talent and Compensation Committee. To facilitate the Talent and Compensation Committee’s meetings, the chair position was rotated among our highly experienced Talent and Compensation Committee members, all of whom joined the Talent and Compensation Committee within the past three fiscal years. Following each meeting, the Talent and Compensation Committee reported items that it, in its determination, considered noteworthy to the Board. Compensation Consultant The Talent and Compensation Committee seeks the advice of an outside compensation consultant to provide assistance and guidance on compensation issues. The compensation consultant may provide the Talent and Compensation Committee with relevant information pertaining to market compensation levels, alternative compensation plan designs, market trends and best practices and may assist the Talent and Compensation Committee with respect to determining the appropriate benchmarks for each NEO’s compensation. The Talent and Compensation Committee has the sole authority to retain and terminate outside consultants. In Fiscal 2026, the Talent and Compensation Committee retained Meridian Compensation Partners (Meridian) as its compensation consultant. The decision was made to reinforce the Talent and Compensation Committee’s commitment to aligning executive compensation practices with leading governance standards and shareholder expectations. Meridian was retained to provide independent advisory services and support for our executive compensation program. As part of their engagement, Meridian reviewed all benchmarking and recommendations with respect to our compensation framework, evaluating it against our compensation philosophy, strategic objectives, and market practice. Meridian also provided independent compensation analysis and recommendations in connection with the compensation arrangement for our incoming CEO, Mr. Antoun. Throughout Fiscal 2026, the members of the Talent and Compensation Committee met periodically with Meridian representatives to discuss market practices, evolving governance trends, and potential implications for the Company’s financial performance. Meridian also provided benchmarking data and guidance on CEO and executive officer compensation. For these services, Meridian received $164,598 in fees during Fiscal 2026. Talent and Compensation Committee Approach and Objectives We believe that compensation plays an important role in achieving short and long-term business objectives that ultimately drive business success and long-term shareholder value creation. The Talent and Compensation Committee ensures compensation decisions are in line with our compensation philosophy to be talent competitive. Our compensation program objectives include: • Attracting, motivating and retaining highly qualified executive officers who have a history of proven success through compensation programs that reflect the market. Our compensation program primarily reflects practices in the information technology sector, in terms of executive pay levels and program design. We use market data from similarly sized software and technology companies with a global presence for a variety of reasons, including that greater than 95% of our revenues are generated outside of Canada. • Aligning the interests of executive officers with our shareholders’ interests and with the execution of our business strategy, with the majority of the total compensation package tied to performance-based variable rewards. Evaluation of executive performance is based on achievement of key financial metrics that we believe closely correlate to long-term shareholder value. Our short and long-term goals are reflected in our overall compensation program with evaluations based on achieving and overachieving predetermined objectives. The target pay mix for our CEO and other Current NEOs, illustrating the significant proportion of total target compensation that is performance-based and at risk, is set out under Section V - “Elements of Our Compensation Program” below. 113

Page 114

Table of Contents Our approach to executive pay is guided by the following best practices: What We Do P Balance short- and long-term incentives, cash and equity, and fixed and variable pay. P Link a significant amount of target NEO pay to Company performance (at least 80%). P Cap short-term incentive plans at 200% of target. P Use multiple types of equity awards to balance risk and reward. P Use distinct performance metrics in our short- and long-term incentives. P Compare executive compensation and Company performance to relevant peer group companies, which are re- evaluated annually, and consider our industry scope, market for executive talent and geographic footprint. P Require significant executive stock ownership. P Allow unearned incentive pay to be recaptured under our Clawback Policy (defined below). P Provide only limited perquisites and no supplemental executive retirement plans. P Retain an independent compensation consultant. P Conduct an annual shareholder say-on-pay advisory vote. P Conduct regular and extensive engagement with our shareholders, including an initiative focused specifically on compensation. P Avoid guaranteed base salary increases or a minimum level of vesting for long-term incentives. P Refrain from paying discretionary bonuses. P Provide double-trigger change in control benefits to our NEOs. Section IV – Compensation Peer Group Aggregate compensation for each NEO is designed to be market competitive. The Talent and Compensation Committee refers to the compensation practices of similarly situated companies in determining our compensation policy. Although the Talent and Compensation Committee reviews each element of compensation for market competitiveness and may weigh a particular element more heavily than another based on a NEO’s role within the Company, the primary focus remains on being competitive in the market with respect to total compensation. To identify comparable companies, we apply an industry framework that aligns with the methodology used by proxy advisors, selecting companies that are similar in size and have comparable business strategies and financial models. We recognize that there are few, if any, direct peers that are based in Canada with a significant U.S. presence. Given that our market for executive talent is global in nature, we apply the following screening process: Quantitative Screen We initially screen for companies within our Global Industry Classification Standard (GICS) industry group, including those specifically classified under the Application Software sub-industry. From there, we identify companies that are reasonably similar to OpenText, filtering based on revenue and market capitalization (each within a range of 0.25 to 4 times our own). Following this initial quantitative screen, we review additional factors such as total assets, net income, and number of employees to supplement our overall quantitative selection process. Qualitative Screen A qualitative screen is then conducted to ensure the selected companies are truly comparable. As part of this process, we focus on global companies operating in the technology industry, ensuring that in aggregate, we consider the appropriate mix of Canadian and U.S.-listed companies. We also consider companies that have been identified as a peer of one of our previous year’s peers, companies that use OpenText as a peer in their own disclosure, and peer groups published by proxy advisory firms, before finalizing the composition of our peer group. The Talent and Compensation Committee generally benchmarks against software and technology companies with a global presence, rather than solely Canadian companies, recognizing that qualified candidates for executive positions

Page 116

Table of Contents ensures that our compensation program remains competitive and enables us to attract, retain, and motivate the caliber of executive leadership required to drive the Company’s long-term performance and growth. Fiscal 2026 Compensation Peer Group For Fiscal 2026, we conducted a thorough review of our compensation peer group in collaboration with the Board and management’s compensation consultants. Following this review, we determined that the existing peer group remained appropriate and required no changes, consistent with feedback received through direct shareholder outreach. The peer group used for benchmarking executive compensation was selected through a rigorous process that incorporated multiple inputs. This included alignment with proxy advisor frameworks, an independent review conducted by our external compensation consultant, Meridian, and thorough evaluation, review, and approval by the Talent and Compensation Committee. This approach ensures the peer group reflects relevant industry standards and supports informed compensation decisions. In addition to this peer group, for certain executive roles including the CEO and CFO, the Talent and Compensation Committee also references compensation market data from TSX 60 companies, given that OpenText is itself a TSX 60 constituent, to ensure pay practices remain competitive within the Canadian market for senior executive talent. As a result, for Fiscal 2026, all peer companies fall within the targeted range of 0.25x to 4x OpenText’s revenue and market capitalization. By way of comparison among the peer group: • OpenText’s trailing 12-month revenue ranks at the 60 percentile relative to the peer group. • OpenText’s six-month average market capitalization ranks at the 22 percentile. Our peer group for Fiscal 2026 consists of the following companies: Akamai Technologies Dropbox NCR Voyix Amdocs DXC Technology Company NetApp Broadridge Financial Solutions Euronet Worldwide Nutanix Celestica Gartner PTC CGI Gen Digital RingCentral DocuSign GoDaddy SS&C Technologies th nd 115

Page 117

Table of Contents OpenText’s profile relative to last year is summarized as follows. Based on both revenue and headcount, OpenText is a larger organization relative to the Fiscal 2026 peer group median. Fiscal 2025 Peer GroupProfile Comparison Fiscal 2026 Peer GroupProfile Comparison Peer GroupMedian OpenText OpenText % ofPeer Group Peer GroupMedian OpenText OpenText % ofPeer Group Revenues (in millions) $ 4,354 $ 5,168 118.7 %$ 4,811 $ 5,246 109.0 % Market Capitalization (in millions) $ 17,083 $ 7,440 43.6 %$ 12,208 $ 5,363 43.9 % Headcount 11,200 21,400 191.1 % 11,350 19,900 175.3 % Section V - Elements of Our Compensation Program We use a combination of fixed and variable compensation to motivate our executive officers to achieve our corporate goals. The basic components of our executive officer compensation program are: • Base salary (fixed); • Short-term cash incentives (variable); and • Long-term equity incentives (variable). To ensure alignment of the interests of our executive officers with those of our shareholders, a significant proportion of each executive officer’s compensation is variable or “at risk.” Also, our short-term and long-term incentive compensation is subject to our Clawback Policy (see “Other Information with Respect to Our Compensation Program - Clawback Policy” below). The Talent and Compensation Committee believes Fiscal 2026 compensation outcomes are aligned with Company performance and shareholder experience. Consistent with our pay-for-performance philosophy, realized and realizable CEO and NEO pay outcomes track total shareholder return (TSR) over both annual and long-term periods. For Fiscal 2026, CEO compensation outcomes declined alongside TSR underperformance: PSUs granted in Fiscal 2023 vested at 74% of target based on rTSR at the 37th percentile and the Fiscal 2026 STI paid out at 91% of target. The Talent and Compensation Committee annually considers the percentage of each NEO’s total target compensation that is “at risk” depending on the NEO’s responsibilities and objectives. The following pay mix graphics reflect the annualized target compensation of our current CEO and CFO, as well as our three most highly compensated executive officers, other than the current CEO and CFO, who were serving as an executive officer at the end of Fiscal 2026 (collectively, the “Current NEOs”). The graphics below, as well as other graphics depicting our Current NEOs in this CD&A, are intended to reflect the design of our go-forward executive compensation program. As a result, Mr. McGourlay, Mr. Balota, Mr. Barrenechea, Mr. Westlake, Mr. Berry, and Ms. Ono have been excluded from the determination of our Current NEOs to provide appropriate comparability for our program design as compared to our peers. 116

Page 119

Table of Contents (1) Mr. Antoun joined the Company in April 2026. As a result, Mr. Antoun’s “at target” payout in Fiscal 2026 was prorated to $231,312, based on his annual STI target of $1,172,623. (2) Mr. Rai joined the Company in October 2025. As a result, Mr. Rai’s “at target” payout in Fiscal 2026 was prorated to $385,322, based on his annual STI target of $524,785. (3) From August 1, 2025 through June 30, 2026, Mr. McGourlay’s STI plan performance metrics were Worldwide Revenues and Worldwide AOI. His annual STI target for the period was prorated for the 11-month period during which he participated in the plan. Mr. McGourlay participated in a commission plan from July 1, 2025 to July 31, 2025, while in his role as EVP, International Sales (prior to being appointed as Interim CEO). His commission earnings for the one-month period were $12,746. The Fiscal 2026 STI plan was based on two equally weighted performance measures, Worldwide Revenues and Adjusted Operating Income (AOI), each representing 50% of the total target award. Starting Fiscal 2026, all NEOs, including sales executives previously assessed on differentiated metrics, are measured solely on Worldwide Revenues and AOI, simplifying the program and aligning all executives to the Company’s core strategic priorities and a focus on profitable growth. The Talent and Compensation Committee approves the target award eligible to be earned by each NEO and sets the minimum performance threshold, target performance level and maximum performance level for each performance measure. In Fiscal 2026, in response to shareholder feedback, the performance threshold required to earn the maximum STI payout of 200% of target was raised to at least 104% for both Worldwide Revenues and AOI, stricter than Fiscal 2025 when only AOI required 103% for maximum payout. The payout curves were also restructured to deliver lower payouts for below- target performance, strengthening the link between pay and revenue and AOI growth. Payment Scale for 2026 Worldwide Revenues and Worldwide Adjusted Operating Income % Attainment % Payment % Attainment % Payment 0 - 94% —% 100.0% 100.0% 95% 25.0% 101.0% 125.0% 96% 40.0% 102.0% 150.0% 97% 55.0% 103.0% 175.0% 98% 70.0% 104.0% 200.0% 99% 85.0% Formula when performance is above-target: Actual / Target = % of Attainment (Linear interpolation of earnout relative to performance attainment across the full range) ______________________ 118

Page 120

Table of Contents The threshold, target and maximum performance levels and associated payout formula for Fiscal 2026 are set forth in the following table. Financial Measure (in millions) Weighting Threshold Target Maximum Results Payout (%) WeightedPayout (%) Worldwide Revenues 50 %$ 4,934 $ 5,194 $ 5,402 $ 5,089 70 % 91%Adjusted Operating Income 50 %$ 1,582 $ 1,665 $ 1,732 $ 1,674 113 % (1) During Fiscal 2026, the Company completed two divestitures: the sale of eDOCS on January 12, 2026 for $163 million in cash, and the sale of Vertica on May 11, 2026 for $150 million in cash, in each case before taxes, fees and other adjustments. The Fiscal 2026 target, which reflects only our ongoing product portfolio, represents approximately 1% growth in Worldwide Revenues compared to Fiscal 2025 results after excluding eDOCS and Vertica from the results. The targets also reflect a greater increase in the AOI target, consistent with the Company’s continued focus on revenue growth and cost reduction initiatives. Accordingly, the Fiscal 2026 targets for each metric were established at levels above their respective Fiscal 2025 achievements on an ongoing product portfolio basis. (2) Worldwide Revenues are derived from the “Total Revenues” line of our audited income statement and are an important metric for measuring our growth and the scope of the business enterprise. (3) AOI is a non-GAAP measure intended to reflect the operational effectiveness of our leadership by showing our ability to generate profits from our operational activities and to manage the costs associated with our worldwide revenues. AOI is calculated as total revenues less the total cost of revenues and operating expenses excluding amortization of intangible assets, special charges (recoveries) and stock-based compensation expense, and is further adjusted to remove the impact of foreign exchange. The actual STI award earned by each NEO for Fiscal 2026 was determined in accordance with the formulas described above, without any discretionary adjustment. Mark J. Barrenechea Mr. Barrenechea ceased to be our Chief Executive Officer in August 2025. Pursuant to his employment agreement, he received an “at target” STI payment prorated for the period he was employed during Fiscal 2026. Mr. Barrenechea’s “at target” payout in Fiscal 2026 was $164,423, based on his annual STI target of $1,425,000. Chadwick Westlake Mr. Westlake ceased to be our Chief Financial Officer in August 2025. He received no STI payment as he voluntarily departed from the Company. Savinay Berry Mr. Berry ceased to be our Chief Product Officer in January 2026. Pursuant to his employment agreement, he received an “at target” STI payment prorated for the period he was employed during Fiscal 2026. Mr. Berry’s “at target” payout in Fiscal 2026 was $360,577, based on his annual STI target of $625,000. Sandy Ono Ms. Ono ceased to be our Chief Marketing Officer in December 2025. Pursuant to her employment agreement, she received an “at target” STI payment prorated for the period she was employed during Fiscal 2026. Ms. Ono’s “at target” payout in Fiscal 2026 was $272,356, based on her annual STI target of $643,750. Long-Term Incentives We incentivize our executive officers, including our NEOs, in part, through long-term compensation granted pursuant to our LTIP. Our LTIP grants represent a significant proportion of our NEOs’ total compensation and serve a twofold purpose: (i) to provide a competitive compensation package; and (ii) to align the interests of our NEOs with those of our shareholders. Our CEO’s annual LTIP target grant value is $7.0 million, representing a reduction of $2.5 million from the prior CEO's Fiscal 2026 LTIP target of $9.5 million. His LTIP award consists of 70% PSUs and 30% RSUs, reflecting a greater emphasis on performance-based compensation than the 55% PSU weighting applicable to other NEOs. In determining the LTI vehicle mix for our CEO, the Talent and Compensation Committee weighed the performance orientation of an all-PSU design against the importance of accelerating share ownership for an externally recruited CEO, and approved a 70% PSU / 30% RSU mix in connection with the negotiation of his employment agreement. The RSU component supports the build-up of Mr. Antoun's share ownership toward compliance with the Company's (1) (2) (3) ______________________ 119

Page 121

Table of Contents stock ownership guidelines, strengthening his direct alignment with shareholders, and remains fully at risk to share price performance over its three-year vesting period. Our CEO joined the Company after the August 2025 annual LTIP grant cycle and did not receive a Fiscal 2026 annual LTIP award. Our CEO’s first annual LTIP award is expected to be granted in August 2026. Upon joining the Company, Mr. Antoun received sign-on equity awards consisting of stock options and RSUs, as described below. In establishing Mr. Antoun's compensation package, the Talent and Compensation Committee also considered internal pay equity. The ratio of CEO target total compensation to that of the next-highest-paid NEO decreased from 2.3x to 1.7x, reflecting greater pay equity among the executive team. For Fiscal 2026, we increased the annual LTIP target grant values for certain NEOs to ensure alignment with our compensation philosophy. Despite the increase, the overall LTIP values for certain NEOs remain positioned below the 25th percentile of our peer group. The performance goals and their weightings under the LTIP are first recommended by the Talent and Compensation Committee and then approved by the Board. Grants are generally made on an annual basis. For grants made in August 2025 (for Fiscal 2026), the LTIP consisted of the components outlined in the table below. Vehicle Vesting Performance Share Units (PSUs) Cliff vesting after three years following the determination by the Board that theperformance criteria have been met for the rTSR metric. Restricted Share Units (RSUs) Vesting occurs annually in equal amounts on each of the first three anniversariesof the grant date. (1) The number of PSUs to vest is based on the Company’s rTSR at the end of a three-year period relative to the TSR of the constituents of the NASDAQ Composite Index. Once vested, PSUs and RSUs are settled in either Common Shares or cash, at the discretion of the Board. Payouts under LTIP grants: • May be subject to certain limitations in the event of early termination of employment or change in control of the Company; and • When the Company pays cash dividends on outstanding Common Shares, the Company credits dividend equivalent PSUs and RSUs to the participant’s account. Dividend equivalent PSUs and RSUs are subject to the same terms and conditions as the underlying PSUs or RSUs, as applicable, and vest and are settled at the same time and in the same form as the corresponding PSUs or RSUs. Dividend equivalents related to PSUs are credited only for shares that are ultimately earned under the PSU program. LTIP - PSU Grants in Fiscal 2026 In Fiscal 2026, we maintained our practice of granting PSUs to all NEOs, with vesting tied to rTSR. Since the Fiscal 2024 grant cycle, PSU performance has been benchmarked against the three-year TSR of companies included in the NASDAQ Composite Index, reflecting the Company's increased scale and broader market position following the Micro Focus Acquisition and providing a more representative benchmark for evaluating long-term (1) ______________________ 120

Page 122

Table of Contents performance. This index is heavily weighted towards the information technology sector, aligning with alternative investment opportunities available to our shareholders. To further strengthen the performance orientation of our PSU program, we raised the rTSR threshold required to achieve a target payout for Fiscal 2026 grants. Under the revised design, PSUs are earned at the target level only if our rTSR ranks at or above the 55th percentile of the NASDAQ Composite Index constituents, reinforcing our commitment to delivering strong, market-leading performance. In Fiscal 2026, an absolute TSR modifier was introduced to the PSU program. If the Company's absolute TSR is negative over the three-year performance period, PSU payouts will be capped at 100% of target, even if relative TSR performance would otherwise result in an above-target award. This modifier directly links pay outcomes to the shareholder experience. rTSR vs Index Constituents: PSUs Earned as % Target: Below 20th percentile 0% 20th percentile 50% 50th percentile 97.5% 55th percentile 100% 75th percentile 200% (Linear interpolation of earnout relative to performance attainment across the full range) The table below reflects annual LTIP target grant values for Current NEOs as of June 30, 2026. Named Executive Officer Performance ShareUnits Value Restricted Share UnitsValue Total Ayman Antoun N/A N/A N/A Steve Rai $ 935,000 $ 765,000 $ 1,700,000 Todd Cione $ 2,200,000 $ 1,800,000 $ 4,000,000 Paul Duggan $ 1,815,000 $ 1,485,000 $ 3,300,000 Muhi Majzoub $ 1,100,000 $ 900,000 $ 2,000,000 (1) Mr. Antoun joined the Company after the August 2025 annual LTIP grant cycle and did not receive a Fiscal 2026 annual LTIP award. For details of our previous LTIPs, see Item 11 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the relevant fiscal year. Sign-on Equity Grant for Mr. Antoun As part of Mr. Antoun’s employment agreement, he received sign-on equity awards upon joining the Company in April 2026, consisting of stock options and RSUs, each with a target value of $2.0 million. The sign-on equity awards are consistent with competitive market practices, align Mr. Antoun’s interests with those of the Company’s shareholders and reinforce a commitment to long-term executive ownership. • Stock options: Mr. Antoun was granted 378,072 stock options, with a target value of $2.0 million, as determined using the Black-Scholes valuation methodology. The options vest ratably over four years, with 25% vesting on each anniversary of the grant date. • RSUs: Mr. Antoun was granted 84,696 RSUs, with a target value of $2.0 million, which cliff vest on the third anniversary of the grant date. The RSU sign-on grant is subject to the same terms and conditions as our LTIP RSU grants. Sign-on Equity Grant for Mr. Rai As part of Mr. Rai’s employment agreement, he received sign-on equity awards upon joining the Company in October 2025, consisting of stock options and prorated participation in prior-year LTIP cycles. The sign-on equity awards are consistent with competitive market practices, align Mr. Rai’s interests with those of the Company’s shareholders and reinforce a commitment to long-term executive ownership. (1) ______________________ 121

Page 123

Table of Contents • Stock options: Mr. Rai was granted 120,000 stock options, with a target value of $1.0 million, as determined using the Black-Scholes valuation methodology. The options vest ratably over four years, with 25% vesting on each anniversary of the grant date. • Pro-rated LTIP Vesting in Fiscal 2027: Mr. Rai was granted a pro-rated LTIP award which will vest in Fiscal 2027, with a target value of $1.0 million based on his annual target of $1.7 million. The award consists of 50% PSUs, 25% RSUs, and 25% stock options. The award follows the same vesting schedule and terms and conditions as the original LTIP grant made in Fiscal 2025. • Pro-rated LTIP Vesting in Fiscal 2028: Mr. Rai was granted a pro-rated LTIP award which will vest in Fiscal 2028, with the target value of $1.6 million based on his annual target of $1.7 million. The award consists of 55% PSUs, and 45% RSUs. The award follows the same vesting schedule and terms and conditions as the original LTIP grant made in Fiscal 2026. LTIP - PSU Vesting in Fiscal 2026 PSUs granted in Fiscal 2023 were eligible to vest during Fiscal 2026, based on rTSR performance compared to the designated index over a three-year performance period. Over this period, the Company achieved rTSR at the 37 percentile relative to the S&P Midcap 400 Software & Services Peer Group used for the Fiscal 2023 PSU awards. This level of performance resulted in a formulaic payout of 74% of the original PSU grant. LTIP - RSUs RSUs are not subject to specific performance-based vesting conditions. Instead, RSUs are intended to promote employment retention over the applicable three-year vesting period and to align NEO interests with share price performance over time. LTIP - Stock Options For Fiscal 2026, the LTIP equity vehicle mix was revised to eliminate stock options from the annual grant program, with annual LTIP awards now delivered through a combination of PSUs and RSUs. Stock options that were previously granted under earlier annual LTIP awards will continue to vest over a four-year period and will only have value if our stock price increases during their seven-year term. For a discussion of the assumptions used in the valuation of stock options, see Note 13 “Equity and Share-based Compensation to our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K. All stock option grants, whether part of the annual LTIP prior to Fiscal 2026 or granted separately for new hires, promotions, retention or other reasons, are governed by our stock option plan. The price at which stock options are granted is not less than the closing price of the Company’s Common Shares on the trading day for the NASDAQ immediately preceding the applicable grant date. In addition, grants and exercises of stock options are subject to our Insider Trading Policy. For details of our Insider Trading Policy, see “Other Information with Respect to Our Compensation Program - Insider Trading Policy” below. Details of LTIP awards made to each NEO, including individual grant values, are set forth in the compensation tables below. Section VI - Other Elements of Our Compensation Program Executive Change in Control and Severance Benefits Our severance benefit agreements are designed to provide reasonable compensation to departing senior executive officers under certain circumstances. Competitive severance benefits are standard market practice and an important factor in attracting and retaining the caliber of executive talent required to lead our organization. We believe that the absence of such benefits would put us at a meaningful competitive disadvantage in the market for senior executive talent. Furthermore, we believe that it is important to set forth the benefits payable in triggering circumstances in advance to avoid future disputes or litigation. The severance benefits we offer to our senior executive officers are competitive with those offered to similarly situated executive officers at comparable companies. We have structured our senior executive officers’ change in control benefits as “double trigger” benefits, meaning that the benefits are paid only in the event of, first, a change in control transaction, and second, a change in relationship between the Company and the senior executive officer within twelve months after the transaction. These benefits are intended to incentivize our senior executive officers to remain employed with the Company in such a transaction. th 122

Page 125

Table of Contents Summary Compensation Table The following table sets forth summary information concerning the annual compensation of our NEOs. All numbers are rounded to the nearest dollar or whole share. Fiscal Year Salary ($) Bonus ($) StockAwards ($) OptionAwards ($) Non-EquityIncentive PlanCompensation ($) All OtherCompensation ($) Total ($) Ayman Antoun 2026 174,380 — 2,093,685 2,000,880 211,419 — (7) 4,480,364 Chief Executive Officer (CEO) 2025 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A (8) N/A 2024 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A (8) N/A Steve Rai 2026 387,625 — 3,481,559 1,277,436 352,184 49,355 (9) 5,548,159 Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (CFO) 2025 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A (8) N/A 2024 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A (8) N/A Todd Cione 2026 675,000 — 5,558,276 — 616,950 640,027 (9)(10) 7,490,253 President, Worldwide Sales 2025 675,000 — 3,561,858 875,741 607,500 — (11) 5,720,099 2024 155,966 167,828 3,240,363 2,780,139 — 1,125 (11) 6,345,421 Paul Duggan 2026 695,000 — 4,585,276 — 635,230 9,000 (6) 5,924,506 Executive Vice President, Special Advisor 2025 675,000 — 3,053,021 750,602 594,000 8,838 (11) 5,081,461 2024 650,000 — 2,204,410 396,321 1,232,800 14,643 (11) 4,498,174 Muhi Majzoub 2026 625,000 — 2,779,138 — 571,250 31,621 (9) 4,007,009 Executive Vice President, Product and Engineering 2025 625,000 — 2,035,348 500,440 562,500 41,894 (11) 3,765,182 2024 600,000 — 2,204,410 396,321 715,000 21,250 (11) 3,936,981 James McGourlay 2026 805,276 12,746 2,504,001 — 700,186 40,951 (9) 4,063,160 President, Chief Client Officer(Former Interim CEO) 2025 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A (12) N/A 2024 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A (12) N/A Cosmin Balota 2026 374,362 72,384 417,114 133,788 132,318 37,077 (9) 1,167,043 Senior Vice President, ChiefAccounting Officer (Former Interim CFO) 2025 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A (12) N/A 2024 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A (12) N/A Mark J. Barrenechea 2026 100,758 — — — 164,423 4,920,324 (13) 5,185,505 Former Vice Chair, CEO and CTO 2025 950,000 — 10,176,258 2,502,085 1,282,500 36,812 (11) 14,947,655 2024 950,000 — 9,566,165 2,500,415 1,694,375 31,781 (11) 14,742,736 Chadwick Westlake 2026 72,384 — — — — 10,022 (14) 82,406 Former Executive Vice President,CFO 2025 190,193 189,191 1,967,065 1,279,931 — 34,191 (11) 3,660,571 2024 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A (8) N/A Savinay Berry 2026 355,114 — 3,473,797 — 360,577 1,327,368 (15) 5,516,856 Former Executive Vice President, Chief Product Officer 2025 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A (8) N/A 2024 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A (8) N/A Sandy Ono 2026 277,983 — 2,362,024 — 272,356 1,327,331 (16) 4,239,694 Former Executive Vice President,Chief Marketing Officer 2025 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A (11) N/A 2024 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A (11) N/A (1) Base salary amounts reflect actual salary paid during Fiscal 2026 and may differ from annualized base salary due to mid ‑ year appointments, interim roles, or salary adjustments. The annualized base salaries for Messrs. Antoun, Rai, Barrenechea, Westlake, and Berry, and Ms. Ono for Fiscal 2026 were $868,610, $524,785, $950,000, $579,073, $625,000, and $643,750, respectively. (2) The amount reported in the column for Mr. McGourlay represents sales commissions earned under his commission-based plan. The amount reported for Mr. Cione represents an “at target” STI payment prorated for the period of time Mr. Cione was employed by the Company during Fiscal 2024, based on his annual STI target of $675,000, pursuant to his sign-on compensation arrangement. The amount reported for Mr. Westlake represents an “at target” STI payment prorated for the period of time Mr. Westlake was employed by the Company during Fiscal 2025, based on his annual STI target of $585,210, pursuant to his sign-on compensation arrangement. The amount reported in the column for Mr. Balota includes a bonus upon successful completion of additional responsibilities assumed in his role as Interim CFO. (3) Amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant-date fair value of the awards at target performance, as computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718 “Compensation-Stock Compensation” (Topic 718). These values reflect the probable outcome at the grant date and may vary from the target values indicated in the table set forth above in the (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) ______________________ 124

Page 126

Table of Contents section “LTIP” and the amounts ultimately realized by the NEOs. For a discussion of the assumptions used in these valuations, see Note 13 “Equity and Share-based Compensation” to our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K. Assuming achievement of the highest level of performance, the maximum grant-date fair value of the PSU awards received by Messrs. Antoun, Rai, Cione, Duggan, Majzoub, McGourlay, Balota, Barrenechea, Westlake and Berry, and Ms. Ono in Fiscal 2026 would be $—, $4.6 million, $7.5 million, $6.2 million, $3.8 million, $3.3 million, $0.6 million, $4.7 million, and $3.2 million, respectively. Mr. McGourlay's stock awards include a supplemental LTIP grant approved by the Board in connection with his appointment as Interim CEO, with a target value of $281,250, in addition to his annual LTIP award of $1.5 million. The amounts reported for Mr. Berry and Ms. Ono reflect the grant-date fair value of PSU and RSU awards granted in Fiscal 2026, as required by Topic 718. Mr. Berry and Ms. Ono subsequently forfeited all such PSUs and RSUs upon their respective departures from the Company in January 2026 and December 2025, respectively. For further detail see "Grants of Plan- Based Awards in Fiscal 2026" below. RSUs and PSUs are entitled to receive dividend equivalents, which are credited in the form of additional units and are subject to the same vesting conditions as the underlying award; dividend equivalents in respect of PSUs are credited only on units that are ultimately earned. Such dividend equivalents do not result in additional compensation for purposes of the table. (4) Amounts reported in this column represent the amount recognized as the aggregate grant-date fair value of stock option awards, as calculated in accordance with Topic 718 for the fiscal year in which the awards were granted. In all cases, these amounts do not reflect whether the recipient has actually realized a financial benefit from the exercise of the awards. For a discussion of the assumptions used in this valuation, see Note 13 “Equity and Share-based Compensation” to our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of the Annual Report. Mr. Antoun and Mr. Rai’s option awards reflect grants of stock options approved by the Board in connection with their respective sign-on compensation arrangements. Mr. Balota's option awards reflect a grant of stock options approved by the Board in connection with his appointment as Interim CFO. For further detail see "Grants of Plan- Based Awards in Fiscal 2026" below. (5) Amounts reported in this column for Fiscal 2026 represent payments under the short-term incentive plan based on actual performance achieved. The payments made to Mr. Barrenechea, Mr. Berry, and Ms. Ono represent their “at target” STI payment prorated for the duration they were employed during Fiscal 2026. (6) Except as otherwise indicated the amounts in “All Other Compensation” primarily include (i) medical examinations, (ii) tax preparation and financial advisory fees paid, (iii) employer matching contributions under benefit plans, and (iv) authorized spousal travel expenses related to certain Company events. “All Other Compensation” does not include benefits received by the NEOs which are generally available to all of our salaried employees. (7) The total value of all perquisites and personal benefits for this NEO was less than $10,000, and, therefore, excluded from calculating “All Other Compensation”. (8) Mr. Antoun joined the Company in April 2026, Mr. Rai joined the company in October 2025, Mr. Westlake joined the Company in March 2025, and Mr. Berry joined the company in January 2025. (9) Includes gross-up amounts for authorized spousal travel expenses related to certain Company events. The gross-up amounts for Messrs. Rai, Cione, Majzoub, McGourlay, and Balota were $22,557, $9,398, $4,494, $21,921, and $14,568, respectively. (10)Includes $600,000 that was paid, reimbursed or attributed for relocation costs. (11)For details of the amounts of fees or expenses we paid or reimbursed please refer to Summary Compensation Table in Item 11 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the corresponding fiscal years ended June 30, 2025 and 2024. (12)The executive officer was not a NEO during the fiscal year, and therefore compensation details have been excluded. (13)Mr. Barrenechea ceased to be our Chief Executive Officer in August 2025. As a result of his termination with the Company, pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Barrenechea is entitled to receive 24-months of base salary ($1,900,000), short-term incentive target ($2,850,000), payout of certain related perquisites (including $56,841 related to tax preparation and financial advisory fees paid, $66,537 related to medical examinations, and guest travel), and accrued vacation ($43,846). These severance amounts are consistent with the prior disclosure contained in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Elements of Our Compensation Program — Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2025. (14)Mr. Westlake ceased to be our Chief Financial Officer in August 2025 and received no severance as he voluntarily departed the Company. The amount represents a cash payout of earned obligations upon separation. (15)Mr. Berry ceased to be our Chief Product Officer in January 2026. As a result of his termination with the Company, pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Berry is entitled to receive 12-months of base salary ($625,000), target short-term incentive ($625,000), insurance premium related to employee and medical benefits ($24,426), payout of certain related perquisites ($19,868), accrued vacation pay ($19,231), and employer matching contributions ($13,844). These severance amounts are consistent with the prior disclosure contained in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Elements of Our Compensation Program — Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2025. (16)Ms. Ono ceased to be our Chief Marketing Officer in December 2025. As a result of her termination with the Company, pursuant to her employment agreement, Ms. Ono is entitled to receive 12-months of base salary ($643,750), target short-term incentive ($643,750), insurance premium related to employee and medical benefits ($24,426), and accrued vacation ($14,855). These severance amounts are consistent with the prior disclosure contained in “Compensation 125

Page 127

Table of Contents Discussion and Analysis — Elements of Our Compensation Program — Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2025. Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2026 The following tables set forth certain information concerning grants of awards made to each NEO during Fiscal 2026. Estimated Future PayoutsUnder Non-EquityIncentive Plan Awards Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards All Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stock or Units All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options Exercise orBase Priceof OptionAwards ClosingPrice ofOptionAwardson date ofGrant GrantDate FairValue ofStock andOptionAwards Name BoardApprovalDate Grant Date Threshold($) Target($) Maximum($) Threshold (#) Target (#) Maximum (#) Stock (#) Options (#) ($/share)($/share) Awards($) Ayman Antoun 57,828 231,312 462,624 — — — — — — — — 5/5/2026 5/11/2026 — — — — — — 84,696 — — — 2,093,685 5/5/2026 5/11/2026 — — — — — — — 378,072 24.52 24.40 2,000,880 Steve Rai 96,330 385,322 770,643 — — — — — — — — 11/4/2025 11/7/2025 — — — 8,415 16,830 33,660 — — — — 844,529 11/4/2025 11/7/2025 — — — — — — 8,410 — — — 302,592 11/4/2025 11/7/2025 — — — 14,660 29,320 58,640 — — — — 1,471,278 11/4/2025 11/7/2025 — — — — — — 23,990 — — — 863,160 11/4/2025 11/7/2025 — — — — — — — 150,250 35.98 34.57 1,277,436 Todd Cione 168,750 675,000 1,350,000 — — — — — — — — 8/6/2025 8/12/2025 — — — 37,450 74,900 149,800 — — — — 3,758,482 8/6/2025 8/12/2025 — — — — — — 61,280 — — — 1,799,794 Paul Duggan 173,750 695,000 1,390,000 — — — — — — — — 8/6/2025 8/12/2025 — — — 30,895 61,790 123,580 — — — — 3,100,622 8/6/2025 8/12/2025 — — — — — — 50,550 — — — 1,484,654 Muhi Majzoub 156,250 625,000 1,250,000 — — — — — — — — 8/6/2025 8/12/2025 — — — 18,725 37,450 74,900 — — — — 1,879,241 8/6/2025 8/12/2025 — — — — — — 30,640 — — — 899,897 James McGourlay 201,522 806,087 1,612,174 — — — — — — — — 8/6/2025 8/12/2025 — — — 14,045 28,090 56,180 — — — — 1,409,556 8/6/2025 8/12/2025 — — — — — — 22,980 — — — 674,923 11/4/2025 11/7/2025 — — — 2,635 5,270 10,540 — — — — 264,449 11/4/2025 11/7/2025 — — — — — — 4,310 — — — 155,074 Cosmin Balota 36,228 144,914 289,828 — — — — — — — — 8/6/2025 8/12/2025 — — — 2,810 5,620 11,240 — — — — 282,012 8/6/2025 8/12/2025 — — — — — — 4,600 — — — 135,102 8/6/2025 8/12/2025 — — — — — — — 20,000 30.22 29.49 133,788 Savinay Berry 156,250 625,000 1,250,000 — — — — — — — — 8/6/2025 8/12/2025 — — — 23,405 46,810 93,620 — — — — 2,348,926 8/6/2025 8/12/2025 — — — — — — 38,300 — — — 1,124,871 Sandy Ono 160,938 643,750 1,287,500 — — — — — — — — 8/6/2025 8/12/2025 — — — 15,915 31,830 63,660 — — — — 1,597,229 8/6/2025 8/12/2025 — — — — — — 26,040 — — — 764,795 (1) Represents the threshold, target and maximum estimated payouts under our short-term incentive plan for Fiscal 2026. For further information, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis - Elements of Our Compensation Program - Short-Term Incentives” above. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) ______________________ 126

Page 128

Table of Contents (2) Represents the threshold, target and maximum estimated payouts under our LTIP PSUs for all NEOs. For further information, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis - Elements of Our Compensation Program - Long-Term Incentives - LTIP - PSU Grants in Fiscal 2026” above. (3) Represents the grant-date fair market value of our LTIP RSUs. For further information, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis - Elements of Our Compensation Program - Long-Term Incentives - LTIP - RSUs” above. (4) For further information regarding our options granting procedures, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis - Elements of Our Compensation Program - Long-Term Incentives” above. (5) “Exercise or base price of option awards” is determined based on the closing price of the Company’s Common Shares on the trading day immediately preceding the grant date. (6) Amounts set forth in this column represent the amount recognized as the aggregate grant-date fair value of equity-based option awards; as calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718 for the fiscal year in which the awards were granted. In all cases, these amounts do not reflect whether the NEO has actually realized a financial benefit from the exercise of the awards. For equity awards subject to performance conditions, the grant-date fair value reported in this column is based upon the probable outcome of such conditions. For a discussion of the assumptions used in this valuation, see Note 13 “Equity and Share-based Compensation ” to our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K. (7) Mr. Antoun joined the Company after the August 2025 annual LTIP grant cycle and did not receive an annual LTIP award. The amounts shown represent sign-on equity awards granted pursuant to his employment agreement upon joining the Company in April 2026, consisting of stock options with a target value of $2 million and RSUs with a target value of $2 million. For further detail see "Sign-on Equity Grant for Mr. Antoun" above. (8) Mr. Rai joined the Company in October 2025. In connection with his hire, Mr. Rai received prorated LTIP awards based on his start date relative to each applicable performance cycle. For the annual LTIP with a performance period commencing July 1, 2025 and ending September 15, 2028, he received a prorated grant equal to approximately 92% of target value, and for the annual LTIP with a performance period commencing July 1, 2024, and ending September 15, 2027, Mr. Rai received a prorated grant of approximately 61% of target value. (9) Mr. Berry ceased to be our Chief Product Officer in January 2026, and has forfeited all PSUs and RSUs that were granted in Fiscal 2026. (10)Ms. Ono ceased to be our Chief Marketing Officer in December 2025, and has forfeited all PSUs and RSUs that were granted in Fiscal 2026. Outstanding Equity Awards at End of Fiscal 2026 The following table sets forth certain information regarding outstanding equity awards held by each NEO as of June 30, 2026. This table excludes Mr. Barrenechea who ceased to be our Chief Executive Officer in August 2025, Mr. Westlake who ceased to be our Chief Financial Officer in August 2025, Ms. Ono who ceased to be our Chief Marketing Officer in December 2025, and Mr. Berry who ceased to be our Chief Product Officer in January 2026), each of whom held no outstanding equity awards. Option Awards Stock Awards Name Grant Date Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options (#) Option Exercise Price ($) Option Expiration Date Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#) Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($) Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of unearned shares, units or other rights that have not vested (#) Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or payout value of unearned shares, units or other rights that have not vested ($) (#) Exercisable (#) Unexercisable Ayman Antoun 5/11/2026 — 378,072 24.72 5/11/2033 5/11/2026 85,772 1,899,857 — — Steve Rai 11/7/2025 — 150,250 35.98 11/7/2032 11/7/2025 — — 17,392 385,229 11/7/2025 8,691 192,500 — — 11/7/2025 — — 30,299 671,118 11/7/2025 24,791 549,117 — — Todd Cione 5/6/2024 207,276 207,274 30.25 5/6/2031 8/5/2024 30,939 113,737 28.49 8/5/2031 5/6/2024 — — 43,804 970,269 5/6/2024 21,902 485,134 — — 8/5/2024 — — 61,826 1,369,443 8/5/2024 20,609 456,489 — — 8/12/2025 — — 77,979 1,727,225 8/12/2025 63,799 1,413,142 — — (1) (2) (2) (3) (3) (4) (5) 127

Page 129

Table of Contents Paul Duggan 8/5/2019 9,750 — 38.76 8/5/2026 8/10/2020 45,130 — 45.81 8/10/2027 8/9/2021 19,230 — 52.62 8/9/2028 8/8/2022 22,980 7,660 39.09 8/8/2029 11/7/2022 120,600 59,400 26.81 11/7/2029 8/7/2023 21,630 21,630 36.79 8/7/2030 8/5/2024 32,495 97,485 28.49 8/5/2031 8/7/2023 — — 21,615 478,770 8/7/2023 10,813 239,508 — — 8/5/2024 — — 52,994 1,173,808 8/5/2024 17,665 391,269 — — 8/12/2025 — — 64,330 1,424,903 8/12/2025 52,628 1,165,704 — — Muhi Majzoub 8/5/2019 42,900 — 38.76 8/5/2026 8/10/2020 37,390 — 45.81 8/10/2027 8/10/2020 90,282 — 45.81 8/10/2027 8/9/2021 34,620 — 52.62 8/9/2028 8/8/2022 34,125 11,375 39.09 8/8/2029 11/7/2022 120,600 59,400 26.81 11/7/2029 8/7/2023 21,630 21,630 36.79 8/7/2030 8/5/2024 21,665 64,995 28.49 8/5/2031 8/7/2023 — — 21,615 478,770 8/7/2023 10,813 239,508 — — 8/5/2024 — — 35,329 782,539 8/5/2024 11,777 260,854 — — 8/12/2025 — — 38,989 863,612 8/12/2025 31,899 706,571 — — James McGourlay 8/5/2019 9,750 — 38.76 8/5/2026 8/10/2020 21,370 — 45.81 8/10/2027 8/10/2020 44,053 — 45.81 8/10/2027 8/9/2021 20,510 — 52.62 8/9/2028 8/8/2022 20,220 6,740 39.09 8/8/2029 11/7/2022 120,600 59,400 26.81 11/7/2029 8/7/2023 14,300 14,300 36.79 8/7/2030 8/5/2024 16,248 48,742 28.49 8/5/2031 8/7/2023 — — 14,288 316,475 8/7/2023 7,149 158,360 — — 8/5/2024 — — 26,497 586,904 8/5/2024 8,832 195,635 — — 8/12/2025 — — 29,245 647,767 8/12/2025 23,925 529,928 — — 11/7/2025 — — 5,446 120,627 11/7/2025 4,454 98,653 — — Cosmin Balota 8/10/2020 2,634 — 45.81 8/10/2027 2/6/2023 15,000 5,000 34.70 2/6/2030 8/12/2025 — 20,000 30.22 8/12/2032 8/7/2023 — — 2,731 60,492 8/7/2023 2,731 60,492 8/5/2024 — — 4,416 97,817 8/5/2024 2,944 65,220 — — 8/12/2025 — — 5,851 129,600 8/12/2025 4,789 106,078 — — (1) Stock options in the table above vest annually over a four-year period starting from the date of grant, with the exception of (i) stock options granted to certain of our executive officers on August 10, 2020 in recognition of their service which vest annually over a five year period, with the first vesting date being two years from the date of grant, and (ii) stock options granted to certain of our executive officers on November 7, 2022 in recognition of their services which vest annually over a four year period, with the first vesting date being two years from the date of grant. ______________________ 128

Page 130

Table of Contents (2) Represents each NEO's number of RSUs granted pursuant to our LTIP program, and other non-LTIP related RSUs. LTIP RSUs granted in Fiscal 2024 and onwards vest annually in equal amounts on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date; LTIP RSUs granted prior to Fiscal 2024 generally cliff vest three years after the grant date. Non-LTIP RSUs vest upon the schedules applicable to the respective awards. These amounts illustrate the market value as of June 30, 2026, based upon the closing price for the Company’s Common Shares as traded on the NASDAQ on such date of $22.15. (3) Represents each NEO's target number of PSUs granted pursuant to our LTIP program, which cliff vest after three years following the determination by the Board that the performance criteria have been met for the rTSR metric. These amounts illustrate the market value as of June 30, 2026, assuming target achievement, based upon the closing price for the Company's Common Shares as traded on the NASDAQ on such date of $22.15. (4) Mr. Antoun did not participate in the Fiscal 2026 annual LTIP grant as he joined the Company after the August 2025 grant cycle. The amounts shown represent sign-on equity awards granted pursuant to his employment agreement upon joining the Company in April 2026, consisting of stock options with a target value of $2 million and RSUs with a target value of $2 million. For further detail see “Sign-on Equity Grant for Mr. Antoun” above. (5) Mr. Rai joined the Company in October 2025. In connection with his hire, Mr. Rai received a grant comprised of stock options and a prorated LTIP grant. For further detail see “Sign-on Equity Grant for Mr. Rai” above. As of June 30, 2026, options to purchase an aggregate of 7,563,510 Common Shares had been previously granted and are outstanding under our stock option plans, of which 3,688,466 Common Shares were vested. Options to purchase an additional 8,641,512 Common Shares remain available for issuance pursuant to our stock option plans. Our outstanding stock options pool represents 3.1% of the Common Shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2026. During Fiscal 2026, the Company granted options to purchase 2,001,322 Common Shares or 0.8% of the Common Shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2026. Option Exercises and Stock Vested in Fiscal 2026 The following table sets forth certain details with respect to each of the NEOs concerning the exercise of stock options and vesting of stock in Fiscal 2026: Option Awards Stock Awards Name Number of Shares Acquired on Exercise (#) Value Realized on Exercise ($) Number of Shares Acquired on Vesting (#) Value Realized on Vesting ($) Todd Cione 6,974 34,527 41,165 1,369,418 Paul Duggan — — 25,386 831,877 Muhi Majzoub — — 30,755 1,032,327 James McGourlay — — 19,114 637,740 Cosmin Balota — — 4,975 164,358 Mark J. Barrenechea 537,307 3,302,854 191,647 6,469,928 Chadwick Westlake — — 2,539 74,232 Sandy Ono 116,748 753,150 11,788 384,665 (1) Relates to the vesting of PSUs and RSUs under our LTIP program. (2) “Value realized on exercise” is the excess of the market price, at date of exercise, of the shares underlying the options over the exercise price of the stock options. (3) “Value realized on vesting” is the aggregate market price of the underlying Common Shares on the applicable vesting date. (4) Mr. Barrenechea ceased to be our Chief Executive Officer in August 2025. (5) Mr. Westlake ceased to be our Chief Financial Officer in August 2025. (6) Ms. Ono ceased to be our Chief Marketing Officer in December 2025. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) ______________________ 129

Page 131

Table of Contents Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control We have entered into employment contracts with each of our NEOs. These contracts may require us to make certain types of payments and provide certain types of benefits to the NEOs upon the occurrence of any of these events: • If the NEO is terminated without cause; or • If there is a change in control in the ownership of the Company and subsequent to the change in control, there is a change in the employment relationship between the Company and the NEO. The amounts payable upon termination or change in control, and their form, are determined pursuant to each NEO's employment agreement or other applicable employment terms, which reflect: 1) market data for severance protections; 2) the Company's compensation philosophy and, 3) where applicable, terms individually negotiated in connection with each executive's appointment. Our employment agreements with our NEOs are similar in structure, terms and conditions, with individual terms varying to reflect the specific circumstances and negotiated terms of each executive's arrangement. Key differences in the terms applicable to our CEO are noted in the relevant sections below. Details are set out below of each NEO’s potential payments upon a termination by the Company without cause, or upon a change in control event followed by a change in the employment relationship between the Company and the NEO, except Mr. Balota, whose employment terms do not contain contractual severance or change in control provisions. Upon a termination of employment without cause, Mr. Balota’s severance and other termination entitlements would be determined in accordance with applicable law. Termination Without Cause If the NEO is terminated without cause, we may be obligated to make payments or provide benefits to the NEO. A termination without cause means a termination of an NEO for any reason other than the following, each of which provides “cause” for termination: • The failure by the NEO to attempt in good faith to perform their duties, other than as a result of a physical or mental illness or injury; • The NEO’s willful misconduct or gross negligence of a material nature in connection with the performance of their duties which is or could reasonably be expected to be injurious to the Company; • The breach by the NEO of their fiduciary duty or duty of loyalty to the Company; • The NEO’s intentional and unauthorized removal, use or disclosure of information relating to the Company, including client information, which is injurious to the Company or its clients; • The willful performance by the NEO of any act of dishonesty or willful misappropriation of funds or property of the Company or its affiliates; • The indictment of the NEO or a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or other serious crime involving moral turpitude; • The material breach by the NEO of any obligation material to their employment relationship with the Company; or • The material breach by the NEO of the Company’s policies and procedures which breach causes or could reasonably be expected to cause harm to the Company; provided that in certain of the circumstances listed above, the Company has given the NEO reasonable notice of the reason for termination as well as a reasonable opportunity to correct the circumstances giving rise to the termination. Change in Control If there is a change in control of the Company and within twelve months of such change in control event, there is a change in the employment relationship between the Company and the NEO without the NEO’s written consent, we may be obligated to provide payments or benefits to the NEO, unless such a change is in connection with the termination of the NEO either for cause or due to the death or disability of the NEO. A change in control includes the following events: 130

Page 132

Table of Contents • The sale, lease, exchange or other transfer, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; • The approval by the holders of Common Shares of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; • Any transaction in which any person or group acquires ownership of more than 50% of outstanding Common Shares; • Any transaction in which a majority of the Board is replaced over a twelve-month period and such replacement of the Board was not approved by a majority of the Board still in office at the beginning of such period; or • The consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company, or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, unless following such transaction the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction own at least 50% of the then-outstanding equity securities and combined voting power of the resulting entity. Examples of a change in the employment relationship between the NEO and the Company where payments or benefits may be triggered following a change in control event include: • A material diminution in the duties and responsibilities of the NEO, other than (a) a change arising solely out of the Company becoming part of a larger organization following the change in control event or any related change in the reporting hierarchy or (b) a reorganization of the Company resulting in similar changes to the duties and responsibilities of similarly situated executive officers; • A material reduction to the NEO’s compensation, other than a similar reduction to the compensation of similarly situated executive officers; • A relocation of the NEO’s primary work location by more than fifty miles; • A reduction in the title or position of the NEO, other than (a) a change arising solely out of the Company becoming part of a larger organization following the change in control event or any related change in the reporting hierarchy or (b) a reorganization of the Company resulting in similar changes to the titles or positions of similarly situated executive officers; or • In the case of our CEO, any other change or circumstance that amounts to a constructive dismissal. None of our NEOs, other than Mr. Balota, are entitled to the payments or benefits described below, or any other payments or benefits, solely upon a change in control where there is no change to the NEO’s employment relationship with the Company. Amounts Payable Upon Termination or Change in Control Pursuant to our employment agreements with our NEOs and the terms of our LTIP, the entitlements of each NEO upon termination of employment without cause or following a change in the NEO's relationship with the Company, both (i) absent a change in control and (ii) within twelve months following a change in control, are set forth below. Absent a change in control, for all NEOs other than the CEO, LTIP amounts are prorated for the number of months of participation in the applicable performance period in accordance with the terms of the applicable LTIP. For the CEO, upon a termination without cause absent a change in control, all outstanding LTIP awards vest immediately at 100% of target, in accordance with the terms of the CEO's employment agreement. Within 12 months of a change in control, for all NEOs other than the CEO, PSU vesting acceleration provisions are aligned with peer group practices to provide for the number of PSUs earned to be based on actual rTSR performance through the change in control date. For the CEO, upon a qualifying termination within twelve months following a change in control, all outstanding LTIP awards vest immediately at 100% of target, in accordance with the terms of the CEO's employment agreement. Mr. Westlake voluntarily departed the Company during Fiscal 2026; therefore, he is not included in the tables below. 131

Page 133

Table of Contents No Change in Control No change in control Base Short-termincentives LTIP Options Employee andMedicalBenefits Ayman Antoun Termination without cause orChange in relationship 24 months 24 months Vested Vested 24 months Steve Rai Termination without cause orChange in relationship 12 months 12 months Prorated Vested 12 months Todd Cione Termination without cause orChange in relationship 12 months 12 months Prorated Vested 12 months Paul Duggan Termination without cause orChange in relationship 12 months 12 months Prorated Vested 12 months Muhi Majzoub Termination without cause orChange in relationship 12 months 12 months Prorated Vested 12 months James McGourlay Termination without cause orChange in relationship 12 months 12 months Prorated Vested 12 months Cosmin Balota Termination without cause orChange in relationship N/A N/A Prorated Vested N/A Mark J. Barrenechea Termination without cause orChange in relationship 24 months 24 months Prorated Vested 24 months Savinay Berry Termination without cause orChange in relationship 12 months 12 months Prorated Vested 12 months Sandy Ono Termination without cause orChange in relationship 12 months 12 months Prorated Vested 12 months (1) Assuming 100% achievement of the expected targets for the fiscal year in which the triggering event occurred. (2) LTIP amounts are prorated for the number of months of participation at termination date in the applicable 38-month performance period. If the termination date is before the commencement of the 19th month of the performance period, a prorated LTIP will not be paid. (3) Only stock options that have vested as of termination date are exercisable, with no acceleration of unvested stock options. For a period of 90 days following the termination date, the NEO has the right to exercise all stock options which have vested as of the date of termination. (4) Employee and medical benefits at the level provided to each NEO immediately prior to the occurrence of the triggering event for the specified period. (5) Pursuant to the CEO’s employment agreement, upon a termination without cause absent a change in control, all outstanding LTIP awards granted to the CEO vest immediately, with PSUs vesting at 100% of target, and all outstanding stock options vest immediately. (6) Mr. Balota’s employment terms do not provide for contractual severance payments or benefits. Upon a termination without cause, he would be entitled to such severance as may be provided under applicable law, and such amounts are not included in the table above because they are not contractually determinable. Under the terms of his grant agreements, his unvested RSUs and PSUs vest upon a change in control based on the time elapsed since grant: 0% within the first six months, 50% after six months and before eighteen months, and 100% after eighteen months. PSU vesting remains subject to rTSR performance measured through the change in control date. (7) In accordance with the terms of his employment agreement, as amended, Mr. Barrenechea is entitled to participate until the age of 70 in healthcare benefits substantially similar to what he received as Vice Chair, CEO and CTO of the Company. These benefits will be provided at the cost of the Company, provided that Mr. Barrenechea continues to be responsible for the applicable employee contribution and this benefit will terminate if he becomes employed elsewhere. In the event that the employee or company contribution funding increases, Mr. Barrenechea would be responsible for that increase. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) ______________________ 132

Page 134

Table of Contents Within 12 Months of a Change in Control Within 12 Months of a Change in Control Base Short-termincentives LTIP Options Employee andMedical Benefits Ayman Antoun Termination without cause orChange in relationship 24 months 24 months 100%Vested 100% Vested 24 months Steve Rai Termination without cause orChange in relationship 12 months 12 months 100%Vested 100% Vested 12 months Todd Cione Termination without cause orChange in relationship 12 months 12 months 100%Vested 100% Vested 12 months Paul Duggan Termination without cause orChange in relationship 12 months 12 months 100%Vested 100% Vested 12 months Muhi Majzoub Termination without cause orChange in relationship 24 months 24 months 100%Vested 100% Vested 24 months James McGourlay Termination without cause orChange in relationship 12 months 12 months 100%Vested 100% Vested 12 months Cosmin Balota Termination without cause orChange in control — — — — — (1) Assuming 100% achievement of the expected targets for the fiscal year in which the triggering event occurred. (2) For the CEO, upon a qualifying termination within twelve months following a change in control, all outstanding PSUs vest in full at 100% of target and all outstanding RSUs vest in full, in accordance with the terms of the CEO’s employment agreement. For all other NEOs, the number of PSUs earned is based on actual rTSR performance through the change in control date on a pro-rata basis, and outstanding awards otherwise remain subject to the terms of the applicable plan and award agreements. "100% Vested" reflects acceleration of vesting; for NEOs other than the CEO, this does not guarantee 100% of the target PSU award as the number of PSUs earned is determined by actual rTSR performance. (3) For a period of 90 days following the termination date, the NEO has the right to exercise all stock options which are deemed to have vested as of the date of termination. (4) Employee and medical benefits provided to each NEO immediately prior to the occurrence of the triggering event, continued for the period specified in the table above. (5) Mr. Balota’s employment terms do not contain change in control provisions. Under the terms of his grant agreements, his RSUs and PSUs vest upon a change in control alone based on time elapsed since grant. See footnote (6) to the “No Change in Control” table above for more information. In addition to the information identified above, each NEO is entitled to all accrued payments up to the date of termination, including all earned but unpaid short-term incentive amounts and earned but unsettled LTIP. Except as otherwise required by law, we are required to make all these payments and provide these benefits over a period of 12 months or 24 months, depending on the NEO’s entitlement and the circumstances which triggered our obligation to make such payments and provide such benefits, from the date of the event which triggered our obligation. In return for receiving the payments and the benefits described above, each NEO must comply with certain obligations in favour of the Company, including a non-disparagement obligation. Also, each NEO is bound by a confidentiality and non- solicitation agreement where the non-solicitation obligation lasts eighteen months from the date of termination of their employment in the case of the CEO, and six months from the date of termination of their employment for all other NEOs. Any breach by an NEO of any provision of his/her contractual agreements may only be waived by the Company upon the review and approval of the Board. Quantitative Estimates of Payments upon Termination or Change in Control Further information regarding payments to our NEOs in the event of a termination or a change in control may be found in the table below. This table sets forth the estimated amount of payments and other benefits each NEO would be entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the indicated event, assuming that the event occurred on June 30, 2026. Amounts (i) potentially payable under plans which are generally available to all of our salaried employees, such as life and disability insurance, and (ii) earned but unpaid, in both cases, are excluded from the table. The values related to vesting of stock options and awards are based upon the fair market value of our Common Shares of $22.15 per share as reported on the NASDAQ on June 30, 2026, the last trading day of our fiscal year. The other material assumptions made with respect to the numbers reported in the table below are: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) ______________________ 133

Page 135

Table of Contents • The salary and incentive payments are calculated based on the amounts of salary, incentive and benefit payments which were payable to each NEO as of June 30, 2026; and • Payments under the LTIPs are calculated in accordance with the methodology described under "Amounts Payable Upon Termination or Change in Control" above, which distinguishes between no change in control and change in control scenarios and between the CEO and other NEOs. Actual payments made at any future date may vary, including the amount the NEO would have accrued under the applicable benefit or compensation plan as well as the price of our Common Shares. Named Executive Officer Salary ($) Short-term Incentive Payment ($) Gain on Vesting of LTIP and Non- LTIP RSUs ($) Gain on Vesting of Stock Options ($) Employee Benefits ($) Total ($) Ayman Antoun Termination WithoutCause / Change inRelationship with noChange in Control 1,737,219 2,345,246 1,899,857 — — 5,982,322 Termination WithoutCause / Change inRelationship, within 12months following aChange in Control 1,737,219 2,345,246 1,899,857 — — 5,982,322 Steve Rai Termination WithoutCause / Change inRelationship with noChange in Control 524,785 524,785 364,881 — 19,582 1,434,033 Termination WithoutCause / Change inRelationship, within 12months following aChange in Control 524,785 524,785 1,797,963 — 19,582 2,867,115 Todd Cione Termination WithoutCause / Change inRelationship with noChange in Control 675,000 675,000 2,532,023 — 23,177 3,905,200 Termination WithoutCause / Change inRelationship, within 12months following aChange in Control 675,000 675,000 6,421,702 — 23,177 7,794,879 Paul Duggan Termination WithoutCause / Change inRelationship with noChange in Control 695,000 695,000 1,668,943 — — 3,058,943 Termination WithoutCause / Change inRelationship, within 12months following aChange in Control 695,000 695,000 4,873,962 — — 6,263,962 Muhi Majzoub Termination WithoutCause / Change inRelationship with noChange in Control 625,000 625,000 1,339,459 — 18,377 2,607,836 Termination WithoutCause / Change inRelationship, within 12months following aChange in Control 1,250,000 1,250,000 3,331,854 — 36,754 5,868,608 James McGourlay Termination WithoutCause / Change inRelationship with noChange in Control 805,276 805,276 944,079 — 19,030 2,573,661 Termination WithoutCause / Change inRelationship, within 12months following aChange in Control 805,276 805,276 2,654,350 — 19,030 4,283,932 Cosmin Balota Termination WithoutCause / Change inRelationship with noChange in Control — — 217,587 — — 217,587 (1) (1) 134

Page 136

Table of Contents Termination WithoutCause / Change inRelationship, within 12months following aChange in Control — — 519,698 — — 519,698 (1) Mr. Antoun and Mr. Rai’s salary and short-term incentive payment amounts are based on their annualized salary and target compensation for Fiscal 2026. Mr. Westlake voluntarily departed the Company during Fiscal 2026; therefore, he is not included in the table below. See Summary Compensation Table under Section VII - Other Elements of Our Compensation Program for more information on the amounts received by Mr. Westlake pursuant to his employment agreement. The table below sets forth the amounts received by Mr. Barrenechea, Mr. Berry, and Ms. Ono in conjunction with their departure from the Company. Named Executive Officer Salary ($) Short-term Incentive Payment ($) Gain on Vesting of LTIP and Non-LTIP RSUs ($) Gain on Vesting of Stock Options ($) Employee Benefits ($) Total ($) Mark J. Barrenechea Termination WithoutCause / Change inRelationship with noChange in Control 1,900,000 2,850,000 9,427,891 3,302,854 373,000 17,853,745 Savinay Berry Termination WithoutCause / Change inRelationship with noChange in Control 625,000 625,000 — — 24,426 1,274,426 Sandy Ono Termination WithoutCause / Change inRelationship with noChange in Control 643,750 643,750 306,052 753,150 24,426 2,371,128 Insider Trading Policy All our employees, officers and directors, including our NEOs, are required to comply with our Insider Trading Policy. Our Insider Trading Policy prohibits the purchase, sale or trade of our securities with the knowledge of material inside information. In addition, our Insider Trading Policy prohibits our employees, officers and directors, including our NEOs, from, directly or indirectly, short selling any security of the Company or entering into any other arrangement that results in a gain only if the value of the Company’s securities decline in the future, selling a “call option” giving the holder an option to purchase securities of the Company, or buying a “put option” giving the holder an option to sell securities of the Company. The definition of “trading in securities” includes any derivatives-based, monetization, non-recourse loan or similar arrangement that changes the insider’s economic exposure to or interest in securities of the Company and which may not necessarily involve a sale. All grants of long-term incentive awards are subject to our Insider Trading Policy and as a result, may not be granted during the “blackout” period beginning on the fifteenth day of the last month of each quarter and ending at the beginning of the second trading day following the date on which the Company’s quarterly or annual financial results, as applicable, have been publicly released. If the Board approves the issuance of any awards during the blackout period, these awards will not be granted until the blackout period is over. Further, we do not grant awards in anticipation of the release of material nonpublic information or time the release of material nonpublic information for the purpose of affecting the value of such grants. ______________________ 135

Page 137

Table of Contents Clawback Policy In accordance with SEC rules and NASDAQ listing standards and in line with market practice, we adopted a clawback policy (Clawback Policy) which mandates the recovery of certain erroneously paid incentive-based compensation received by our executive officers on or after October 2, 2023, if we have a qualifying financial restatement during the three completed fiscal years immediately preceding the fiscal year in which a financial restatement determination is made, subject to limited exceptions in accordance with SEC rules. Recovery is required regardless of whether the executive officer was involved in the preparation of the relevant financial statements. During Fiscal 2026, the Company did not have any qualifying financial restatement that required recovery of erroneously awarded compensation pursuant to the Clawback Policy. Share Ownership Guidelines We currently have equity ownership guidelines (Share Ownership Guidelines), the objective of which is to encourage our senior management, including our NEOs, and our directors to buy and hold Common Shares in the Company based upon an investment target. Our required equity ownership levels are as follows: CEO 6x base salary Other senior management 2x base salary Non-management director 5x annual retainer For purposes of the Share Ownership Guidelines, individuals are deemed to hold all securities over which they are the registered or beneficial owner thereof under the rules of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise in which such person has or shares: • voting power which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security; and/or • investment power which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition of, such security. The result is that only Common Shares – not unvested equity-based compensation – and, for non-management directors, deferred share units (DSUs), are eligible forms of equity for purposes of Share Ownership Guideline fulfillment. Also, Common Shares are valued at the greater of their book value (i.e., purchase price) or the current market value. On an annual basis, the Talent and Compensation Committee reviews the recommended ownership levels under the Share Ownership Guidelines and the compliance by our executive officers and directors with the Share Ownership Guidelines. The Board originally implemented the Share Ownership Guidelines in October 2009 and recommends that equity ownership levels be achieved within five years of becoming a member of the executive leadership team, including NEOs. As a result of the changes to the ownership guidelines, such individuals will have until 2030 to achieve the new share ownership requirements. The Board recommends that senior management retain their ownership levels for as long as they remain members of the executive leadership team. We believe that the Share Ownership Guidelines help align the financial interests of our senior management team and directors with the financial interests of our shareholders. Named Executive Officers NEOs may achieve the Share Ownership Guidelines through the exercise of stock option awards for Common Shares, Common Shares received as a result of vested RSUs or PSUs, purchases under the ESPP, through open market purchases made in compliance with applicable securities laws or through any equity plan(s) we may adopt from time to time providing for the acquisition of Common Shares. Until the Share Ownership Guidelines are met, it is recommended that an NEO retain a portion of any stock option exercise or LTIP award in Common Shares to contribute to the achievement of the Share Ownership Guidelines. Common Shares issuable pursuant to the unexercised options are not counted towards meeting the equity ownership target. As of the end of Fiscal 2026, all NEOs were in compliance with the Share Ownership Guidelines, as applicable to them. Directors Regarding non-management directors, both Common Shares and deferred stock units (DSUs) are counted towards the achievement of the Share Ownership Guidelines. The Company currently has a Directors’ Deferred 136

Page 138

Table of Contents Share Unit Plan (DSU Plan), whereby any non-management director of the Company may elect to defer all or part of their retainer and/or fees in the form of common stock equivalents. As of the end of Fiscal 2026, all non-management directors were in compliance with the Share Ownership Guidelines, as applicable to them. For further details, see the table below titled “Director Compensation for Fiscal 2026.” Director Compensation for Fiscal 2026 The following table sets forth summary information concerning the annual compensation received by each of the non- management directors of the Company for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2026. In addition to cash compensation for serving on the Board as its Chair, in August 2025, the Company appointed Mr. Jenkins as Executive Chair and Chief Strategy Officer. The Board determined to enter into this arrangement after considering the extraordinary business circumstances at that time, notably that both the CEO and CFO roles were held by interim incumbents, with no specific timeframe to name permanent incumbents to those positions. The Board also considered Mr. Jenkins’ long history with the Company, his understanding of key strategic issues, and his strong alignment with shareholders given his ownership stake in the Company. Following the successful conclusion of the process to hire and onboard Mr. Antoun, Mr. Jenkins returned to his prior role solely as Board Chair. Effective July 17, 2026, Jill Larsen was appointed to the Board. As Ms. Larsen joined the Board following the end of Fiscal 2026, no compensation was earned or paid during Fiscal 2026 and accordingly Ms. Larsen is not included in the table below. Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($) Stock Awards ($) Option Awards ($) Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($) All Other Compensation ($) Total($) P. Thomas Jenkins 1,104,418 — 3,060,000 (18) 4,164,418 Randy Fowlie 138,836 279,963 36,442 (19) 455,241 David Fraser 125,000 328,533 453,533 John Hastings 94,829 202,716 30,028 (19) 327,573 Robert Hau 127,603 249,974 22,771 (19) 400,348 Goldy Hyder 95,333 264,969 360,302 Kristen Ludgate 85,404 356,352 441,756 Fletcher Previn 325,000 30,405 355,405 Annette Rippert 20,000 350,949 370,949 Stephen J. Sadler — 14,389 14,389 George Schindler 82,377 246,553 328,930 Katharine B. Stevenson — 25,441 25,441 Margaret Stuart — 271,964 17,672 (19) 289,636 Deborah Weinstein 285,000 99,574 24,408 (19) 408,982 (1) Non-management directors may elect to receive DSUs or cash for their directors’ fees and/or annual equity grant. Cash paid for directors’ fees are paid in accordance with the scheduled fee arrangements set forth in the table below. If cash is elected for the annual equity grant, such cash is payable at the Company’s next AGM. In Fiscal 2026, Messrs. Jenkins and Previn, and Ms. Weinstein elected to receive cash for all of their annual equity grant. (2) Non-management directors may elect to defer all or a portion of their retainer and/or fees in the form of DSUs under our DSU Plan based on the value of the Company’s shares as of the date fees would otherwise be paid. The DSU Plan, originally effective February 2, 2010, and amended and restated in October 2018, is available to any non-management director of the Company and is designed to promote greater alignment of long-term interests between directors of the Company and its shareholders. DSUs granted as compensation for directors’ fees vest immediately whereas the DSUs granted for the annual equity grant vest at the Company’s next AGM. No DSUs are payable by the Company until the director ceases to be a member of the Board. DSUs are entitled to receive dividend equivalents, which are credited in the form of additional units and are subject to the same conditions as the underlying award. Such dividend equivalents are reflected in the grant date fair value of the award and do not result in additional compensation for purposes of the table. (1) (2)(3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) ______________________ 137

Page 139

Table of Contents (3) The amounts set forth in this column represent the amount recognized as the aggregate grant-date fair value of equity-based compensation awards as calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. These amounts do not reflect whether the recipient has actually realized a financial benefit from the awards. For a discussion of the assumptions used in this valuation, see Note 13 “Equity and Share-based Compensation” to our Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In Fiscal 2026, Messrs. Jenkins, Fowlie, Fraser, Hastings, Hau, Hyder, Previn, Sadler and Schindler and Mses. Ludgate, Rippert, Stevenson, Stuart, and Weinstein received —, 8,723, 10,646, 6,044, 7,453, 8,088, 1,258, 429, 7,351, 11,241, 10,642, 785, 8,201, and 3,076 DSUs, respectively. (4) As of June 30, 2026, Mr. Jenkins holds 167,814 DSUs. Mr. Jenkins serves as Chair of the Board. (5) As of June 30, 2026, Mr. Fowlie holds 164,655 DSUs. (6) As of June 30, 2026, Mr. Fraser holds 67,458 DSUs. (7) Mr. Hastings joined the Board on December 9, 2025. As of June 30, 2026, Mr. Hastings holds 6,195 DSUs. (8) As of June 30, 2026, Mr. Hau holds 45,324 DSUs. (9) As of June 30, 2026, Mr. Hyder holds 21,977 DSUs. (10)As of June 30, 2026, Ms. Ludgate held 11,558 DSUs. Ms. Ludgate ceased to serve as a director effective July 17, 2026. (11)As of June 30, 2026, Mr. Previn holds 11,467 DSUs. (12)As of June 30, 2026, Ms. Rippert holds 24,766 DSUs. (13)Mr. Sadler retired from the Board effective December 9, 2025, being the date of our 2025 AGM. The amounts shown reflect the pro rata amounts he received through his retirement date. (14)Mr. Schindler joined the Board on October 6, 2025. As of June 30, 2026, Mr. Schindler holds 7,546 DSUs. (15)Ms. Stevenson retired from the Board effective December 9, 2025, being the date of our 2025 AGM. The amounts shown reflect the pro rata amounts she received through her retirement date. (16)Ms. Stuart joined the Board on December 9, 2025. As of June 30, 2026, Ms. Stuart holds 8,403 DSUs. (17)As of June 30, 2026, Ms. Weinstein holds 168,032 DSUs. (18)During Fiscal 2026, Mr. Jenkins received $3.1 million in consulting fees under the advisory services arrangement described under “Director Compensation for Fiscal 2026” above. These payments were approved by the Audit Committee of the Board in accordance with its policies and procedures, and Mr. Jenkins abstained from voting on all transactions from which he could derive consulting fees. (19)Includes amounts for authorized spousal travel expenses related to certain Company events and tax gross-ups related thereto. The gross-up amounts for Messrs. Fowlie, Hastings and Hau and Mses. Stuart and Weinstein were $18,377, $15,205, $387, $8,571, and $12,131, respectively. The Board sets the level of compensation for directors, based on the recommendations of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. From time to time, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee reviews the amount and form of compensation paid to directors, having regard to the workload and responsibilities involved in being an effective director, and benchmarked against director compensation for comparable companies. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee’s review may be conducted with the assistance of outside consultants. Directors who are salaried officers or employees receive no compensation for serving as directors. In Fiscal 2026, Mr. Barrenechea was the only employee director until August 11, 2025 and Mr. Antoun is the only employee director since April 20, 2026. The material terms of our director compensation arrangements are as follows: 138

Page 140

Table of Contents Description Amount and Frequency of Payment Annual Chair retainer fee payable to the Chair of the Board $200,000 per year payable following our annual generalmeeting Annual retainer fee payable to each non-management director$75,000 per director payable following our annual generalmeeting Annual Audit Committee retainer fee payable to each memberof the Audit Committee $25,000 per year payable at $6,250 at the beginning of eachquarterly period. Annual Audit Committee Chair retainer fee payable to theChair of the Audit Committee $10,000 per year payable at $2,500 at the beginning of eachquarterly period. Annual Talent and Compensation Committee retainer feepayable to each member of the Talent and CompensationCommittee $15,000 per year payable at $3,750 at the beginning of eachquarterly period. Annual Talent and Compensation Committee Chair retainerfee payable to the Chair of the Talent and CompensationCommittee $10,000 per year payable at $2,500 at the beginning of eachquarterly period. Annual Corporate Governance & Nominating Committeeretainer fee payable to each member of the CorporateGovernance & Nominating Committee $10,000 per year payable at $2,500 at the beginning of eachquarterly period. Annual Corporate Governance & Nominating CommitteeChair retainer fee payable to the Chair of the CorporateGovernance & Nominating Committee $8,000 per year payable at $2,000 at the beginning of eachquarterly period. Excess travel fee payable to each non-management directorattending a meeting who travels more than six hours $2,000 per meeting when applicable. Retainer fees payable to each non-management director thatis a member of an Ad-hoc Committees of theBoard Reasonable amount to compensate for additional workload asdetermined by the Board. (1) During Fiscal 2026, the Board constituted two ad hoc committees: the Strategy Committee and the CEO Search Committee. The Strategy Committee was established by the Board to oversee the evaluation and execution of potential divestitures, including the completed divestitures of eDOCS and Vertica. For Fiscal 2026, Messrs. Fowlie, Hastings, and Previn, and Ms. Rippert were each members of the Strategy Committee. The CEO Search Committee was constituted to identify, evaluate and recommend the Company's next permanent CEO. Messrs. Fraser, Hau, and Hyder, and Ms. Ludgate, were each members of the CEO Search Committee. Applicable fees are included in the Director Compensation table above. The compensation described in the table above reflects the Company’s standard non-management director compensation program. The Board may, from time to time, approve additional compensation for directors who perform services or assume responsibilities beyond their normal Board and committee duties. In addition to the scheduled fee arrangements set forth in the table above, non-management directors also receive an annual equity grant representing the long-term component of their compensation. The amount of the annual equity grant is discretionary; however, historically, the amount of this grant has been determined and updated on a periodic basis with the assistance of the Talent and Compensation Committee and the compensation consultant and benchmarked against director compensation for comparable companies. For Fiscal 2026, the annual equity grant was $250,000 for each non-management director and $320,000 for the Chair of the Board. (1) ______________________ 139

Page 141

Table of Contents Non-management directors may elect to receive DSUs or cash for their directors’ fees and/or annual equity grant. DSUs are granted under a DSU Plan, which is available to any non-management director of the Company. DSUs granted as compensation for directors’ fees vest immediately whereas DSUs granted for the annual equity grant vest at the Company’s next AGM. If cash is elected for the annual equity grant, such cash is also payable at the Company’s next AGM. No DSUs are payable by the Company until the director ceases to be a member of the Board. As with its employees, the Company believes that granting compensation to directors in the form of equity, such as DSUs, promotes a greater alignment of long-term interests between directors of the Company and the shareholders of the Company. For further details of our Share Ownership Guidelines as they relate to directors, see “Share Ownership Guidelines” above. Talent and Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation The members of our Talent and Compensation Committee consist of Ms. Stuart and Messrs. Hyder, Previn and Schindler. None of the members of the Talent and Compensation Committee have been or are an officer or employee of the Company, or any of our subsidiaries, or had any relationship requiring disclosure herein. None of our executive officers served as a member of the compensation committee of another entity (or other committee of the Board of Directors performing equivalent functions, or in the absence of any such committee, the entire Board of Directors) one of whose executive officers served as a director of ours. Board’s Role in Risk Oversight The Board has overall responsibility for risk oversight. The Board is responsible for overseeing management’s implementation and operation of enterprise risk management, either directly or through its committees, which shall report to the Board with respect to risk oversight undertaken in accordance with their respective charters. At least annually, the Board shall review reports provided by management on the risks inherent in the business of the Company (including appropriate crisis preparedness, business continuity, information system controls, cybersecurity and data privacy programs and risks, including those related to the deployment of artificial intelligence and disaster recovery plans, as well as corporate citizenship matters, including climate-related matters), the appropriate degree of risk mitigation and risk control, overall compliance with and the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management policies, and residual risks remaining after implementation of risk controls. In addition, each committee reviews and reports to the Board on risk oversight matters, as described below. The Audit Committee oversees risks related to our accounting, financial statements and financial reporting process. On a quarterly basis, the Audit Committee also reviews reports provided by management on the risks inherent in the business of the Company, including those related to cybersecurity and data privacy programs and risks, including those related to the deployment of artificial intelligence, and disaster recovery plans, and reports to the Board with respect to risk oversight undertaken. The Talent and Compensation Committee oversees risks which may be associated with our compensation policies, practices and programs, in particular with respect to our executive officers. The Talent and Compensation Committee assesses such risks with the review and assistance of the Company’s management and the Talent and Compensation Committee’s external compensation consultants. Based on its review and consideration of all of the Company’s compensation plans and practices, the Company does not believe that its compensation policies and practices create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee monitors risk and potential risks with respect to the effectiveness of the Board, and considers aspects such as director succession, Board composition and the principal policies that guide the Company’s overall corporate governance. The members of each of the Audit Committee, the Talent and Compensation Committee, and the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee are all “independent” directors within the meaning ascribed to it in Multilateral Instrument 52-110- Audit Committees as well as the listing standards of the NASDAQ, and, in the case of the Audit Committee, the additional independence requirements set out by the SEC. All of our directors are kept informed of our business through open discussions with our management team, including our CEO, who serves on our Board. The Board also receives documents, such as quarterly and periodic management reports and financial statements, and our directors have access to all books, records and reports upon request. Members of management are available at all times to answer any questions that Board members may have. 140

Page 143

Table of Contents Name of Beneficial Owner Shares Options Deferred StockUnits Total Amount and Nature ofBeneficial Ownership Percent of CommonShares Outstanding Principal Shareholders 1832 Asset Management L.P. 27,039,270 11.17% Jarislowsky, Fraser Ltd. 21,150,154 8.74% FIL Limited 17,184,000 7.10% BlackRock, Inc. 14,810,675 6.12% Directors P. Thomas Jenkins 3,288,804 — 167,814 3,456,618 1.41% Randy Fowlie 193,000 — 157,202 350,202 * Deborah Weinstein — — 168,032 168,032 * David Fraser 253 — 60,005 60,258 * Robert Hau — — 37,871 37,871 * Annette Rippert — — 17,313 17,313 * Goldy Hyder — — 14,524 14,524 * Fletcher Previn — — 11,467 11,467 * Kristen Ludgate — — 4,105 4,105 * Margaret Stuart — — 2,359 2,359 * George Schindler — — 1,522 1,522 * John Hastings — — 151 151 * Current NEOs Muhi Majzoub 129,996 447,067 — 577,063 * Paul Duggan 13,790 322,785 — 336,575 * Todd Cione — 276,128 — 276,128 * Ayman Antoun — — — — * Steve Rai — — — — * Interim CEO and CFO James McGourlay 35,609 297,189 — 332,798 * Cosmin Balota 7,472 22,634 — 30,106 * Former Executives Mark J. Barrenechea 1,219,092 — — 1,219,092 * Sandy Ono 5,942 — — 5,942 * Chadwick Westlake 1,392 — — 1,392 * Savinay Berry — — — — * All current executive officers anddirectors as a group 3,676,136 1,613,888 642,365 5,932,389 2.42% Less than 1% (1) Jill Larsen was appointed as a director of the Company on July 17, 2026, subsequent to June 30, 2026, the date as of which beneficial ownership information is presented, and accordingly is not included in this table. (2) Represents the number of Common Shares owned as of June 30, 2026. (3) Represents the options that were exercisable on or became exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2026. (4) Represents the number of stock units held under our DSU Plan for non-employee directors. (5) The percentage of Common Shares outstanding is calculated using the total shares outstanding as of June 30, 2026. (6) Information based on Schedule 13G/A filed on May 1, 2026 by 1832 Asset Management L.P. with the SEC. According to the filing, the address of 1832 Asset Management L.P. is Scotiabank North, 40 Temperance Street, 16th Floor, Toronto, Ontario, M5H 0B4, Canada. (7) Information based on Schedule 13G/A filed on October 7, 2025 by Jarislowsky, Fraser Limited with the SEC. According to the filing, the address of Jarislowsky, Fraser Ltd. is 1010 Sherbrooke St. West, 20th Floor, Montreal, Quebec, Canada, H3A 2R7. (8) Information based on Schedule 13G/A filed on May 6, 2026 by FIL Limited with the SEC. According to the filing, the address of FIL Limited is Pembroke Hall, 42 Crow Lane, Hamilton, Bermuda, HM19. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) ______________________ * 142

Page 144

Table of Contents (9) Information based on Schedule 13G/A filed on July 29, 2026 by Blackrock, Inc. with the SEC. According to the filing, the address of BlackRock, Inc. is 50 Hudson Yards New York, NY 10001. (10)Ms. Ludgate departed from the Company in July 2026 and is included in the table above as she was a director during Fiscal 2026. (11)Mr. Barrenechea departed from the Company in August 2025 and is included in the table above as he was a named executive officer for Fiscal 2026. Beneficial ownership information is presented as of Mr. Barrenechea’s last date of employment with the Company. (12)Ms. Ono departed from the Company in December 2025 and is included in the table above as she was a named executive officer for Fiscal 2026. Beneficial ownership information is presented as of Ms. Ono’s last date of employment with the Company. (13)Mr. Westlake departed from the Company in August 2025 and is included in the table above as he was a named executive officer for Fiscal 2026. Beneficial ownership information is presented as of Mr. Westlake’s last date of employment with the Company. (14)Mr. Berry departed from the Company in January 2026 and is included in the table above as he was a named executive officer for Fiscal 2026. Beneficial ownership information is presented as of Mr. Berry’s last date of employment with the Company. Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans The following table sets forth summary information relating to our various stock compensation plans as of June 30, 2026: Plan Category Number of securitiesto be issued upon exerciseof outstanding options,warrants, and rights Weighted averageexercise priceof outstanding options,warrants, and rights Number of securitiesremaining availablefor future issuanceunder equitycompensation plans(excluding securitiesreflected in column a) (a) (b) (c) Equity compensation plans approvedby security holders: 7,563,510 $34.23 8,641,512 Equity compensation plans notapproved by security holders: Under deferred share unit awards 790,968 Under performance share unitawards 1,770,651 Under restricted share unit awards 3,376,630 Total 13,501,759 8,641,512 For more information regarding stock compensation plans, refer to Note 13 “Equity and Share-based Compensation” to our Consolidated Financial Statements within this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Related Transactions Policy and Director Independence We have adopted a written policy that all transactional agreements between us and related parties be first approved by a majority of the independent directors. Once these agreements are approved, payments made pursuant to the agreements are approved by the members of our Audit Committee. A related party includes any officer, director, affiliates or beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of voting equity securities. Our procedure regarding the approval of any related party transaction is that the material facts of such transaction shall be reviewed by the independent members of our Audit Committee and the transaction approved by a majority of the independent members of our Audit Committee. The Audit Committee reviews all transactions wherein we are, or will be a participant and any related party has or will have a direct or indirect interest. In determining whether to approve a related party transaction, the Audit Committee generally takes into account, among other facts it deems appropriate: whether the transaction is on terms no less favourable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances; the extent and nature of the related person’s interest in the transaction; the benefits to the company of the proposed transaction; if applicable, the effects on a director’s independence; and if applicable, the availability of other sources of comparable services or products. Other than as discussed below and the compensation arrangements disclosed under Part II, Item 11, 143

Page 145

Table of Contents “Executive Compensation — Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, there have not been any transactions to which we are a party, nor are there any proposed transactions to which we would be a party, with related parties for which we are required to disclose pursuant to the rules of the SEC and the Canadian Securities Administrators. Further, we are, or may become, a limited partner in one or more strategic investment funds, with an ownership interest of up to approximately 19.9% in each fund, in which such funds invest in early stage and growth stage companies (each, a “Fund”). Certain of our directors, officers or their immediate family members may participate in the Fund’s investment committee or advisory committee and may also hold positions as directors, executives, or significant equity holders (which may include ownership interests in excess of 10%) in one or more companies in which the Fund invests. As a result, transactions or relationships involving the Company, the Fund, and Fund portfolio companies may be subject to review and approval under the Company’s policies regarding related party transactions and corporate statutory requirements regarding, where appropriate, recusal of interested directors. While certain of our directors, officers or their immediate family members may participate in the Fund’s investment committee or advisory committee, we do not control the decisions of the Fund, and portfolio companies who may receive investments from the Fund are not obligated to enter into commercial arrangements with us. The Board has determined that all current directors, except Messrs. Antoun and Jenkins meet the independence requirements under the NASDAQ Listing Rules and qualify as “independent directors” under those Listing Rules. Mr. Antoun is not considered independent by virtue of being our Chief Executive Officer. See “Transactions with Related Persons” below with respect to payments made to Mr. Jenkins. Mr. Sadler ceased to serve as a director effective December 9, 2025; see “Transactions with Related Persons” below with respect to payments made to him. Each of the members of our Talent and Compensation Committee, Audit Committee and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee is an independent director. Transactions With Related Persons During Fiscal 2026, Mr. Jenkins took on an expanded role beyond Board Chair. In August 2025, with both the CEO and CFO positions filled only on an interim basis, the Company entered into agreements with Mr. Jenkins to serve as Executive Chair and Chief Strategy Officer to provide continuity through that period. In the role, he supported the executive leadership team and advised on major transactions and strategic initiatives. Once Mr. Antoun onboarded as Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Jenkins stepped back to serve solely as Board Chair. Under the terms of the agreement, as Chief Strategy Officer, Mr. Jenkins received $3.1 million during Fiscal 2026. For more information, see the Director Compensation for Fiscal 2026 table within Section VI - Other Elements of Our Compensation Program and Exhibits 10.4 and 10.5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. During Fiscal 2026, Mr. Sadler, a former director, had direct or indirect control over a material interest in Enghouse Systems Limited, a publicly traded software company, and its subsidiaries. OpenText entered into product supply and license agreements to purchase certain software licenses from Enghouse Systems Limited and its subsidiaries, under which the company makes payments in the normal course of business. During Fiscal 2026, OpenText paid $1.1 million under such agreements. Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services Pre-approval Policies and Procedures The Audit Committee has established an Audit and Non-Audit Services Pre-Approval Policy to pre-approve all permissible audit and non-audit services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm. The policy provides that the Audit Committee shall pre-approve all audit and non-audit services to be provided to the Company and its subsidiaries by its independent registered public accounting firm. On an annual basis, the Audit Committee reviews and provides pre-approval for certain types of services that may be rendered by the independent registered accounting firm and a budget for audit and non-audit services for the applicable fiscal year. Upon pre-approval of the services on the initial list, management may engage the auditor for specific engagements that are within the definition of the pre-approved services. Any significant service engagements above a certain threshold will require separate pre-approval. The policy contains a provision delegating pre-approval authority to the Chair of the Audit Committee in instances when pre-approval is needed prior to a scheduled Audit Committee meeting. The Chair of the Audit Committee is required to report on such pre-approvals at the next scheduled Audit Committee meeting. A final detailed review of all audit and non-audit services and fees is performed by the Audit Committee prior to the 144

Page 147

Table of Contents Part IV Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules (a) Financial Statements and Schedules Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data (Item 8) Page Number Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm(KPMG LLP, Toronto, Canada, Auditor Firm ID: 85) 151 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 153 Consolidated Balance Sheets 154 Consolidated Statements of Income 155 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 156 Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity 157 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 158 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 160 (b) The following documents are filed as a part of this report: 1) Consolidated financial statements and Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and the related notes thereto are included in Part II, Item 8. 2) Valuation and Qualifying Accounts; see Note 4 “Allowance for Credit Losses” and Note 15 “Income Taxes” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8. 3) Exhibits: The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or are incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed with the SEC. Exhibits not incorporated by reference to a prior filing are designated by a cross (+); all exhibits not so designated are incorporated by reference to a prior filing as indicated. Management contracts relating to compensatory plans or arrangements are designated by a star (*). ExhibitNumber Description Report or RegistrationStatement Exhibit Reference 2.1 Rule 2.7 Announcement, dated August 25, 2022. Company’s Form 8-K/A, filedAugust 29, 2022 Exhibit 2.1 3.1 Articles of Amalgamation of the Company. Company’s registrationstatement on Form F-1, filedNovember 1, 1995, orAmendments 1, 2 or 3 thereto(filed December 28, 1995,January 22, 1996 and January23, 1996, respectively) 3.2 Articles of Amendment of the Company. Company’s registrationstatement on Form F-1, filedNovember 1, 1995, orAmendments 1, 2 or 3 thereto(filed December 28, 1995,January 22, 1996 and January23, 1996, respectively) 3.3 Articles of Amendment of the Company. Company’s registrationstatement on Form F-1, filedNovember 1, 1995, orAmendments 1, 2 or 3 thereto(filed December 28, 1995,January 22, 1996 and January23, 1996, respectively) 3.4 Articles of Amalgamation of the Company. Company’s registrationstatement on Form F-1, filedNovember 1, 1995, orAmendments 1, 2 or 3 thereto(filed December 28, 1995,January 22, 1996 and January23, 1996, respectively) 3.5 Articles of Amalgamation of the Company, dated July 1, 2001. Company’s Form 10-K, filedSeptember 28, 2001 146

Page 148

Table of Contents 3.6 Articles of Amalgamation of the Company, dated July 1, 2002. Company’s Form 10-K, filedSeptember 30, 2002 Exhibit 3.10 3.7 Articles of Amalgamation of the Company, dated July 1, 2003. Company’s Form 10-K, filedSeptember 29, 2003 Exhibit 3.11 3.8 Articles of Amalgamation of the Company, dated July 1, 2004. Company’s Form 10-K, filedSeptember 13, 2004 Exhibit 3.12 3.9 Articles of Amalgamation of the Company, dated July 1, 2005. Company’s Form 10-K, filedSeptember 27, 2005 Exhibit 3.13 3.10 Articles of Continuance of the Company, dated December 29, 2005. Company’s Form 10-Q, filedFebruary 3, 2006 Exhibit 3.1 3.11 By-Law 1 of Open Text Corporation. Company’s Form 8-K, filedSeptember 26, 2013 Exhibit 3.1 3.12+ Articles of Amalgamation of the Company, dated July 1, 2026. 4.1 Description of the Registrant’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of theSecurities Exchange Act of 1934. Company’s Form 10-K, filedAugust 1, 2019 Exhibit 4.1 4.2 Form of Common Share Certificate. Company’s registrationstatement on Form F-1(Registration Number 33-98858), filed November 1,1995, or Amendments 1, 2 or 3thereto (filed December 28,1995, January 22, 1996 andJanuary 23, 1996, respectively) 4.3 Indenture, dated as of February 18, 2020, between Open Text Corporation and theBank of NY Mellon, as U.S. Trustee, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, asCanadian trustee. Company’s Form 8-K filedFebruary 18, 2020 Exhibit 4.1 4.4 Supplemental Indenture to Indenture governing the Company’s 3.875% Senior Notesdue 2028, dated as of July 1, 2024, among Open Text Inc., Open Text Corporationand the Bank of NY Mellon, as U.S. Trustee, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, asCanadian trustee. Company’s Form 10-K, filedAugust 1, 2024 Exhibit 4.4 4.5+ Supplemental Indenture to Indenture governing the Company's 3.875% Senior Notesdue 2028, dated as of July 1, 2026, among Open Text Cloud Partnership, LP, OpenText Corporation, The Bank of New York Mellon, as U.S. Trustee, and ComputershareAdvantage Trust of Canada (f/k/a BNY Trust Company of Canada), as CanadianTrustee. 4.6 Indenture, dated as of February 18, 2020, between Open Text Holdings, Inc. and theBank of NY Mellon, as U.S. Trustee, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, asCanadian trustee. Company’s Form 8-K filedFebruary 18, 2020 Exhibit 4.3 4.7 Supplemental Indenture to Indenture governing OTHI’s 4.125% Senior Notes due2030, dated as of July 1, 2024, among Open Text Inc., Open Text Corporation and theBank of NY Mellon, as U.S. Trustee, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, asCanadian trustee. Company’s Form 10-K, filedAugust 1, 2024 Exhibit 4.6 4.8+ Supplemental Indenture to Indenture governing OTI's 4.125% Senior Notes due 2030,dated as of July 1, 2026, among Open Text Cloud Partnership, LP, Open Text Inc.,The Bank of New York Mellon, as U.S. Trustee, and Computershare Advantage Trustof Canada (f/k/a BNY Trust Company of Canada), as Canadian Trustee. 4.9 Indenture governing the Company’s 3.875% Senior Notes due 2029, dated as ofNovember 24, 2021, among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto,The Bank of New York Mellon, as U.S. trustee, and BNY Trust Company of Canada,as Canadian trustee. Company’s Form 8-K filedNovember 24, 2021 Exhibit 4.1 4.10 Supplemental Indenture to Indenture governing the Company’s 3.875% Senior Notesdue 2029, dated as of July 1, 2024, among Open Text Inc., Open Text Corporationand the Bank of NY Mellon, as U.S. Trustee, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, asCanadian trustee. Company’s Form 10-K, filedAugust 1, 2024 Exhibit 4.8 4.11+ Supplemental Indenture to Indenture governing the Company's 3.875% Senior Notesdue 2029, dated as of July 1, 2026, among Open Text Cloud Partnership, LP, OpenText Corporation, The Bank of New York Mellon, as U.S. Trustee, and ComputershareAdvantage Trust of Canada (f/k/a BNY Trust Company of Canada), as CanadianTrustee. 4.12 Indenture governing OTHI’s 4.125% Senior Notes due 2031, dated as of November24, 2021, among OTHI, the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, TheBank of New York Mellon, as U.S. trustee, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, asCanadian trustee. Company’s Form 8-K filedNovember 24, 2021 Exhibit 4.3 4.13 Supplemental Indenture to Indenture governing OTHI’s 4.125% Senior Notes due2031, dated as of July 1, 2024, among Open Text Inc., Open Text Corporation and theBank of NY Mellon, as U.S. Trustee, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, asCanadian trustee. Company’s Form 10-K, filedAugust 1, 2024 Exhibit 4.10 4.14+ Supplemental Indenture to Indenture governing OTI's 4.125% Senior Notes due 2031,dated as of July 1, 2026, among Open Text Cloud Partnership, LP, Open Text Inc.,The Bank of New York Mellon, as U.S. Trustee, and Computershare Advantage Trustof Canada (f/k/a BNY Trust Company of Canada), as Canadian Trustee. 147

Page 149

Table of Contents 4.15 Amended and Restated Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement between Open TextCorporation and Computershare Investor Services, Inc. dated September 15, 2022. Company’s Form 8-K, filedSeptember 15, 2022 Exhibit 4.1 4.16 Form of Common Share Certificate. Company’s Form 10-Q, filedNovember 3, 2022 Exhibit 4.1 4.17 Indenture governing the Company’s 6.90% senior secured notes due 2027, dated asof December 1, 2022, among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto,The Bank of New York Mellon, as U.S. trustee and Notes collateral agent, and BNYTrust Company of Canada, as Canadian trustee. Company’s Form 8-K, filedDecember 1, 2022 Exhibit 4.1 4.18 Supplemental Indenture to Indenture governing the Company’s 6.90% senior securednotes due 2027, dated as of July 1, 2024, among Open Text Inc., Open TextCorporation and the Bank of NY Mellon, as U.S. Trustee, and BNY Trust Company ofCanada, as Canadian trustee. Company’s Form 10-K, filedAugust 1, 2024 Exhibit 4.14 4.19+ Supplemental Indenture to Indenture governing the Company's 6.90% Senior SecuredNotes due 2027, dated as of July 1, 2026, among Open Text Cloud Partnership, LP,Open Text Corporation, The Bank of New York Mellon, as U.S. Trustee, andComputershare Advantage Trust of Canada (f/k/a BNY Trust Company of Canada), asCanadian Trustee. 4.20 Amended and Restated Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement between Open TextCorporation and Computershare Investor Services, Inc. dated December 9, 2025. Company’s Form 8-K, filedDecember 9, 2025 Exhibit 4.1 10.1* 1998 Stock Option Plan. Company’s Form 10-K filedAugust 20, 1999 10.2* Form of Indemnity Agreement. Company’s Form 10-K filedSeptember 12, 2006 Exhibit 10.26 10.3* Consulting Agreement between Steven Sadler and SJS Advisors Inc. and theCompany, dated May 3, 2005. Company’s Form 10-K filedAugust 26, 2008 Exhibit 10.28 10.4* OpenText Corporation Directors’ Deferred Share Unit Plan, as amended and restatedOctober 30, 2018. Company’s Form 10-Q filedJanuary 31, 2019 Exhibit 10.1 10.5 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among Open Text Corporation and certainof its subsidiaries, the Lenders, Barclays Bank PLC, Royal Bank of Canada, BarclaysCapital and RBC Capital Markets, dated as of November 9, 2011. Company’s Form 8-K filedNovember 9, 2011 Exhibit 99.1 10.6* OpenText Corporation Long-Term Incentive Plan 2015 for eligible employees, effectiveOctober 3, 2012. Company’s Form 10-Q filedNovember 1, 2012 Exhibit 10.2 10.7* Employment Agreement, dated October 30, 2012 between Mark Barrenechea and theCompany. Company’s Form 10-Q filedNovember 1, 2012 Exhibit 10.3 10.8* Amendment No. 1 to the Employment Agreement between Mark J. Barrenechea andthe Company dated January 24, 2013 (amending the Employment Agreementbetween Mark J. Barrenechea and the Company dated October 30, 2012). Company’s Form 10-Q filedJanuary 25, 2013 Exhibit 10.3 10.9 First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amended andRestated Security and Pledge Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2013, betweenOpen Text ULC, as term borrower, Open Text ULC, Open Text Inc. and Open TextCorporation, as revolving credit borrowers, the domestic guarantors party thereto,each of the lenders party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as sole administrative agentand collateral agent, and Royal Bank of Canada, as documentary credit lender. Company’s Form 8-K filedDecember 20, 2013 Exhibit 10.1 10.10 Credit Agreement, dated as of January 16, 2014, among Open Text Corporation, asguarantor, Ocelot Merger Sub, Inc., which on January 16, 2014 merged with and intoGXS Group, Inc. which survived such merger, as borrower, the other domesticguarantors party thereto, the lenders named therein, as lenders, Barclays Bank PLC,as sole administrative agent and collateral agent, and with Barclays and RBC CapitalMarkets, as lead arrangers and joint bookrunners. Company’s Form 8-K filedJanuary 16, 2014 Exhibit 10.1 10.11 Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as ofDecember 22, 2014, between Open Text ULC, as term borrower, Open Text ULC,Open Text Holdings, Inc. and Open Text Corporation, as revolving credit borrowers,the domestic guarantors party thereto, each of the lenders party thereto, BarclaysBank PLC, as sole administrative agent and collateral agent, and Royal Bank ofCanada, as documentary credit lender. Company’s Form 8-K filedDecember 23, 2014 Exhibit 10.1 10.12* Employment Agreement, dated November 30, 2012, between Muhi Majzoub and theCompany. Company’s Form 10-K filedJuly 31, 2014 Exhibit 10.20 10.13* Amendment No. 2 to the Employment Agreement between Mark J. Barrenechea andthe Company dated July 30, 2014 (amending the Employment Agreement betweenMark J. Barrenechea and the Company dated October 30, 2012). Company’s Form 10-K filedJuly 31, 2014 Exhibit 10.23 10.14 Repricing Amendment and Amendment No. 2 dated as of February 22, 2017 to CreditAgreement, by and among Open Text Corporation, as guarantor, Open Text GXSULC, as borrower, the other guarantors party thereto, each of the lenders partythereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent. Company’s Form 8-K filedFebruary 22, 2017 Exhibit 10.1 10.15 Amendment No. 3 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as ofMay 5, 2017, among Open Text ULC, Open Text Holdings, Inc. and Open TextCorporation, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, each of the lenders partythereto, and Barclays Bank PLC, as sole administrative agent and collateral agent. Company’s Form 10-Q filedMay 8, 2017 Exhibit 10.2 148

Page 150

Table of Contents 10.16* Amendment No. 3 to the Employment Agreement between Mark J. Barrenechea andthe Company dated June 1, 2017 (amending the Employment Agreement betweenMark J. Barrenechea and the Company dated October 30, 2012). Company’s Form 8-K filed June6, 2017 Exhibit 10.1 10.17 Amendment No. 4 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as ofSeptember 6, 2017, among Open Text ULC, Open Text Holdings, Inc. and Open TextCorporation, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, each of the lenders partythereto, and Barclays Bank PLC, as sole administrative agent and collateral agent. Company’s Form 10-Q filedNovember 2, 2017 Exhibit 10.1 10.18 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 30, 2018, by and amongOpen Text Corporation, as borrower, the guarantors party thereto, each of the lendersparty thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent. Company’s Form 8-K filed May30, 2018 Exhibit 10.1 10.19 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 30, 2018, by andamong Open Text ULC, Open Text Holdings, Inc. and Open Text Corporation, asborrowers, the guarantors party thereto, each of the lenders party thereto, BarclaysBank PLC, as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender and RoyalBank of Canada as documentary credit lender. Company’s Form 8-K filed May30, 2018 Exhibit 10.2 10.20 Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of October 31, 2019, byand among Open Text ULC, Open Text Holdings, Inc. and Open Text Corporation, asborrowers, the guarantors party thereto, each of the lenders party thereto, BarclaysBank PLC, as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender and RoyalBank of Canada as documentary credit lender. Company’s Form 8-K filedNovember 5, 2019 Exhibit 10.1 10.21* Amendment No. 4 to the Employment Agreement between Mark J. Barrenechea andthe Company dated August 14, 2020 (amending the Employment Agreement betweenMark J. Barrenechea and the Company dated October 30, 2012, as amended). Company’s Form 8-K filedAugust 14, 2020 Exhibit 10.1 10.22* Open Text Corporation 2004 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated onSeptember 14, 2020. Company’s RegistrationStatement on Form S-8 filedSeptember 30, 2020 Exhibit 4.1 10.23 Open Text Corporation 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended andrestated on September 14, 2020. Company’s RegistrationStatement on Form S-8 filedSeptember 30, 2020 Exhibit 4.2 10.24 Co-operation Agreement, dated August 25, 2022, by and between the Company,Bidco and Micro Focus International plc. Company’s Form 8-K/A, filedAugust 29, 2022 Exhibit 10.1 10.25 Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated August 25, 2022, by and between the Company,the guarantors party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, and certainfinancial institution parties thereto. Company’s Form 8-K/A, filedAugust 29, 2022 Exhibit 10.2 10.26 First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated December 1, 2022, by and among theCompany, the guarantors party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agentand collateral agent, and certain financial institution parties thereto. Company’s Form 8-K, filedDecember 1, 2022 Exhibit 10.1 10.27 Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated June 6, 2023,by and among Open Text Corporation, as borrower, the guarantors party thereto, eachof the lenders party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent andcollateral agent. Company’s Form 10-K, filedAugust 3, 2023 Exhibit 10.31 10.28 Amendment No. 1 to Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as ofJune 6, 2023, by and among Open Text ULC, Open Text Holdings, Inc. and Open TextCorporation, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, each of the lenders partythereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing linelender and Royal Bank of Canada as documentary credit lender. Company’s Form 10-K, filedAugust 3, 2023 Exhibit 10.32 10.29 Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated August 14, 2023, by and among theCompany, the guarantors party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agentand collateral agent, and certain financial institution parties thereto. Company’s Form 8-K, filedAugust 14, 2023 Exhibit 10.1 10.30 Purchase Agreement, dated November 28, 2023, by and among the Company asseller, Rocket Software, Inc., as buyer, and Rocket Software UK Limited. Company’s Form 8-K/A, filedDecember 1, 2023 Exhibit 10.1 10.31 Second Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, datedDecember 19, 2023, by and among Open Text ULC, Open Text Inc. and the Company,as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, each of the lenders party thereto, BarclaysBank PLC, as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender and RoyalBank of Canada as documentary credit lender. Company’s Form 8-K, filedDecember 21, 2023 Exhibit 10.1 10.32 Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated May 15, 2024, by and among theCompany, the guarantors party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agentand collateral agent, and certain financial institution parties thereto. Company’s Form 8-K, filed May15, 2024 Exhibit 10.1 10.33* Employment Agreement, dated January 12, 2024 between Todd Cione and theCompany. Company’s Form 10-K, filedAugust 1, 2024 Exhibit 10.36 10.34* Employment Agreement, dated March 5, 2025, between Chadwick Westlake and theCompany. Company’s Form 8-K, filedFebruary 26, 2025 Exhibit 10.1 10.35* Employment Agreement, dated October 6, 2025, between Steve Rai and theCompany. Company’s Form 8-K, filedOctober 1, 2025 Exhibit 10.1 10.36* Letter dated August 15, 2025 between James McGourlay and the Company. Company’s Form 10-Q filedNovember 5, 2025 Exhibit 10.1 10.37* Letter dated August 15, 2025 between Cosmin Balota and the Company. Company’s Form 10-Q filedNovember 5, 2025 Exhibit 10.2 149

Page 151

Table of Contents 10.38* Executive Chair Agreement between Open Text Corporation and P. Thomas Jenkinseffective August 11, 2025. Company’s Form 10-Q filedNovember 5, 2025 Exhibit 10.4 10.39 Consulting Agreement between Open Text Corporation and South Sound Advisory,SEZC effective August 11, 2025. Company’s Form 10-Q filedNovember 5, 2025 Exhibit 10.5 10.40* Employment Agreement, dated April 20,2026 between Ayman Antoun and theCompany. Company’s Form 8-K, filedJanuary 29, 2026 Exhibit 10.1 19.1 Open Text Corporation Insider Trading Policy. Company’s Form 10-K, filedAugust 1, 2024 Exhibit 19.1 21.1+ List of the Company’s Subsidiaries. 23.1+ Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. 31.1+ Certification of the Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of theExchange Act, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of2002. 31.2+ Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the ExchangeAct, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 32.1+ Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, asadopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 32.2+ Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, asadopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 97 Open Text Corporation Clawback Policy. Company’s Form 10-K, filedAugust 1, 2024 Exhibit 97 101.INS+ XBRL instance document - the instance document does not appear in the InteractiveData File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document. 101.SCH+ Inline XBRL taxonomy extension schema. 101.CAL+ Inline XBRL taxonomy extension calculation linkbase. 101.DEF+ Inline XBRL taxonomy extension definition linkbase. 101.LAB+ Inline XBRL taxonomy extension label linkbase. 101.PRE+ Inline XBRL taxonomy extension presentation. 104+ Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted in Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit101). 150

Page 152

Table of Contents Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Open Text Corporation Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Open Text Corporation (the Company) as of June 30, 2026 and 2025, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2026, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2026 and 2025, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2026, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2026, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated August 5, 2026 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Basis for Opinion These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. Critical Audit Matters The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate. Evaluation of the determination of standalone selling prices of revenue performance obligations for customer contracts with a software license As discussed in Note 2 and Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company generally sells or licenses its software in combination with customer support. The accounting for customer contracts with a software license requires an allocation of the transaction price to each distinct performance obligation based on the determination of the standalone selling price (SSP). SSP for a performance obligation in a customer contract is an estimate of the price that would be charged for the specific product or service if it was sold separately in similar circumstances and to similar customers. This estimate determines the allocation of the transaction price and affects the amount and timing of revenue recognized for each performance obligation in a customer contract. We identified the evaluation of the determination of the SSP of revenue performance obligations for customer contracts with a software license as a critical audit matter. A higher degree of auditor judgment was required to evaluate the approach and the significant assumptions, including the basis for stratification, used to establish SSP for each performance obligation which could be offered in a customer contract. 151

Page 153

Table of Contents The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls over the Company’s revenue process, including controls over the approach and the significant assumptions used to determine SSP for identified performance obligations in customer contracts which include a software license. We evaluated the approach used to determine SSP based on current pricing patterns in relevant customer contracts, historical analysis of renewal contract pricing completed by the Company and pricing practices observed in the industry. We inspected a selection of contracts from the SSP population and compared attributes such as price to historical information. Assessment of uncertain tax positions As discussed in Note 2, Note 14 and Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has recognized uncertain tax positions including associated interest and penalties. The Company’s tax positions are subject to audit by local taxing authorities across multiple global subsidiaries and the resolution of such audits may span multiple years. Tax law is complex and often subject to varied interpretations. Accordingly, the ultimate outcome with respect to taxes the Company may owe may differ from the amounts recognized. We identified the assessment of uncertain tax positions and the ultimate resolution of uncertain tax positions as an area of auditor judgment in evaluating the Company’s interpretation of, and compliance with, tax law globally across multiple jurisdictions. The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls over the Company’s process to assess uncertain tax positions, including controls related to the interpretation of tax law and identification of uncertain tax positions, the evaluation of which of the Company’s tax positions may not be sustained upon audit and the estimation of exposures associated with uncertain tax positions. We involved domestic and international tax professionals with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in assessing filed tax positions and transfer pricing studies, and evaluating the Company’s interpretation of tax law and its assessment of certain tax uncertainties and expected outcomes, including, if applicable, the measurement thereof, by reading advice obtained from the Company’s external specialists and correspondence with taxation authorities. /s/ KPMG LLP Chartered Professional Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2001. Toronto, Canada August 5, 2026 152

Page 154

Table of Contents Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Open Text Corporation Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting We have audited Open Text Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2026, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, Open Text Corporation (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2026, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of June 30, 2026 and 2025, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2026, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated August 5, 2026 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. Basis for Opinion The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. /s/ KPMG LLP Chartered Professional Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants Toronto, Canada August 5, 2026 153

Page 155

Table of Contents OPEN TEXT CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (In thousands of U.S. dollars, except share data) June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents $ 956,024 $ 1,156,496 Accounts receivable trade, net of allowance for credit losses of $13,136 as of June 30, 2026and $14,258 as of June 30, 2025 (Note 4) 751,046 659,675 Contract assets (Note 3) 77,447 77,920 Income taxes recoverable (Note 15) 97,715 108,792 Prepaid expenses and other current assets (Note 9) 235,641 198,575 Total current assets 2,117,873 2,201,458 Property and equipment (Note 5) 522,197 375,252 Operating lease right of use assets (Note 6) 134,377 197,977 Long-term contract assets (Note 3) 59,872 49,293 Goodwill (Note 7) 7,327,376 7,517,463 Acquired intangible assets (Note 8) 1,475,018 1,976,591 Deferred tax assets (Note 15) 1,077,003 1,080,575 Other assets (Note 9) 301,328 307,693 Long-term income taxes recoverable (Note 15) 91,460 67,762 Total assets $ 13,106,504 $ 13,774,064 LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY Current liabilities: Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (Note 10) $ 969,079 $ 1,026,583 Current portion of long-term debt (Note 11) 35,850 35,850 Operating lease liabilities (Note 6) 63,612 75,914 Deferred revenues (Note 3) 1,483,234 1,515,382 Income taxes payable (Note 15) 71,550 93,325 Total current liabilities 2,623,325 2,747,054 Long-term liabilities: Accrued liabilities (Note 10) 128,915 42,312 Pension liability, net (Note 12) 100,473 132,215 Long-term debt (Note 11) 5,734,519 6,342,071 Long-term operating lease liabilities (Note 6) 138,425 189,949 Long-term deferred revenues (Note 3) 159,912 168,757 Long-term income taxes payable (Note 15) 65,255 79,604 Deferred tax liabilities (Note 15) 139,614 141,514 Total long-term liabilities 6,467,113 7,096,422 Shareholders’ equity: Share capital and additional paid-in capital (Note 13) 242,126,460 and 254,784,391 Common Shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2026 andJune 30, 2025, respectively; authorized Common Shares: unlimited 2,160,481 2,193,985 Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (Note 21) (38,567) (67,067) Retained earnings 2,016,086 1,940,113 Treasury stock, at cost (4,751,257 and 4,648,036 shares at June 30, 2026 and June 30,2025, respectively) (123,896) (138,164) Total OpenText shareholders’ equity 4,014,104 3,928,867 Non-controlling interests 1,962 1,721 Total shareholders’ equity 4,016,066 3,930,588 Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 13,106,504 $ 13,774,064 Guarantees and contingencies (Note 14) Related party transactions (Note 25) Subsequent events (Note 26) See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 154

Page 156

Table of Contents OPEN TEXT CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (In thousands of U.S. dollars and shares, except per share data) Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Revenues (Note 3): Cloud services and subscriptions $ 1,958,554 $ 1,856,474 $ 1,820,524 Customer support 2,287,449 2,334,037 2,713,297 License 678,465 625,614 834,162 Professional service and other 321,933 352,280 401,594 Total revenues 5,246,401 5,168,405 5,769,577 Cost of revenues: Cloud services and subscriptions 700,617 697,929 713,759 Customer support 231,670 250,310 292,733 License 25,132 31,939 25,608 Professional service and other 245,912 265,160 302,527 Amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets(Note 8) 174,609 188,780 243,922 Total cost of revenues 1,377,940 1,434,118 1,578,549 Gross profit 3,868,461 3,734,287 4,191,028 Operating expenses: Research and development 647,707 755,936 864,463 Sales and marketing 1,136,030 1,059,497 1,163,134 General and administrative 436,566 427,811 577,038 Depreciation 143,938 130,573 131,599 Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets(Note 8) 288,603 321,891 432,404 Special charges (recoveries) (Note 18) 133,020 145,890 135,305 Total operating expenses 2,785,864 2,841,598 3,303,943 Income from operations 1,082,597 892,689 887,085 Other income (expense), net (Note 23) 85,875 (82,787) 358,391 Interest and other related expense, net (309,595) (327,831) (516,180) Income before income taxes 858,877 482,071 729,296 Provision for income taxes (Note 15) 215,614 46,005 264,012 Net income $ 643,263 $ 436,066 $ 465,284 Net (income) attributable to non-controlling interests (241) (198) (194) Net income attributable to OpenText $ 643,022 $ 435,868 $ 465,090 Earnings per share—basic attributable to OpenText (Note 24) $ 2.58 $ 1.66 $ 1.71 Earnings per share—diluted attributable to OpenText (Note 24) $ 2.58 $ 1.65 $ 1.71 Weighted average number of Common Shares outstanding—basic 249,026 263,274 271,548 Weighted average number of Common Shares outstanding—diluted 249,373 263,650 272,588 See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 155

Page 158

Table of Contents OPEN TEXT CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (In thousands of U.S. dollars and shares) Common Shares andAdditional Paid in Capital Treasury Stock RetainedEarnings AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncome Non-ControllingInterests TotalShares Amount Shares Amount Balance as of June 30, 2023 270,903 $ 2,176,947 (3,536) $ (151,597) $ 2,048,984 $ (53,559) $ 1,329 $ 4,022,104 Issuance of Common Shares Under employee stock optionplans 945 31,358 — — — — — 31,358 Under employee stock purchaseplans 1,027 34,120 — — — — — 34,120 Share-based compensation — 139,779 — — — — — 139,779 Purchase of treasury stock — — (1,400) (53,085) — — — (53,085) Issuance of treasury stock — (76,178) 1,800 81,414 (5,236) — — — Repurchase of Common Shares (5,074) (34,140) — — (118,193) — — (152,333) Dividends declared($1.00 per Common Share) — — — — (271,486) — — (271,486) Other comprehensive income (loss) -net — — — — — (16,060) — (16,060) Net income — — — — 465,090 — 194 465,284 Balance as of June 30, 2024 267,801 $ 2,271,886 (3,136) $ (123,268) $ 2,119,159 $ (69,619) $ 1,523 $ 4,199,681 Issuance of Common Shares Under employee stock optionplans 139 3,729 — — — — — 3,729 Under employee stock purchaseplans 1,369 33,915 — — — — — 33,915 Share-based compensation — 104,721 — — — — — 104,721 Purchase of treasury stock — — (4,619) (133,077) — — — (133,077) Issuance of treasury stock — (115,556) 3,107 118,181 (1,127) — — 1,498 Repurchase of Common Shares (14,525) (104,710) — — (337,880) — — (442,590) Dividends declared($1.05 per Common Share) — — — — (275,907) — — (275,907) Other comprehensive income (loss) -net — — — — — 2,552 — 2,552 Net income — — — — 435,868 — 198 436,066 Balance as of June 30, 2025 254,784 $ 2,193,985 (4,648) $ (138,164) $ 1,940,113 $ (67,067) $ 1,721 $ 3,930,588 Issuance of Common Shares Under employee stock optionplans 882 27,311 — — — — — 27,311 Under employee stock purchaseplans 1,221 29,938 — — — — — 29,938 Share-based compensation — 80,659 — — — — — 80,659 Purchase of treasury stock — — (2,400) (56,224) — — — (56,224) Issuance of treasury stock — (64,977) 2,297 70,492 — — — 5,515 Repurchase of Common Shares (14,761) (106,435) — — (294,653) — — (401,088) Dividends declared($1.10 per Common Share) — — — — (272,396) — — (272,396) Other comprehensive income (loss) -net — — — — — 28,500 — 28,500 Net income — — — — 643,022 — 241 643,263 Balance as of June 30, 2026 242,126 $ 2,160,481 (4,751) $ (123,896) $ 2,016,086 $ (38,567) $ 1,962 $ 4,016,066 See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 157

Page 159

Table of Contents OPEN TEXT CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (In thousands of U.S. dollars) Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Cash flows from operating activities: Net income $ 643,263 $ 436,066 $ 465,284 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operatingactivities: Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets 607,150 641,244 807,925 Share-based compensation expense 80,636 104,840 140,079 Pension expense 15,381 14,593 13,881 Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs 22,522 21,977 25,257 Write-off of right of use assets 12,085 8,805 20,056 Loss on extinguishment of debt 18,787 — 56,393 (Gain) adjustments to gain on divestitures (76,136) 4,175 (429,102) Loss on sale and write down of property and equipment, net 6,546 3,178 3,710 Deferred taxes (26,202) (138,616) (142,271) Share in net (income) loss of equity investees 4,049 (230) 18,194 Changes in derivative instruments (27,369) 44,286 (3,116) Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Accounts receivable 14,449 80,097 108,562 Contract assets (147,700) (135,911) (95,403) Prepaid expenses and other current assets (39,979) 42,486 (28,395) Income taxes (39,427) (246,681) 112,097 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (39,696) (23,012) (65,887) Deferred revenue (7,860) 3,565 (42,974) Other assets (56) (15,264) 24,849 Operating lease assets and liabilities, net (13,626) (14,980) (21,448) Net cash provided by operating activities 1,006,817 830,618 967,691 Cash flows from investing activities: Additions of property and equipment (199,300) (143,222) (159,295) Purchase of Micro Focus, net of cash acquired — — (9,272) Proceeds (adjustments to proceeds) from divestitures 311,913 (11,686) 2,229,187 Settlement of derivative instruments — (10,380) — Proceeds from interest on derivative instruments 5 5,166 4,456 Other investing activities 4,559 6,614 (9,759) Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 117,177 (153,508) 2,055,317 Cash flows from financing activities: Proceeds from issuance of Common Shares from exercise of stockoptions and ESPP 56,419 35,372 66,914 Repayment of long-term debt and Revolver (648,852) (35,851) (2,568,352) Debt issuance costs — (1,066) (3,833) Net change in transition services agreement obligation 14,271 (15,278) 15,278 Repurchase of Common Shares (416,411) (413,256) (150,017) Purchase of treasury stock (52,901) (130,649) (53,085) Payments of dividends to shareholders (268,357) (271,523) (267,362) Other financing activities (3,309) (2,428) (1,447) Net cash used in financing activities (1,319,140) (834,679) (2,961,904) Foreign exchange gain (loss) on cash held in foreign currencies (5,706) 32,882 (12,263) Increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cashduring the year (200,852) (124,687) 48,841 Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of the year 1,158,106 1,282,793 1,233,952 Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of the year $ 957,254 $ 1,158,106 $ 1,282,793 158

Page 161

Table of Contents OPEN TEXT CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS For the Year Ended June 30, 2026 (Tabular amounts in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data) NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Open Text Corporation and our subsidiaries, collectively referred to as “OpenText” or the “Company.” We wholly own all of our subsidiaries with the exception of Open Text South Africa Proprietary Ltd., which as of June 30, 2026, was 70% owned by OpenText. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. The Company's fiscal year begins on July 1 and ends on June 30. Unless otherwise noted, any reference to a year preceded by the word “Fiscal” refers to the fiscal year ended June 30 of that year. For example, references to “Fiscal 2026” refer to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2026. These Consolidated Financial Statements are expressed in U.S. dollars and are prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP). The information furnished reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the periods presented and includes the impact of the sale of the Application Modernization and Connectivity (AMC) business on May 1, 2024, the eDOCS business on January 12, 2026 and the Vertica business on May 11, 2026 (see below and Note 19 “Acquisitions and Divestitures” for more details). Beginning in the first quarter of Fiscal 2025, for the year ended June 30, 2024, the Company reclassified expenses of $29.5 million from Research and development to Sales and marketing in the Consolidated Statements of Income to provide a better representation of the function of the expenses. Use of estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements. These estimates, judgments and assumptions are evaluated on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable at that time, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from those estimates. In particular, key estimates, judgments and assumptions include those related to: (i) revenue recognition, (ii) accounting for income taxes, (iii) testing of goodwill for impairment, (iv) the valuation of acquired intangible assets, (v) the valuation of long-lived assets, (vi) the recognition of contingencies, (vii) restructuring accruals, (viii) acquisition accruals and pre-acquisition contingencies, (ix) the valuation of stock options granted and obligations related to share-based compensation, including the valuation of our long-term incentive plans, (x) the valuation of pension obligations and pension assets, (xi) the valuation of available-for-sale investments, (xii) the valuation of derivative instruments and (xiii) the accounting for disposals of assets and liabilities. NOTE 2—ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS Accounting Policies Cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents include balances with banks as well as deposits that have original terms to maturity of three months or less. Cash equivalents are recorded at cost and typically consist of term deposits, commercial paper, certificates of deposit and short-term interest-bearing investment-grade securities of major banks in the countries in which we operate. Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses In accordance with ASC Topic 326, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses” (Topic 326), we recognize expected credit losses for accounts receivable and contract assets based on lifetime expected losses. We recognize a loss allowance using a collective assessment for accounts receivable, including contract assets, with similar risk characteristics based on historical credit loss experience, adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the debtors and economic environment. We continue to maintain an allowance for 100% of all accounts deemed to be uncollectible. 160

Page 162

Table of Contents Customer creditworthiness is evaluated prior to order fulfillment and based on evaluations, we adjust our credit limit to the respective customer. In addition to these evaluations, we conduct on-going credit evaluations of our customers’ payment history and current credit worthiness. To date, the actual losses have been within our expectations. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of the accounts receivable balance as of June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively. From time to time, we may sell certain accounts receivable to a financial institution on a non-recourse basis for cash, less a discount. Proceeds from the sale of receivables approximate their discounted book value and are included in operating cash flows on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Property and equipment Property and equipment are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value and shown net of depreciation which is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Gains and losses on asset disposals are taken into income in the year of disposition. Fully depreciated property and equipment are retired from the Consolidated Balance Sheets when they are no longer in use. See the “Impairment of long-lived assets” section below for policy on property and equipment impairments. The following represents the estimated useful lives of property and equipment as of June 30, 2026: Furniture, equipment and other 5 to 15 years Computer hardware 3 to 5 years Computer software 3 to 7 years Capitalized software development costs 3 to 5 years Leasehold improvements Lesser of the lease term or 5 years Building 40 years Capitalized Software We capitalize software development costs in accordance with ASC Topic 350-40, “Internal-Use Software.” We capitalize costs for software to be used internally when we enter the application development stage. This occurs when we complete the preliminary project stage, management authorizes and commits to funding the project, and it is feasible that the project will be completed, and the software will perform the intended function. We cease to capitalize costs related to a software project when it enters the post-implementation and operation stage. If different determinations are made with respect to the state of development of a software project, then the amount capitalized and the amount charged to expense for that project could differ materially. Costs capitalized during the application development stage consist of payroll and related costs for employees who are directly associated with, and who devote time directly to, a project to develop software for internal use. We also capitalize the direct costs of materials and services, which generally includes outside contractors, and interest. We do not capitalize any general and administrative or overhead costs or costs incurred during the application development stage related to training or data conversion costs. Costs related to upgrades and enhancements to internal-use software, if those upgrades and enhancements result in additional functionality, are capitalized. If upgrades and enhancements do not result in additional functionality, those costs are expensed as incurred. If different determinations are made with respect to whether upgrades or enhancements to software projects would result in additional functionality, then the amount capitalized and the amount charged to expense for that project could differ materially. We amortize capitalized costs with respect to development projects for internal-use software when the software is ready for use. The capitalized software development costs are generally amortized using the straight-line method over a 3 to 5 year period. In determining and reassessing the estimated useful life over which the cost incurred for the software should be amortized, we consider the effects of obsolescence, technology, competition and other economic factors. If different determinations are made with respect to the estimated useful life of the software, the amount of amortization charged in a particular period could differ materially. As of June 30, 2026 and 2025, our capitalized software development costs were $364.1 million and $283.4 million, respectively. Our additions relating to capitalized software development costs incurred during Fiscal 2026 and Fiscal 2025 were $81.9 million and $32.3 million, respectively. 161

Page 163

Table of Contents Leases We enter into operating leases, both domestically and internationally, for certain facilities, automobiles, data centers and equipment for use in the ordinary course of business. We also have finance leases, primarily comprised of equipment leases, all of which are sublet. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. For operating leases where the Company is a lessor, rental income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the remaining non-cancelable lease terms. In accordance with ASC Topic 842, “Leases” (Topic 842), we account for a contract as a lease when we have the right to direct the use of the asset for a period of time while obtaining substantially all of the asset’s economic benefits. We determine the initial classification and measurement of our right of use (ROU) assets and lease liabilities at the lease commencement date and thereafter if modified. ROU assets represent our right to control the underlying assets under lease, and the lease liability is our obligation to make the lease payments related to the underlying assets under lease, over the contractual term. ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets based on the present value of future minimum lease payments to be made over the lease term. When available, we will use the rate implicit in the lease to discount lease payments to present value. However, real estate leases generally do not provide a readily determinable implicit rate, therefore, we must estimate our incremental borrowing rate to discount the lease payments. We estimate our incremental borrowing rate based on a collateralized basis with similar terms and payments, in an economic environment where the leased asset is located. The ROU asset equals the lease liability, adjusted for any initial direct costs, prepaid rent and lease incentives on initial recognition. Fixed lease costs are included in the recognition of ROU assets and lease liabilities. Variable lease costs are not included in the measurement of the lease liability. These variable lease payments are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred. Lease expense for minimum lease payments continues to be recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income on a straight-line basis over the lease term. We have not elected the practical expedient to combine lease and non-lease components in the determination of lease costs for our facility leases. For all other asset classes, we have elected the practical expedient to combine the lease and the non-lease components. The lease liability includes lease payments related to options to extend or renew the lease term only if we are reasonably certain we will exercise those options. Our leases typically do not contain any material residual value guarantees or restrictive covenants. In certain circumstances, we sublease all or a portion of a leased facility to various other companies through a sublease agreement. Business combinations We apply the provisions of ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations” (Topic 805), in the accounting for our acquisitions. It requires us to recognize separately from goodwill the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. While we use our best estimates and assumptions to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities, including contingent consideration where applicable, assumed at the acquisition date, our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement, particularly since these assumptions and estimates are based in part on historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill in the period identified. Furthermore, when valuing certain intangible assets that we have acquired, critical estimates may be made relating to, but not limited to: (i) future expected cash flows from software license sales, cloud SaaS, desktop as a service (DaaS) and platform as a service (PaaS) contracts, support agreements, consulting agreements and other customer contracts (ii) the acquired company’s technology and competitive position, as well as assumptions about the period of time that the acquired technology will continue to be used in the combined company’s product portfolio, and (iii) discount rates. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments would be recorded to our Consolidated Statements of Income. For a given acquisition, we may identify certain pre-acquisition contingencies as of the acquisition date and may extend our review and evaluation of these pre-acquisition contingencies throughout the measurement period in order to obtain sufficient information to assess whether we include these contingencies as a part of the purchase price allocation and, if so, to determine the estimated amounts. 162

Page 164

Table of Contents If we determine that a pre-acquisition contingency (non-income tax related) is probable in nature and estimable as of the acquisition date, we record our best estimate for such a contingency as a part of the preliminary purchase price allocation. We often continue to gather information and evaluate our pre-acquisition contingencies throughout the measurement period and if we make changes to the amounts recorded or if we identify additional pre-acquisition contingencies during the measurement period, such amounts will be included in the purchase price allocation during the measurement period and, subsequently, in our results of operations. Uncertain tax positions and tax-related valuation allowances assumed in connection with a business combination are initially estimated as of the acquisition date. We review these items during the measurement period as we continue to actively seek and collect information relating to facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date. Changes to these uncertain tax positions and tax related valuation allowances made subsequent to the measurement period, or if they relate to facts and circumstances that did not exist at the acquisition date, are recorded in the Provision for income taxes line of our Consolidated Statements of Income. Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. The carrying amount of goodwill is periodically reviewed for impairment (at a minimum annually) and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of this asset may not be recoverable. Our operations are analyzed by management and our chief operating decision maker (CODM) as being part of a single industry segment: the design, development, marketing and sales of data management software and solutions. Therefore, our goodwill impairment assessment is based on the allocation of goodwill to a single reporting unit. We perform a qualitative assessment to test our reporting unit’s goodwill for impairment. Based on our qualitative assessment, if we determine that the fair value of our reporting unit is more likely than not (i.e., a likelihood of more than 50 percent) to be less than its carrying amount, the quantitative assessment of the impairment test is performed. In the quantitative assessment, we compare the fair value of our reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not considered impaired and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets of our reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then an impairment loss equal to the difference, but not exceeding the total carrying value of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit, would be recorded. Our annual impairment analysis of goodwill was performed as of April 1, 2026. Our qualitative assessment indicated that there were no indications of impairment and therefore there was no impairment of goodwill required to be recorded for Fiscal 2026 (no impairments were recorded for Fiscal 2025 and Fiscal 2024, respectively). Acquired intangibles Acquired intangibles consist of acquired technology and customer relationships associated with various acquisitions. Acquired technology is initially recorded at fair value based on the present value of the estimated net future income-producing capabilities of software products acquired in acquisitions. We amortize acquired technology on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life. Customer relationships represent relationships that we have with customers of the acquired companies and are either based upon contractual or legal rights or are considered separable; that is, capable of being separated from the acquired entity and being sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged. These customer relationships are initially recorded at their fair value based on the present value of expected future cash flows. We amortize customer relationships on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. We continually evaluate the remaining estimated useful life of our intangible assets being amortized to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization. Impairment of long-lived assets We account for the impairment and disposition of long-lived assets in accordance with ASC Topic 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment” (Topic 360). We test long-lived assets or asset groups, such as property and equipment, ROU assets and definite lived intangible assets, for recoverability when events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Circumstances which could trigger a review include, but are not limited to: significant adverse changes in the business climate or legal factors; current period cash flow or operating losses combined with a history of losses or a forecast of continuing losses associated 163

Page 165

Table of Contents with the use of the asset; and a current expectation that the asset will more likely than not be sold or disposed of before the end of its estimated useful life. Recoverability is assessed based on comparing the carrying amount of the asset to the aggregate pre-tax undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposal of the asset or asset group. Impairment is recognized when the carrying amount is not recoverable and exceeds the fair value of the asset or asset group. The impairment loss, if any, is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds fair value, which for this purpose is based upon the discounted projected future cash flows of the asset or asset group. We have not recorded any significant impairment charges for long-lived assets during Fiscal 2026, Fiscal 2025 and Fiscal 2024, respectively. Derivative financial instruments We use derivative financial instruments to manage foreign currency rate risk. We account for these instruments in accordance with ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging” (Topic 815), which requires that every derivative instrument be recorded on the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value as of the reporting date. Topic 815 also requires that changes in our derivative financial instruments’ fair values be recognized in earnings; unless specific hedge accounting and documentation criteria are met (i.e., the instruments are accounted for as hedges). We record the effective portions of the gain or loss on derivative financial instruments that are designated as cash flow hedges in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, in our accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Any ineffective or excluded portion of a designated cash flow hedge, if applicable, is recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Income. In Fiscal 2023, we entered into certain derivative financial instruments, a portion of which were designated as a net investment hedge. In accordance with Topic 815, we recorded the effective portion of the gain or loss on derivative financial instruments that were designated as a net investment hedge within our currency translation adjustment component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), in our accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Any ineffective or excluded portion of our net investment hedge, if applicable, is recognized in Interest and other related expense, net of our Consolidated Statements of Income. See Note 17 “Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” for more details. Asset retirement obligations We account for asset retirement obligations in accordance with ASC Topic 410, “Asset Retirement and Environmental Obligations” (Topic 410), which applies to certain obligations associated with “leasehold improvements” within our leased office facilities. Topic 410 requires that a liability be initially recognized for the estimated fair value of the obligation when it is incurred. The associated asset retirement cost is capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset and depreciated over the remaining life of the underlying asset and the associated liability is accreted to the estimated fair value of the obligation at the settlement date through periodic accretion charges which are generally recorded within General and administrative expense in our Consolidated Statements of Income. When the obligation is settled, any difference between the final cost and the recorded amount is recognized as income or loss on settlement in our Consolidated Statements of Income. Revenue recognition In accordance with ASC Topic 606, we account for a customer contract when we obtain written approval, the contract is committed, the rights of the parties, including the payment terms, are identified, the contract has commercial substance and consideration is probable of collection. Revenue is recognized when, or as, control of a promised product or service is transferred to our customers in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for our products and services (at its transaction price). Estimates of variable consideration and the determination of whether to include estimated amounts in the transaction price are based on readily available information, which may include historical, current and forecasted information, taking into consideration the type of customer, the type of transaction and specific facts and circumstances of each arrangement. We report revenue net of any revenue-based taxes assessed by governmental authorities that are imposed on and concurrent with specific revenue producing transactions. We have four revenue streams: cloud services and subscriptions, customer support, license, and professional service and other. 164

Page 166

Table of Contents Cloud services and subscriptions revenue Cloud services and subscriptions revenue are from hosting arrangements where in connection with the licensing of software, the end user does not take possession of the software, as well as from end-to-end fully outsourced B2B integration solutions to our customers (collectively referred to as cloud arrangements). The software application resides on our hardware or that of a third-party, and the customer accesses and uses the software on an as-needed basis. Our cloud arrangements can be broadly categorized as PaaS, SaaS, cloud subscriptions and managed services. PaaS/ SaaS/ Cloud Subscriptions (collectively referred to here as cloud-based solutions): We offer cloud-based solutions that provide customers the right to access our software through the internet. Our cloud-based solutions represent a series of distinct services that are substantially the same and have the same pattern of transfer to the customer. These services are made available to the customer continuously throughout the contractual period. However, the extent to which the customer uses the services may vary at the customer’s discretion. The payment for cloud-based solutions may be received either at inception of the arrangement, or over the term of the arrangement. These cloud-based solutions are considered to have a single performance obligation where the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit, and as such we recognize revenue for these cloud-based solutions ratably over the term of the contractual agreement. For example, revenue related to cloud-based solutions that are provided on a usage basis, such as the number of users, is recognized based on a customer’s utilization of the services in a given period. Additionally, a software license is present in a cloud-based solutions arrangement if all of the following criteria are met: (i) The customer has the contractual right to take possession of the software at any time without significant penalty; and (ii) It is feasible for the customer to host the software independent of us. In these cases where a software license is present in a cloud-based solutions arrangement it is assessed to determine if it is distinct from the cloud-based solutions arrangement. The revenue allocated to the distinct software license would be recognized at the point in time the software license is transferred to the customer, whereas the revenue allocated to the hosting performance obligation would be recognized ratably on a monthly basis over the contractual term unless evidence suggests that revenue is earned, or obligations are fulfilled in a different pattern over the contractual term of the arrangement. Managed services: We provide comprehensive B2B process outsourcing services for all day-to-day operations of a customers’ B2B integration program. Customers using these managed services are not permitted to take possession of our software and the contract is for a defined period, where customers pay a monthly or quarterly fee. Our performance obligation is satisfied as we provide services of operating and managing a customer’s electronic data interchange (EDI) environment. Revenue relating to these services is recognized using an output method based on the expected level of service we will provide over the term of the contract. As part of cloud services and subscriptions revenues, in connection with cloud subscription and managed service contracts, we often agree to perform a variety of services before the customer goes live, such as, converting and migrating customer data, building interfaces and providing training. These services are considered an outsourced suite of professional services which can involve certain project-based activities. These services can be provided at the initiation of a contract, during the implementation or on an ongoing basis as part of the customer life cycle. These services can be charged separately on a fixed fee or time and materials basis, or the costs associated may be recovered as part of the ongoing cloud subscription or managed services fee. These outsourced professional services are considered to be distinct from the ongoing hosting services and represent a separate performance obligation within our cloud subscription or managed services arrangements. The obligation to provide outsourced professional services is satisfied over time, with the customer simultaneously receiving and consuming the benefits as we satisfy our performance obligations. For outsourced professional services, we recognize revenue by measuring progress toward the satisfaction of our performance obligation. Progress for services that are contracted for a fixed price is generally measured based on hours incurred as a portion of total estimated hours. As a practical expedient, when we invoice a customer at an amount that corresponds directly with the value to the customer of our performance to date, we recognize revenue at that amount. 165

Page 167

Table of Contents Customer support revenue Customer support revenue is associated with perpetual, term license and on-premise subscription arrangements. As customer support is not critical to the customer’s ability to derive benefit from its right to use our software, customer support is considered as a distinct performance obligation when sold together in a bundled arrangement along with the software. Customer support consists primarily of technical support and the provision of unspecified updates and upgrades on a when-and-if-available basis. Customer support for perpetual licenses is renewable, generally on an annual basis, at the option of the customer. Customer support for term and subscription licenses is renewable concurrently with such licenses for the same duration of time. Payments for customer support are generally made at the inception of the contract term or in installments over the term of the maintenance period. Our customer support team is ready to provide these maintenance services, as needed, to the customer during the contract term. As the elements of customer support are delivered concurrently and have the same pattern of transfer, customer support is accounted for as a single performance obligation. The customer benefits evenly throughout the contract period from the guarantee that the customer support resources and personnel will be available to them, and that any unspecified upgrades or unspecified future products developed by us will be made available. Revenue for customer support is recognized ratably over the contract period based on the start and end dates of the maintenance term, in line with how we believe services are provided. License revenue Our license revenue can be broadly categorized as perpetual licenses, term licenses and subscription licenses, which are primarily deployed on the customer’s premises. Perpetual licenses: We sell perpetual licenses which provide customers the right to use software for an indefinite period of time in exchange for a one-time license fee, which is generally paid at contract inception. Our perpetual licenses provide a right to use IP that is functional in nature and have significant stand-alone functionality. Accordingly, for perpetual licenses of functional IP, revenue is recognized at the point-in-time when control has been transferred to the customer, which normally occurs once software activation keys have been made available for download. Term licenses and Subscription licenses: We sell both term and subscription licenses which provide customers the right to use software for a specified period in exchange for a fee, which may be paid at contract inception or paid in installments over the period of the contract. Like perpetual licenses, both our term licenses and subscription licenses are functional IP that have significant stand-alone functionality. Accordingly, for both term and subscription licenses, revenue is recognized at the point-in-time when the customer is able to use and benefit from the software, which is normally once software activation keys have been made available for download at the commencement of the term. Professional service and other revenue Our professional services, when offered along with software licenses, consist primarily of technical services and training services. Technical services may include installation, customization, implementation or consulting services. Training services may include access to online modules or delivering a training package customized to the customer’s needs. At the customer’s discretion, we may offer one, all, or a mix of these services. Payment for professional services is generally a fixed fee or is a fee based on time and materials. Professional services can be arranged in the same contract as the software license or in a separate contract. As our professional services do not significantly change the functionality of the license and our customers can benefit from our professional services on their own or together with other readily available resources, we consider professional services as distinct within the context of the contract. Professional service revenue is recognized over time as long as: (i) the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits as we perform them, (ii) our performance creates or enhances an asset the customer controls as we perform, and (iii) our performance does not create an asset with alternative use and we have enforceable right to payment. If all the above criteria are met, we use an input-based measure of progress for recognizing professional service revenue. For example, we may consider total labour hours incurred compared to total expected labour hours. As a practical expedient, when we invoice a customer at an amount that corresponds directly with the value to the customer of our performance to date, we will recognize revenue at that amount. 166

Page 168

Table of Contents Material rights To the extent that we grant our customer an option to acquire additional products or services in one of our arrangements, we will account for the option as a distinct performance obligation in the contract only if the option provides a material right to the customer that the customer would not receive without entering into the contract. For example, if we give the customer an option to acquire additional goods or services in the future at a price that is significantly lower than the current price, this would be a material right as it allows the customer to, in effect, pay in advance for the option to purchase future products or services. If a material right exists in one of our contracts, then revenue allocated to the option is deferred and we would recognize revenue only when those future products or services are transferred or when the option expires. Based on history, our contracts do not typically contain material rights and when they do, the material right is not significant to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Arrangements with multiple performance obligations Our contracts generally contain more than one of the products and services listed above. Determining whether goods and services are considered distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately or as a single performance obligation may require judgment, specifically when assessing whether both of the following two criteria are met: • the customer can benefit from the product or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer; and • our promise to transfer the product or service to the customer is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract. If these criteria are not met, we determine an appropriate measure of progress based on the nature of our overall promise for the single performance obligation. If these criteria are met, each product or service is separately accounted for as a distinct performance obligation and the total transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation on a relative SSP basis. Standalone selling price The standalone selling price (SSP) reflects the price we would charge for a specific product or service if it were sold separately in similar circumstances and to similar customers. In most cases we can establish the SSP based on observable data. We typically establish a narrow SSP range for our products and services and assess this range on a periodic basis or when material changes in facts and circumstances warrant a review. If the SSP is not directly observable, then we estimate the amount using either the expected cost plus a margin or residual approach. Estimating SSP requires judgment that could impact the amount and timing of revenue recognized. SSP is a formal process whereby management considers multiple factors including, but not limited to, geographic or regional specific factors, competitive positioning, internal costs, profit objectives, and pricing practices. Transaction Price Allocation In bundled arrangements, where we have more than one distinct performance obligation, we must allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative SSP. However, in certain bundled arrangements, the SSP may not always be directly observable. For instance, in bundled arrangements with license and customer support, we allocate the transaction price between the license and customer support performance obligations using the residual approach because we have determined that the SSP for licenses in these arrangements are highly variable. We use the residual approach only for our license arrangements. When the SSP is observable but contractual pricing does not fall within our established SSP range, then an adjustment is required, and we will allocate the transaction price between license and customer support based on the relative SSP established for the respective performance obligations. When two or more contracts are entered into at or near the same time with the same customer, we evaluate the facts and circumstances associated with the negotiation of those contracts. Where the contracts are negotiated as a package, we will account for them as a single arrangement and allocate the consideration for the combined contracts among the performance obligations accordingly. 167

Page 169

Table of Contents Sales to regional system integrators We execute certain sales contracts through regional system integrators, distributors and channel partners (collectively referred to as regional system integrators). Typically, we conclude that the regional system integrators are OpenText customers in our regional system integrators' agreements. The regional system integrators have control over the pricing, service and products prior to being transferred to the end customer. We also assess the creditworthiness of each regional system integrator and if they are newly formed, undercapitalized or in financial difficulty, we defer any revenues expected to emanate from such regional system integrator and recognize revenue only when cash is received, and all other revenue recognition criteria under ASC Topic 606 are met. Rights of return and other incentives We do not generally offer rights of return or any other incentives such as concessions, product rotation, or price protection and, therefore, do not provide for or make estimates of rights of return and similar incentives. However, we do offer consumers who purchase certain of our products online directly from us an unconditional full 70-day money-back guarantee. Distributors and regional system integrators are also permitted to return the consumer products, subject to certain limitations. Revenue is reduced for such rights based on the estimate of future returns originating from contractual agreements with these customers. Additionally, in some contracts, however, discounts may be offered to the customer for future software purchases and other additional products or services. Such arrangements grant the customer an option to acquire additional goods or services in the future at a discount and therefore are evaluated under guidance related to “material rights” as discussed above. Other policies Payment terms and conditions vary by contract type, although terms generally include a requirement of payment within 30 to 60 days of the invoice date. In certain arrangements, we will receive payment from a customer either before or after the performance obligation to which the invoice relates has been satisfied. As a practical expedient, we do not account for significant financing components if the period between when we transfer the promised good or service to the customer and when the customer pays for the product or service will be one year or less. On that basis, our contracts for license and maintenance typically do not contain a significant financing component, however, in determining the transaction price we consider whether we need to adjust the promised consideration for the effects of the time value of money if the timing of payments provides either the customer or OpenText with a significant benefit of financing. Our managed services contracts may not include an upfront charge for outsourced professional services performed as part of an implementation and are recovered through an ongoing fee. Therefore, these contracts may be expected to have a financing component associated with revenue being recognized in advance of billings. We may modify contracts to offer customers additional products or services. The additional products and services will be considered distinct from those products or services transferred to the customer before the modification and will be accounted for as a separate contract. We evaluate whether the price for the additional products and services reflects the SSP adjusted as appropriate for facts and circumstances applicable to that contract. In determining whether an adjustment is appropriate, we evaluate whether the incremental consideration is consistent with the prices previously paid by the customer or similar customers. Certain of our subscription services and product support arrangements generally contain performance response time guarantees. For subscription services arrangements, we estimate variable consideration using a portfolio approach because performance penalties are tied to standard response time requirements. For product support arrangements, we estimate variable consideration on a contract basis because such arrangements are customer specific. For both subscription services and product support arrangements, we use an expected value approach to estimate variable consideration based on historical business practices and current and future performance expectations to determine the likelihood of incurring penalties. 168

Page 170

Table of Contents Performance Obligations A summary of our typical performance obligations and when the obligations are satisfied are as follows: Performance Obligation When Performance Obligation is Typically Satisfied Cloud services and subscriptions revenue: Outsourced Professional Services Managed Services / Ongoing Hosting / SaaS As the services are provided (over time) Over the contract term, beginning on the date that service ismade available (i.e., “Go live”) to the customer (over time) Customer support revenue: When and if available updates and upgrades and technicalsupport Ratable over the course of the service term (over time) License revenue: Software licenses (Perpetual, Term, Subscription) When software activation keys have been made available fordownload (point in time) Professional service and other revenue: Professional services As the services are provided (over time) Incremental Costs of Obtaining a Contract with a Customer Incremental costs of obtaining a contract include only those costs that we incur to obtain a contract that we would not have incurred if the contract had not been obtained, such as sales commissions. We have determined that certain of our commission programs meet the requirements to be capitalized. Some commission programs are not subject to capitalization as the commission expense is paid and recognized as the related revenue is recognized. In assessing costs to obtain a contract, we apply a practical expedient that allows us to assess our incremental costs on a portfolio of contracts with similar characteristics instead of assessing the incremental costs on each individual contract. We do not expect the financial statement effects of applying this practical expedient to the portfolio of contracts to be materially different than if we were to apply the standard to each individual contract. We pay commissions on the sale of new customer contracts as well as for renewals of existing contracts to the extent the renewals generate incremental revenue. Commissions paid on renewal contracts are limited to the incremental new revenue and therefore these payments are not commensurate with the commission paid on the original sale. We allocate commission costs to the performance obligations in an arrangement consistent with the allocation of the transaction price. Commissions allocated to the license performance obligation are expensed at the time the license revenue is recognized. Commissions allocated to professional service performance obligations are expensed as incurred, as these contracts are generally for one year or less and we apply a practical expedient to expense costs as incurred if the amortization period would have been one year or less. Commissions allocated to maintenance, managed services, on-going hosting arrangements or other recurring services, are capitalized and amortized consistent with the pattern of transfer to the customer of the services over the period expected to benefit from the commission payment. As commissions paid on renewals are not commensurate with the original sale, the period of benefit considers anticipated renewals. The benefit period is estimated to be approximately six years, which is based on our customer contracts and the estimated life of our technology. Expenses for incremental costs associated with obtaining a contract are recorded within Sales and marketing expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Our short-term capitalized costs to obtain a contract are included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets, while our long-term capitalized costs to obtain a contract are included in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Research and development costs Research and development costs internally incurred in creating computer software to be sold, licensed or otherwise marketed are expensed as incurred unless they meet the criteria for deferral and amortization, as described in ASC Topic 985-20, “Costs of Software to be Sold, Leased, or Marketed” (Topic 985-20). In accordance with Topic 985-20, costs related to research, design and development of products are charged to expense as incurred and capitalized between the dates that the product is considered to be technologically feasible and is considered to be ready for general release to customers. In our historical experience, the dates relating to the achievement of technological feasibility and general release of the product have substantially coincided. In addition, 169

Page 171

Table of Contents no significant costs are incurred subsequent to the establishment of technological feasibility. As a result, we do not capitalize any research and development costs relating to internally developed software to be sold, licensed or otherwise marketed. Advertising Expenses Advertising costs, which include digital advertising, marketing programs and other promotional costs, are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses incurred in Fiscal 2026, Fiscal 2025 and Fiscal 2024 were $62.3 million, $64.8 million and $66.9 million, respectively. Income taxes We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes” (Topic 740). Deferred tax assets and liabilities arise from temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the Consolidated Financial Statements that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years. These temporary differences are measured using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce deferred tax assets to the extent that we consider it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In determining the valuation allowance, we consider factors such as the reversal of deferred income tax liabilities, projected taxable income, and the character of income tax assets and tax planning strategies. A change to these factors could impact the estimated valuation allowance and income tax expense. We account for our uncertain tax provisions by using a two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of the available evidence indicates it is more likely than not, based solely on the technical merits, that the position will be sustained on audit, including the resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the appropriate amount of the benefit to recognize. The amount of benefit to recognize is measured as the maximum amount which is more likely than not to be realized. The tax position is derecognized when it is no longer more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit. On subsequent recognition and measurement, the maximum amount which is more likely than not to be recognized at each reporting date will represent the Company’s best estimate, given the information available at the reporting date, although the outcome of the tax position is not absolute or final. We recognize both accrued interest and penalties related to liabilities for income taxes within the Provision for income taxes line of our Consolidated Statements of Income (see Note 15 “Income Taxes” for more details). Equity investments We invest in investment funds in which we are a limited partner. Our interests in each of these investees range from 4% to below 20%. These investments are accounted for using the equity method. Our share of net income or losses based on our interest in these investments, which approximates fair value, is recorded as a component of Other income (expense), net in our Consolidated Statements of Income (see Note 23 “Other Income (Expense), Net” for more details). Fair value of financial instruments Carrying amounts of certain financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable (trade and accrued liabilities) approximate the fair value due to the relatively short period of time between origination of the instruments and their expected realization. The fair value of our Senior Notes is determined based on observable market prices and categorized as a Level 2 measurement. The carrying value of our other long-term debt facilities approximates the fair value since the interest rate is at market. We apply the provisions of ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement” (Topic 820), to our available-for-sale financial assets and derivative financial instruments that we are required to carry at fair value pursuant to other accounting standards (see Note 16 “Fair Value Measurement” for more details). Foreign currency Our Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in U.S. dollars. In general, the functional currency of our subsidiaries is the local currency. For each subsidiary, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet dates and revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates prevailing during the previous month of the transaction. The effect of foreign currency translation adjustments are recorded as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Transactional foreign currency gains (losses) included in the Consolidated Statements of Income under the 170

Page 172

Table of Contents line item Other income (expense), net for Fiscal 2026, Fiscal 2025 and Fiscal 2024 were $3.2 million, $(24.9) million, and $1.2 million, respectively. Restructuring charges We record restructuring charges relating to contractual lease obligations, not accounted for under Topic 842, and other exit costs in accordance with ASC Topic 420, “Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations” (Topic 420). Topic 420 requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized and measured initially at its fair value in the period in which the liability is incurred. In order to incur a liability pursuant to Topic 420, our management must have established and approved a plan of restructuring in sufficient detail. A liability for a cost associated with involuntary termination benefits is recorded when benefits have been communicated and a liability for a cost to terminate an operating lease or other contract is incurred, when the contract has been terminated in accordance with the contract terms or we have ceased using the right conveyed by the contract, such as vacating a leased facility not accounted for under Topic 842. The recognition of restructuring charges requires us to make certain judgments regarding the nature, timing and amount associated with the planned restructuring activities, including estimating sub-lease income and the net recoverable amount of equipment to be disposed of. At the end of each reporting period, we evaluate the appropriateness of the remaining accrued balances (see Note 18 “Special Charges (Recoveries)” for more details). Loss Contingencies We are currently involved in various claims and legal proceedings. Quarterly, we review the status of each significant legal matter and evaluate such matters to determine how they should be treated for accounting and disclosure purposes in accordance with the requirements of ASC Topic 450-20, “Loss Contingencies” (Topic 450-20). Specifically, this evaluation process includes the centralized tracking and itemization of the status of all our disputes and litigation items, discussing the nature of any litigation and claim, including any dispute or claim that is reasonably likely to result in litigation, with relevant internal and external counsel, and assessing the progress of each matter in light of its merits and our experience with similar proceedings under similar circumstances. If the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we accrue a liability for the estimated loss in accordance with Topic 450-20. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the aggregate of such accrued liabilities was not material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations and we do not believe as of the date of this filing that it is reasonably possible that a loss exceeding the amounts already recognized will be incurred that would be material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations. As described more fully below, we are unable at this time to estimate a possible loss or range of losses in respect of certain disclosed matters (see Note 14 “Guarantees and Contingencies” for more details). Net income per share Basic net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of Common Shares outstanding including contingently issuable shares where the contingency has been resolved. Diluted net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of Common Shares and stock equivalents outstanding using the treasury stock method during the year. For periods in which we incur a net loss, our outstanding Common Share equivalents are not included in the calculation of diluted earnings (loss) per share as their effect is anti-dilutive. Accordingly, basic and diluted net loss per share for those periods are identical. See Note 24 “Earnings Per Share” for more details. Share-based compensation We measure share-based compensation costs, in accordance with ASC Topic 718, “Compensation - Stock Compensation” (Topic 718) on the grant date, based on the calculated fair value of the award. We have elected to treat awards with graded vesting as a single award when estimating fair value. Compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the employee requisite service period, which in our circumstances is the stated vesting period of the award, provided that total compensation cost recognized at least equals the pro-rata value of the award that has vested. Compensation cost is initially based on the estimated number of options for which the requisite service is expected to be rendered. This estimate is adjusted in the period once actual forfeitures are known (see Note 13 “Equity and Share-based Compensation” for more details). 171

Page 173

Table of Contents Accounting for Pensions, post-retirement and post-employment benefits Pension expense is accounted for in accordance with ASC Topic 715, “Compensation-Retirement Benefits” (Topic 715). Pension expense consists of actuarially computed costs of pension benefits in respect of the current year of service, imputed returns on plan assets (for funded plans), imputed interest on pension obligations and amortization of actuarial gain/loss. The expected costs of post-retirement benefits, other than pensions, are accrued in the Consolidated Financial Statements based upon actuarial methods and assumptions. The over-funded or under-funded status of defined benefit pension and other post-retirement plans are recognized as an asset or a liability (with the offset to Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, within Shareholders’ equity), respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Actuarial gains or losses in excess of the greater of (i) 10% of the projected benefit obligation, or (ii) 10% of the plan assets, are recognized as a component of Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net and subsequently amortized as a component of net periodic benefit costs over the weighted average of future working life of the plan’s active employees. See Note 12 “Pension Plans and Other Post-Retirement Benefits” for more details. Held for Sale Classification Assessments for held for sale accounting classification are performed by the Company when events or changes in business circumstances indicate that a change in classification may be necessary. The Company classifies assets and liabilities to be disposed of as held for sale in the period in which they are available for immediate sale in their present condition and when the sale is probable and expected to be completed within one year. Assets and liabilities classified as held for sale are presented separately within current assets and liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets and are measured at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. Further, the Company ceases to record depreciation and amortization expense on assets that are classified as held for sale. Accounting Pronouncements Adopted in Fiscal 2026 During Fiscal 2026, we adopted the following Accounting Standards Updates (ASU): Income Taxes In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09 “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures,” that addresses requests for improved income tax disclosures from investors that use the financial statements to make capital allocation decisions. Public entities must adopt the new guidance for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The amendments in this ASU may be applied on a prospective or retrospective basis, with early adoption permitted. We adopted this ASU for our annual period beginning July 1, 2025 on a prospective basis. The adoption of this ASU expanded our disclosures, but did not have an impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note 15 “Income Taxes” for additional information. Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted in Fiscal 2026 Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03 “Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses (Subtopic 220-40),” which requires additional disclosures of specific expense categories included within income statement expense captions. The guidance will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. The amendments in this ASU are to be applied on a prospective basis with the option for retrospective application, and early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2024-03 on the Company’s financial disclosures. Credit Losses In July 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-05 “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326)”, which provides a practical expedient for estimating expected credit losses for current accounts receivable and current contract assets that arise from transactions accounted for under Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2025, and interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. The amendments in this ASU may be applied on a prospective basis, 172

Page 174

Table of Contents with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2025-05 on the Company’s financial disclosures. Internal-Use Software In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-06 “Intangible - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40),” which amends guidance related to the accounting for internal-use software development costs. The guidance will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027, and interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. The amendments in this ASU may be applied on a prospective, modified prospective or retrospective basis, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2025-06 on the Company’s financial disclosures. Derivatives and Hedging and Revenue from Contracts with Customers In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-07 “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) and Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606),” which clarifies the application of derivative accounting to contracts that have features based on the operations or activities of one of the parties to the contract and to reduce diversity in the accounting for share-based payments in revenue contracts. The guidance will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. The amendments in this ASU may be applied on a prospective or modified retrospective basis, with early adoption permitted. We do not expect ASU 2025-07 to have an impact on the Company’s financial disclosures. NOTE 3—REVENUES Disaggregation of Revenue We have four revenue streams: cloud services and subscriptions, customer support, license, and professional service and other. The following tables disaggregate our revenue by significant geographic area, based on the location of our direct end customer, by type of performance obligation and timing of revenue recognition for the periods indicated: Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Total Revenues by Geography: Americas $ 2,896,043 $ 2,938,709 $ 3,341,881 EMEA 1,881,126 1,751,543 1,878,470 Asia Pacific 469,232 478,153 549,226 Total revenues $ 5,246,401 $ 5,168,405 $ 5,769,577 (1) Americas consists of countries in North, Central and South America. (2) EMEA consists of countries in Europe, the Middle East and Africa. (3) Asia Pacific primarily consists of Australia, Japan, Singapore, India and China. Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Total Revenues by Type of Performance Obligation: Recurring revenues Cloud services and subscriptions revenue $ 1,958,554 $ 1,856,474 $ 1,820,524 Customer support revenue 2,287,449 2,334,037 2,713,297 Total recurring revenues $ 4,246,003 $ 4,190,511 $ 4,533,821 License revenue (perpetual, term and subscriptions) 678,465 625,614 834,162 Professional service and other revenue 321,933 352,280 401,594 Total revenues $ 5,246,401 $ 5,168,405 $ 5,769,577 (1) Recurring revenue is defined as the sum of Cloud services and subscriptions revenue and Customer support revenue. (1) (2) (3) ______________________ (4) ______________________ 173

Page 175

Table of Contents Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Total Revenues by Timing of Revenue Recognition: Point in time $ 678,465 $ 625,614 $ 834,162 Over time (including professional service and other revenue) 4,567,936 4,542,791 4,935,415 Total revenues $ 5,246,401 $ 5,168,405 $ 5,769,577 Revenue by Product Categories We have seven product categories (previously referred to as business clouds) as part of our data management solutions: Content, Business Network, IT Operations Management (ITOM, also known as Observability and Service Management (OSM)), Cybersecurity (Enterprise), Cybersecurity (Small and Medium-Sized Businesses (SMB) & Consumer), Application Delivery Management (ADM, also known as DevOps), and Analytics. The following table disaggregates total revenue and total cloud services and subscription revenue by product category for the periods indicated. The Company believes this presentation is useful as it provides additional information: Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Total Revenues by Product Categories Content $ 2,240,193 $ 2,135,947 $ 2,054,882 Business Network 644,233 632,914 642,338 ITOM 454,358 452,693 522,677 Cybersecurity (Enterprise) 689,733 692,269 731,384 Cybersecurity (SMB & Consumer) 516,631 543,436 624,368 ADM 502,070 475,895 932,012 Analytics 199,183 235,251 261,916 Total revenues by product categories $ 5,246,401 $ 5,168,405 $ 5,769,577 Total Cloud Services and Subscriptions Revenue by ProductCategories Content $ 578,203 $ 481,396 $ 412,358 Business Network 611,610 595,005 601,376 ITOM 37,373 20,640 16,476 Cybersecurity (Enterprise) 75,460 83,767 86,592 Cybersecurity (SMB & Consumer) 467,773 494,266 514,406 ADM 118,482 106,016 95,283 Analytics 69,653 75,384 94,033 Total cloud services and subscriptions revenues by productcategories $ 1,958,554 $ 1,856,474 $ 1,820,524 (1) ADM was previously named Application Automation. Contract Balances A contract asset, net of allowance for credit losses, will be recorded if we have recognized revenue but do not have an unconditional right to the related consideration from the customer. For example, this will be the case if implementation services offered in a cloud arrangement are identified as a separate performance obligation and are provided to a customer prior to us being able to bill the customer. In addition, a contract asset may arise in relation to subscription licenses if the license revenue that is recognized upfront exceeds the amount that we are able to invoice the customer at that time. Contract assets are reclassified to accounts receivable when the rights become unconditional. (1) (1) ______________________ 174

Page 177

Table of Contents Incremental Costs of Obtaining a Contract with a Customer Incremental costs of obtaining a contract include only those costs that we incur to obtain a contract that we would not have incurred if the contract had not been obtained, such as sales commissions. The following table summarizes the changes in total capitalized costs to obtain a contract, since June 30, 2023: Capitalized costs to obtain a contract as of June 30, 2023 $ 97,207 New capitalized costs incurred 60,507 Amortization of capitalized costs (44,016) Impact of foreign exchange rate changes (246) Divestiture of AMC business (Note 19) (3,964) Capitalized costs to obtain a contract as of June 30, 2024 109,488 New capitalized costs incurred 60,165 Amortization of capitalized costs (43,129) Impact of foreign exchange rate changes 2,502 Capitalized costs to obtain a contract as of June 30, 2025 129,026 New capitalized costs incurred 80,652 Amortization of capitalized costs (50,906) Impact of foreign exchange rate changes (953) Divestiture of Vertica business (Note 19) (1,101) Capitalized costs to obtain a contract as of June 30, 2026 $ 156,718 During the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025 and 2024 respectively, there was no significant impairment loss recognized related to capitalized costs to obtain a contract. Refer to Note 9 “Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets” for additional information on incremental costs of obtaining a contract. Remaining Performance Obligations Remaining performance obligations (RPO) represent contracted revenue that has not yet been recognized. They include amounts recognized as deferred revenue and amounts that are contracted but will be billed and recognized as revenue in future periods. The following table provides RPO information as of June 30, 2026: % recognized as revenue over the following ($ in billions) As of June 30, 2026 Within 1 year 1 to 2 years 2 to 3 years Thereafter Total RPO $ 4.6 57% 21% 12% 10% Cloud services and subscriptions RPO $ 2.8 48% 24% 15% 13% Customer support and other RPO $ 1.8 72% 17% 7% 4% (1) RPO amounts presented may be impacted by certain estimates including currency fluctuations, estimates of customers’ deployment of contracted solutions, changes in the scope or termination of contracts, among other factors, and are therefore subject to change. (2) Customer support and other RPO is primarily comprised of obligations related to customer support revenues, and to a lesser extent license, professional services and other revenues. Refer to Note 2 “Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements” for additional information on our revenue policy. (1) (2) ______________________ 176

Page 178

Table of Contents NOTE 4—ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES The following illustrates the activity in our allowance for credit losses on accounts receivable: Balance as of June 30, 2023 $ 13,828 Credit loss expense (recovery) 8,622 Write-off/adjustments (9,196) Divestiture of AMC business (Note 19) (1,146) Balance as of June 30, 2024 12,108 Credit loss expense (recovery) 9,874 Write-off/adjustments (7,724) Balance as of June 30, 2025 14,258 Credit loss expense (recovery) 7,662 Write-off/adjustments (8,686) Divestiture of Vertica business (Note 19) (98) Balance as of June 30, 2026 $ 13,136 Included in accounts receivable are unbilled receivables in the amount of $63.7 million as of June 30, 2026 (June 30, 2025—$56.7 million). As of June 30, 2026, we have an allowance for credit losses of $0.3 million for contract assets (June 30, 2025—$0.4 million). For additional information on contract assets, see Note 3 “Revenues.” NOTE 5—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT As of June 30, 2026 Cost AccumulatedDepreciation Net Computer hardware $ 358,361 $ (239,850) $ 118,511 Computer software 278,353 (111,812) 166,541 Capitalized software development costs 364,137 (223,475) 140,662 Leasehold improvements 138,576 (107,167) 31,409 Land and buildings 74,935 (21,687) 53,248 Furniture, equipment and other 55,727 (43,901) 11,826 Total $ 1,270,089 $ (747,892) $ 522,197 As of June 30, 2025 Cost AccumulatedDepreciation Net Computer hardware $ 442,631 $ (290,373) $ 152,258 Computer software 225,073 (187,371) 37,702 Capitalized software development costs 283,449 (187,917) 95,532 Leasehold improvements 142,279 (105,349) 36,930 Land and buildings 60,613 (20,920) 39,693 Furniture, equipment and other 56,531 (43,394) 13,137 Total $ 1,210,576 $ (835,324) $ 375,252 Sale of Long-lived Assets During the year ended June 30, 2026, we completed the sale of an office building with a carrying value of $4.5 million. The Company recognized a loss of $0.6 million on the sale within Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Income. During the year ended June 30, 2024, we completed the sale of a Company owned facility with a carrying value of $4.5 million. The Company recognized a gain of $1.0 million on the sale in the Consolidated Statements of Income within Other income (expense), net. 177

Page 179

Table of Contents NOTE 6—LEASES We enter into operating leases, both domestically and internationally, for certain facilities, automobiles, data centers and equipment for use in the ordinary course of business. The duration of the majority of these leases generally ranges from 1 to 10 years, some of which include options to extend for an additional 3 to 5 years after the initial term. Additionally, the land upon which our headquarters in Waterloo, Ontario, Canada is located is leased from the University of Waterloo for a period of 49 years beginning in December 2005, with an option to renew for an additional term of 49 years. We also have finance lease liabilities comprised of equipment lease arrangements with an average duration of 4 to 5 years of which all are currently being sublet. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The following illustrates the Consolidated Balance Sheets information related to leases: Balance Sheet Location As of June 30, 2026 As of June 30, 2025 Operating Leases Operating lease right of use assets Operating lease right of use assets $ 134,377 $ 197,977 Operating lease liabilities (current) Operating lease liabilities $ 63,612 $ 75,914 Operating lease liabilities (non-current) Long-term operating lease liabilities 138,425 189,949 Total operating lease liabilities $ 202,037 $ 265,863 Finance Leases Finance lease receivables (current) Prepaid expenses and other currentassets $ 453 $ 1,867 Finance lease receivables (non-current) Other assets — 457 Total finance lease receivables $ 453 $ 2,324 Finance lease liabilities (current) Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $ 457 $ 1,877 Finance lease liabilities (non-current) Accrued liabilities — 457 Total finance lease liabilities $ 457 $ 2,334 The weighted average remaining lease term and discount rate for the periods indicated below were as follows: As of June 30, 2026 As of June 30, 2025 Weighted-average remaining lease term Operating leases 4.75 years 4.59 years Finance leases 0.31 years 1.23 years Weighted-average discount rate Operating leases 5.08 % 4.92 % Finance leases 5.33 % 5.33 % Lease Costs and Other Information The following illustrates the various components of lease costs for the period indicated: Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Operating lease cost $ 71,531 $ 82,174 $ 90,383 Short-term lease cost 903 2,028 2,920 Variable lease cost 3,811 4,103 5,084 Sublease income (9,432) (11,254) (12,941) Total lease cost $ 66,813 $ 77,051 $ 85,446 178

Page 180

Table of Contents Supplemental Cash Flow Information The following table presents supplemental information relating to cash flows arising from lease transactions. Cash payments made for variable lease costs and short-term leases are not included in the measurement of lease liabilities, and, as such, are excluded from the amounts below: Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: Operating leases $ 87,529 $ 98,418 $ 109,708 Finance leases 1,946 3,369 5,722 Right of use assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities: Operating leases 14,014 53,541 30,869 Maturity of Lease Liabilities The following table presents the future minimum lease payments under our lease liabilities as of June 30, 2026: Fiscal years ending June 30, Operating Leases Finance Leases 2027 $ 71,353 $ 459 2028 53,196 — 2029 35,587 — 2030 22,152 — 2031 13,014 — Thereafter 31,133 — Total lease payments 226,435 459 Less: Imputed interest (24,398) (2) Total $ 202,037 $ 457 Operating lease maturity amounts included in the table above do not include sublease income expected to be received under our various sublease agreements with third parties. Under the agreements initiated with third parties, we expect to receive immaterial sublease income over the remaining terms of the agreements. The Company has undiscounted future minimum lease payments related to operating lease contracts signed but not yet commenced as of June 30, 2026 of $40.0 million, which are excluded from lease liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets (see Note 14 “Guarantees and Contingencies” for more details). Lease Income In connection with the purchase of an office building in the third quarter of Fiscal 2026, the Company assumed existing operating lease agreements as a lessor with third-party tenants. Rental income from these operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the remaining non-cancelable lease terms. The remaining duration of these leases ranges between 2 and 3 years, with options to extend for an additional 23 to 72 years after the initial term. During the year ended June 30, 2026, lease income was immaterial and future contractual minimum lease payments (excluding operating expense reimbursements) to be received by the Company as of June 30, 2026 were also immaterial. 179

Page 182

Table of Contents Where applicable, the above balances as of June 30, 2026 have been reduced to reflect the impact of intangible assets where the gross cost has become fully amortized during the year ended June 30, 2026. The impact of this resulted in reductions to the cost and accumulated amortization of technology assets of nil and customer assets of $330.4 million (year ended June 30, 2025 — $89.6 million and $129.8 million, respectively). The weighted average amortization periods for acquired technology and customer intangible assets are approximately six years and nine years, respectively. The following table shows the estimated future amortization expense for the fiscal years indicated. This calculation assumes no future adjustments to acquired intangible assets: Fiscal years ending June 30, 2027 $ 386,544 2028 369,976 2029 276,683 2030 205,238 2031 193,313 Thereafter 43,264 Total $ 1,475,018 NOTE 9—PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER ASSETS Prepaid expenses and other current assets: As of June 30, 2026 As of June 30, 2025 Deposits and restricted cash $ 4,824 $ 2,456 Capitalized costs to obtain a contract 50,915 44,311 Short-term prepaid expenses and other current assets 179,698 148,824 Derivative asset 204 2,984 Total $ 235,641 $ 198,575 (1) Represents the asset related to our derivative instrument activity. See Note 17 “Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” for more details. Other assets: As of June 30, 2026 As of June 30, 2025 Deposits and restricted cash $ 16,334 $ 22,720 Capitalized costs to obtain a contract 105,803 84,715 Investments 112,022 116,704 Available-for-sale financial assets 45,142 45,074 Long-term prepaid expenses and other long-term assets 22,027 38,480 Total $ 301,328 $ 307,693 Deposits and restricted cash primarily relate to security deposits provided to landlords in accordance with facility lease agreements and cash restricted per the terms of certain contractual-based agreements. Capitalized costs to obtain a contract relate to incremental costs of obtaining a contract, such as sales commissions, which are eligible for capitalization on contracts to the extent that such costs are expected to be recovered (see Note 3 “Revenues”). Investments relate to certain investment funds in which we are a limited partner. Our interests in each of these investees range from 4% to below 20%. These investments are accounted for using the equity method. Our share of net income or losses based on our interest in these investments, which approximates fair value and is subject to volatility based on market trends and business conditions, is recorded as a component of Other income (expense), net in our Consolidated Statements of Income (see Note 23 “Other Income (Expense), Net”). During the year ended June 30, 2026, our share of income (loss) from these investments was $(4.0) million (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024 — $0.2 million and $(18.2) million, respectively). (1) ______________________ 181

Page 183

Table of Contents A portion of the available-for-sale financial assets relate to contractual arrangements under insurance policies held by the Company with guaranteed interest rates that are utilized to meet certain pension and post-retirement obligations but do not meet the definition of a plan asset. The remaining portion of available-for-sale financial assets are primarily comprised of various debt and equity funds, which are valued utilizing market quotes provided by our third-party custodian. These arrangements are treated as available-for-sale financial assets measured at fair value quarterly (see Note 16 “Fair Value Measurement” with unrealized gains and losses recorded within Other comprehensive income (loss), net (see Note 21 “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)”). Prepaid expenses and other assets, both short-term and long-term, include advance payments on licenses that are being amortized over the applicable terms of the licenses and other miscellaneous assets. NOTE 10—ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES Accounts payable and accrued liabilities: As of June 30, 2026 As of June 30, 2025 Accounts payable—trade $ 127,532 $ 136,204 Accrued salaries, incentives and commissions 277,025 254,230 Accrued liabilities 220,482 229,070 Accrued sales and other tax liabilities 32,737 32,964 Derivative liability 219,065 275,810 Accrued interest on long-term debt 37,729 37,729 Amounts payable in respect of restructuring and other special charges 50,929 53,771 Asset retirement obligations 3,580 6,805 Total $ 969,079 $ 1,026,583 (1) Represents the liability related to our derivative instrument activity (see Note 17 “Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” for more details). Long-term accrued liabilities: As of June 30, 2026 As of June 30, 2025 Amounts payable in respect of restructuring and other special charges $ 7,237 $ 8,591 Other accrued liabilities 99,106 10,801 Asset retirement obligations 22,572 22,920 Total $ 128,915 $ 42,312 Asset retirement obligations We are required to return certain of our leased facilities to their original state at the conclusion of our lease. As of June 30, 2026, the present value of this obligation was $26.2 million (June 30, 2025—$29.7 million), with an undiscounted value of $27.9 million (June 30, 2025—$32.2 million). (1) ______________________ 182

Page 184

Table of Contents NOTE 11—LONG-TERM DEBT As of June 30, 2026 As of June 30, 2025 Total debt Senior Notes 2031 $ 650,000 $ 650,000 Senior Notes 2030 900,000 900,000 Senior Notes 2029 850,000 850,000 Senior Notes 2028 900,000 900,000 Senior Secured Notes 2027 1,000,000 1,000,000 Acquisition Term Loan 1,536,525 2,185,375 Total principal payments due 5,836,525 6,485,375 Unamortized debt discount and issuance costs (66,156) (107,454) Total amount outstanding 5,770,369 6,377,921 Less: Current portion of long-term debt Acquisition Term Loan 35,850 35,850 Total current portion of long-term debt 35,850 35,850 Non-current portion of long-term debt $ 5,734,519 $ 6,342,071 (1) During the year ended June 30, 2026, we recognized a loss on debt extinguishment of $18.8 million related to the acceleration and recognition of unamortized debt discount and issuance costs resulting from the prepayment of $613.0 million of the Acquisition Term Loan. Senior Unsecured Fixed Rate Notes Senior Notes 2031 On November 24, 2021, a subsidiary of the Company issued $650 million in aggregate principal amount of 4.125% senior notes due 2031 guaranteed by the Company (Senior Notes 2031) in an unregistered offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act), and to certain non-U.S. persons in offshore transactions pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. Senior Notes 2031 bear interest at a rate of 4.125% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1, commencing on June 1, 2022. Senior Notes 2031 will mature on December 1, 2031, unless earlier redeemed, in accordance with their terms, or repurchased. For the year ended June 30, 2026, we recorded interest expense of $26.8 million relating to Senior Notes 2031 (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—$26.8 million and $26.8 million, respectively). Senior Notes 2030 On February 18, 2020, a subsidiary of the Company issued $900 million in aggregate principal amount of 4.125% senior notes due 2030 guaranteed by the Company (Senior Notes 2030) in an unregistered offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to certain non-U.S. persons in offshore transactions pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. Senior Notes 2030 bear interest at a rate of 4.125% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15, commencing on August 15, 2020. Senior Notes 2030 will mature on February 15, 2030, unless earlier redeemed, in accordance with their terms, or repurchased. For the year ended June 30, 2026, we recorded interest expense of $37.1 million relating to Senior Notes 2030 (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—$37.1 million and $37.1 million, respectively). Senior Notes 2029 On November 24, 2021, the Company issued $850 million in aggregate principal amount of 3.875% senior notes due 2029 (Senior Notes 2029) in an unregistered offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to certain non-U.S. persons in offshore transactions pursuant to Regulation S (1) ______________________ 183

Page 185

Table of Contents under the Securities Act. Senior Notes 2029 bear interest at a rate of 3.875% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1, commencing on June 1, 2022. Senior Notes 2029 will mature on December 1, 2029, unless earlier redeemed, in accordance with their terms, or repurchased. For the year ended June 30, 2026, we recorded interest expense of $32.9 million relating to Senior Notes 2029 (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—$32.9 million and $32.9 million, respectively). Senior Notes 2028 On February 18, 2020, the Company issued $900 million in aggregate principal amount of 3.875% senior notes due 2028 (Senior Notes 2028) in an unregistered offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to certain non-U.S. persons in offshore transactions pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. Senior Notes 2028 bear interest at a rate of 3.875% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15, commencing on August 15, 2020. Senior Notes 2028 will mature on February 15, 2028, unless earlier redeemed, in accordance with their terms, or repurchased. For the year ended June 30, 2026, we recorded interest expense of $34.9 million relating to Senior Notes 2028 (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—$34.9 million and $34.9 million, respectively). Senior Secured Fixed Rate Notes Senior Secured Notes 2027 On December 1, 2022, the Company issued $1.0 billion in aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes due 2027 (Senior Secured Notes 2027, and together with the Senior Notes 2031, Senior Notes 2030, Senior Notes 2029, and Senior Notes 2028, the Senior Notes) in connection with the acquisition of Micro Focus International Limited (the Micro Focus Acquisition) in an unregistered offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to certain non-U.S. persons in offshore transactions pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. Senior Secured Notes 2027 bear interest at a rate of 6.90% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1, commencing on June 1, 2023. Senior Secured Notes 2027 will mature on December 1, 2027, unless earlier redeemed, in accordance with their terms, or repurchased. The Senior Secured Notes 2027 are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by certain of the Company’s subsidiaries, and are secured with the same priority as the Company’s senior credit facilities. The Senior Secured Notes 2027 and the related guarantees are effectively senior to all of the Company’s and the guarantors’ senior unsecured debt to the extent of the value of the Collateral (as defined in the indenture to the Senior Secured Notes 2027) and are structurally subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of each of the Company’s existing and future subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Senior Secured Notes 2027. As of June 30, 2026, the Senior Secured Notes 2027 bear an effective interest rate of 7.39%. The effective interest rate includes interest expense of $69.0 million and amortization of debt discount and issuance costs of $3.1 million. For the year ended June 30, 2026, we recorded interest expense of $69.0 million, relating to Senior Secured Notes 2027 (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—$69.0 million and $69.0 million, respectively). Term Loan B On May 30, 2018, we entered into a credit facility that provided for a $1 billion term loan facility (Term Loan B) and borrowed $1 billion under the facility to, among other things, repay in full the loans under our prior $800 million term loan facility originally entered into on January 16, 2014. On May 6, 2024, we used a portion of the net proceeds from the AMC Divestiture to prepay, in full, the then outstanding principal balance of $940 million under Term Loan B, at which point all remaining commitments under Term Loan B were reduced to zero and Term Loan B was terminated. For the year ended June 30, 2026, we did not record any interest expense relating to Term Loan B (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—nil and $58.4 million, respectively). Revolver On December 19, 2023, we amended our $750 million committed revolving credit facility (the Revolver) to, among other things, extend the maturity to December 19, 2028. Borrowings under the Revolver are secured by a first charge over substantially all of our assets, on a pari passu basis with the Acquisition Term Loan (as defined below) and Senior Secured Notes 2027. 184

Page 186

Table of Contents The Revolver has no fixed repayment date prior to the end of the term. Borrowings under the Revolver bear interest per annum at a floating rate of interest equal to Term SOFR (as defined in the Revolver) and a fixed margin dependent on our consolidated net leverage ratio ranging from 1.25% to 1.75%. Under the Revolver, we must maintain a “consolidated net leverage” ratio of no more than 4.50:1.00 at the end of each financial quarter. Consolidated net leverage ratio is defined for this purpose as the proportion of our total debt reduced by unrestricted cash, including guarantees and letters of credit, over our trailing twelve months net income before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, restructuring, share-based compensation and other miscellaneous charges. As of June 30, 2026, our consolidated net leverage ratio, as calculated in accordance with the applicable agreement, was 2.75:1.00. The Revolver requires us to pay a facility fee on unused commitments based on the consolidated net leverage ratio. As of June 30, 2026, the facility fee under the Revolver was 0.30%. For the year ended June 30, 2026, we recorded $2.3 million of facility fees in Interest and other related expense, net, in our Consolidated Statements of Income (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—$2.3 million and $2.1 million). As of June 30, 2026, we had no outstanding balance under the Revolver (June 30, 2025—nil). For the year ended June 30, 2026, we did not record any interest expense relating to the Revolver (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—nil and $2.2 million, respectively). Acquisition Term Loan On December 1, 2022, we amended our first lien term loan facility (the Acquisition Term Loan), dated as of August 25, 2022, to increase the aggregate commitments under the senior secured delayed-draw term loan facility from an aggregate principal amount of $2.585 billion to an aggregate principal amount of $3.585 billion. On August 14, 2023, we entered into the second amendment to the Acquisition Term Loan, to reduce the applicable interest rate margin by 0.75% over the remaining term of the Acquisition Term Loan. On May 15, 2024, we entered into the third amendment to the Acquisition Term Loan, to reduce the applicable interest rate margin by 0.5% and remove the 10-basis point credit spread adjustment for loans bearing interest based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR). On November 27, 2024, we entered into the fourth amendment to the Acquisition Term Loan to reduce the applicable interest rate margin by 0.5% over the remaining term of the Acquisition Term Loan. The reductions in interest rate margin on the Acquisition Term Loan resulting from the amendments were all accounted for by the Company as debt modifications. The Acquisition Term Loan has a seven-year term from the date of funding, and repayments under the Acquisition Term Loan are equal to 0.25% of the principal amount in equal quarterly installments for the life of the Acquisition Term Loan, with the remainder due at maturity. Borrowings under the Acquisition Term Loan currently bear a floating rate of interest equal to Term SOFR (as defined in the Acquisition Term Loan) plus an applicable margin of 1.75%. As of June 30, 2026, the outstanding balance on the Acquisition Term Loan bears an interest rate of 5.37%. As of June 30, 2026, the Acquisition Term Loan bears an effective interest rate of 6.41%. The effective interest rate includes interest expense of $118.7 million and amortization of debt discount and issuance costs of $14.9 million. The Acquisition Term Loan has incremental facility capacity of (i) $250 million plus (ii) additional amounts, subject to meeting a “consolidated senior secured net leverage” ratio not exceeding 2.75:1.00, in each case subject to certain conditions. Consolidated senior secured net leverage ratio is defined for this purpose as the proportion of the Company’s total debt reduced by unrestricted cash, including guarantees and letters of credit, that is secured by the Company’s or any of the Company’s subsidiaries’ assets, over the Company’s trailing four financial quarter net income before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, restructuring, share-based compensation and other miscellaneous charges. Under the Acquisition Term Loan, we must maintain a “consolidated net leverage” ratio of no more than 4.50:1.00 at the end of each financial quarter. Consolidated net leverage ratio is defined for this purpose as the proportion of the Company’s total debt reduced by unrestricted cash, including guarantees and letters of credit, over the Company’s trailing four financial quarter net income before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, restructuring, share-based compensation and other miscellaneous charges as defined in the Acquisition Term Loan. As of June 30, 2026, our consolidated net leverage ratio, as calculated in accordance with the applicable agreement, was 2.75:1.00. The Acquisition Term Loan is unconditionally guaranteed by certain subsidiary guarantors, as defined in the Acquisition Term Loan, and is secured by a first charge on substantially all of the assets of the Company and the subsidiary guarantors on a pari passu basis with the Revolver and the Senior Secured Notes 2027. 185

Page 187

Table of Contents During the year ended June 30, 2024, we prepaid an aggregate of $1.31 billion of the outstanding principal debt on the Acquisition Term Loan using a portion of the net proceeds from the AMC Divestiture of $1.06 billion and $250.0 million of cash on hand. During the year ended June 30, 2026, we prepaid an aggregate of $613.0 million of the outstanding principal debt on the Acquisition Term Loan. These prepayments included $163.0 million and $150.0 million funded with proceeds from the eDOCS and Vertica divestitures, respectively. Additionally, we prepaid $300.0 million using cash on hand. As a result of the prepayments, we recognized an $18.8 million loss on debt extinguishment during the year ended June 30, 2026, related to the acceleration and recognition of unamortized debt discount and issuance costs. See Note 19 “Acquisitions and Divestitures” for more details on these divestitures. For the year ended June 30, 2026, we recorded interest expense of $118.7 million relating to the Acquisition Term Loan (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—$148.4 million and $272.5 million, respectively). Debt Discount and Issuance Costs Debt discount and issuance costs relate primarily to costs incurred for the purpose of obtaining or amending our credit facilities and issuing our Senior Notes, and are being amortized through interest expense over the respective terms of the Senior Notes and Acquisition Term Loan using the effective interest method and straight-line method for the Revolver. NOTE 12—PENSION PLANS AND OTHER POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS Defined Benefit and Other Post-Retirement Benefit Plans The Company has 45 pension and other post-retirement plans in multiple countries. All of our pension and other post- retirement plans are located outside of Canada and the U.S. The plans are primarily located in Germany, which, as of June 30, 2026, make up approximately 42% of the total net benefit pension obligations. Our defined benefit pension plans include a mix of final salary type plans which provide for retirement, old age, disability and survivor’s benefits. Final salary type pension plans provide benefits to members either in the form of a lump sum payment or a guaranteed level of pension payable for life in the case of retirement, disability and death. Benefits under our final salary type plans are generally based on the participant’s age, compensation and years of service as well as the social security ceiling and other factors. Many of these plans are closed to new members. The net periodic costs of these plans are determined using the projected unit credit method and several actuarial assumptions, the most significant of which are the discount rate and estimated service costs. Other post-retirement plans include statutory plans that offer termination, indemnity or other end of service benefits. Many of these plans were assumed through our acquisitions or are required by local regulatory and statutory requirements. All of our defined benefit and other post-retirement plans are included in the aggregate projected benefit obligation within Pension liability, net on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Plan assets that partially fund the defined benefit obligations are primarily classified within Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and consist primarily of investments in equity and debt funds. Plan assets exclude insurance contracts with guaranteed interest rates classified as Level 3 available-for-sale financial assets of $27.3 million that do not meet the definition of a qualifying insurance policy, as they have not been pledged to the defined benefit and other post-retirement plans (see Note 16 “Fair Value Measurement” for more details). The Company intends to only make any cash contributions to any defined benefit pension or post-retirement plans where required by the local regulatory or statutory requirements. For the year ended June 30, 2026, we made cash contributions of $13.0 million (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—$9.2 million and $4.2 million, respectively). For Fiscal 2027, we expect to make cash contributions of $9.1 million to our defined benefit plans. 186

Page 188

Table of Contents The following table provides the details of the funded status of our defined benefit pension and other post-retirement plans: As of June 30, 2026 As of June 30, 2025 Plan assets $ 242,447 $ 237,823 Projected benefit obligations (348,690) (374,690) Funded status $ (106,243) $ (136,867) The following table provides details of the net benefit obligations of our defined benefit pension and other post-retirement plans: As of June 30, 2026 As of June 30, 2025 Current portion of benefit obligation $ 5,770 $ 4,652 Non-current portion of benefit obligation 100,473 132,215 Total $ 106,243 $ 136,867 (1) The current portion of the benefit obligation has been included within “Accrued salaries, incentives and commissions,” all within Accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (see Note 10 “Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities” for more details). The following tables provide the details of the change in the benefit obligation and plan assets for the periods indicated: As of June 30, 2026 As of June 30, 2025 Benefit obligation—beginning of fiscal year $ 374,690 $ 349,427 Service cost 11,508 11,082 Interest cost 14,076 13,008 Benefits paid (15,364) (11,161) Employee contributions 1,583 1,703 Plan settlement (17,473) (7,440) Plan amendment 492 (2,948) Curtailment (gain) loss 458 (927) Actuarial (gain) loss (15,605) (1,273) Other events (467) (762) Foreign exchange (gain) loss (5,208) 23,981 Benefit obligation—end of period 348,690 374,690 Less: Current portion 5,770 4,652 Non-current portion of benefit obligation $ 342,920 $ 370,038 As of June 30, 2026 As of June 30, 2025 Plan assets—beginning of fiscal year $ 237,823 $ 217,324 Benefit payments from plan assets (15,364) (11,161) Expected return on plan assets 13,282 11,790 Return on plan assets 11,131 (1,304) Company contributions 12,973 9,217 Employee contributions 1,583 1,703 Plan settlement (17,473) (7,440) Foreign exchange (gain) loss (1,508) 17,694 Plan assets—end of period $ 242,447 $ 237,823 (1) ______________________ 187

Page 189

Table of Contents The following table provides details of net pension expense for the periods indicated: Year Ended June 30, Pension expense: 2026 2025 2024 Service cost $ 11,508 $ 11,082 $ 11,073 Interest cost 14,076 13,008 12,345 Expected return of plan assets (13,282) (11,790) (11,400) Amortization of actuarial (gain) losses 489 1,306 643 Settlement cost 2,590 987 1,220 Net pension expense $ 15,381 $ 14,593 $ 13,881 Service-related net periodic pension costs are recorded within operating expense and all other non-service-related net periodic pension costs are classified under Interest and other related expense, net on our Consolidated Statements of Income. The following table provides details of amounts recognized in Other Comprehensive Income: Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Net actuarial gain (loss) $ 24,810 $ 322 $ 1,598 Amortization of actuarial loss 489 1,306 643 Settlement cost and plan amendments 2,230 2,452 (193) Curtailment (67) 788 — Total recognized in other comprehensive income $ 27,462 $ 4,868 $ 2,048 The following table provides details of the plan assets measured at fair value presented by asset category and fair value hierarchy for the periods indicated: As of June 30, 2026 As of June 30, 2025 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Cash $ 3,561 $ — $ — $ 3,561 $ 2,041 $ — $ — $ 2,041 Debt funds 83,456 19,452 — 102,908 91,908 8,251 — 100,159 Equity funds 104,961 467 — 105,428 94,844 6,559 — 101,403 Real estate funds 6,348 81 — 6,429 5,014 73 4,322 9,409 Other 17,900 4,697 1,524 24,121 18,092 4,574 2,145 24,811 Total $ 216,226 $ 24,697 $ 1,524 $ 242,447 $ 211,899 $ 19,457 $ 6,467 $ 237,823 The Company’s investment objective with respect to its defined benefit plan assets is to achieve an optimal rate of return over the long term while managing an appropriate level of risk to meet adequate future benefit obligations. Plan assets are managed by investment fiduciaries that determine the appropriate asset allocation, risk tolerance, fund diversification and investment strategies to achieve the long-term investment objectives of the plan assets. In determining the fair value of the defined benefit obligations as of June 30, 2026 and 2025, we used the following weighted-average key assumptions: Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 Assumptions: Salary increases 3.4 % 3.2 % Pension increases 2.0 % 2.0 % Discount rate 4.3 % 3.9 % Expected return on plan assets 5.9 % 5.6 % Normal retirement age (in years) 64 64 188

Page 190

Table of Contents Anticipated pension payments under the defined benefit plans for the fiscal years indicated below are as follows: Fiscal years ending June 30, 2027 $ 20,379 2028 18,453 2029 18,643 2030 19,969 2031 21,061 2032 to 2036 115,997 Total $ 214,502 Defined Contribution Plans The Company has various defined contribution retirement plans around the world covering many of its employees. Under these plans, employees can contribute a portion of their salary to the plan and the Company makes minimum non-elective contributions, discretionary contributions, and matching contributions, depending on the terms of the specific plan. The majority of the plans are primarily located in Canada, the U.S., the United Kingdom and Germany. For the year ended June 30, 2026, we made contributions of $57.4 million relating to the defined contribution retirement plans (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—$50.5 million and $54.7 million, respectively). NOTE 13—EQUITY AND SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION Equity Cash Dividends For the year ended June 30, 2026, pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy, we declared total non-cumulative dividends of $1.10 per Common Share in the aggregate amount of $268.4 million, which we paid during the same period (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—$1.05 and $1.00 per Common Share, respectively, in the aggregate amount of $271.5 million and $267.4 million, respectively). Share Capital Our authorized share capital includes an unlimited number of Common Shares and an unlimited number of Preference Shares. No Preference Shares have been issued. Treasury Stock From time to time, we may provide funds to a third-party agent to facilitate repurchases of our Common Shares in connection with the settlement of awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plans (LTIP) or other plans. During the year ended June 30, 2026, we repurchased 2,400,492 Common Shares on the open market at a cost of $56.2 million for potential settlement of awards under “Long-Term Incentive Plans” and “Restricted Share Units (Other)” or other plans as described below (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—4,619,276 and 1,400,000 Common Shares, respectively, at a cost of $133.1 million and $53.1 million, respectively). During the year ended June 30, 2026, we delivered to eligible participants 2,297,271 Common Shares at a cost of $70.5 million that were purchased in the open market in connection with the settlement of awards and other plans (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—3,107,220 and 1,800,395 Common Shares, respectively, at a cost of $118.2 million and $81.4 million, respectively). Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) Our ESPP offers employees the opportunity to purchase our Common Shares at a purchase price discount of 15%. During the year ended June 30, 2026, 1,279,333 Common Shares were eligible for issuance to employees enrolled in the ESPP (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—1,291,351 and 1,176,466 Common Shares, respectively). During the year ended June 30, 2026, cash in the amount of $29.3 million was received from employees relating to the ESPP (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—$31.6 million and $33.9 million, respectively). 189

Page 191

Table of Contents Share Repurchase Plan On August 6, 2025, the Company renewed its share repurchase plan, pursuant to which we were authorized to purchase for cancellation, over the 12-month period commencing on August 12, 2025 until August 11, 2026, up to an aggregate of $300 million of our Common Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) (as part of the Fiscal 2026 NCIB, as defined below), the NASDAQ and/or alternative trading systems in Canada and/or the U.S. (the Fiscal 2026 Repurchase Plan). On February 10, 2026, we increased the authorized limit of the Fiscal 2026 Repurchase Plan by $200 million to $500 million. The Fiscal 2026 Repurchase Plan included a normal course issuer bid (the Fiscal 2026 NCIB) to provide means to execute purchases over the TSX. Further, as part of the renewal of the Fiscal 2026 NCIB, the Company established an automatic share purchase plan (ASPP) with its broker to facilitate repurchases of Common Shares. During the year ended June 30, 2026, we repurchased and cancelled 14,761,123 Common Shares for $415.7 million, inclusive of 2% Canadian excise taxes recorded (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024— 14,524,664 and 5,073,913 Common Shares for $418.3 million and $152.3 million, respectively). Additionally, as of June 30, 2026, we recorded an accrual and a corresponding charge to retained earnings of $10.6 million (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024— $24.8 million and nil, respectively), representing the estimated value of Common Shares expected to be repurchased following the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2026 pursuant to the ASPP. Share-Based Compensation Share-based compensation expense for the periods indicated below is detailed as follows: Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Performance Share Units (issued under LTIP) $ 20,506 $ 21,121 $ 26,415 Restricted Share Units (issued under LTIP) 15,212 15,418 10,677 Restricted Share Units (other) 26,405 42,706 75,642 Stock Options (issued under Stock Option Plans) 9,525 15,694 18,167 Employee Stock Purchase Plan 5,278 5,979 6,016 Deferred Share Units (directors) 3,710 3,922 3,162 Total share-based compensation expense $ 80,636 $ 104,840 $ 140,079 No cash was used by us to settle equity instruments granted under share-based compensation arrangements in any of the periods presented. We have not capitalized any share-based compensation costs as part of the cost of an asset in any of the periods presented. A summary of unrecognized compensation cost for unvested share-based compensation awards is as follows: As of June 30, 2026 UnrecognizedCompensation Cost Weighted AverageRecognition Period(years) Performance Share Units (issued under LTIP) $ 38,230 1.87 Restricted Share Units (issued under LTIP) 10,957 1.36 Restricted Share Units (other) 30,481 1.54 Stock Options (issued under Stock Option Plans) 27,048 2.42 Total unrecognized share-based compensation cost $ 106,716 Long-Term Incentive Plans We incentivize certain eligible employees, in part, with long-term compensation pursuant to our LTIP. The LTIP is a rolling three-year program that grants eligible employees a certain number of target Performance Share Units (PSUs) and/or Restricted Share Units (RSUs). Target PSUs become vested upon the achievement of certain financial and/or operational performance criteria (the Performance Conditions) that are determined at the time of the grant. The Performance Conditions for vesting of the outstanding PSUs are based on market conditions or performance-based revenue conditions. RSUs are employee service-based awards and vest subject to an eligible 190

Page 192

Table of Contents employee’s continued employment throughout the applicable vesting period. For the year ended June 30, 2026, we settled LTIP awards that vested by delivering to eligible participants 825,551 Common Shares that were purchased in the open market at a cost of $27.5 million. PSUs and RSUs granted under the LTIP have been measured at fair value as of the effective date, consistent with ASC Topic 718, and will be charged to share-based compensation expense over the remaining life of the plan. We estimate the fair value of PSUs with market-based conditions using the Monte Carlo pricing model and RSUs have been valued based upon their grant-date fair value. The fair value of PSUs with performance-based conditions have been valued based upon their grant-date fair value. Beginning in Fiscal 2023, certain PSU and RSU grants were eligible to receive dividend equivalent units that vest under the same conditions as the underlying grants. Performance Share Units (Issued Under LTIP) PSUs (issued under LTIP) vest after three years from the respective date of grants and upon the achievement of Performance Conditions determined at the time of the grant. A summary of activity under our PSUs issued under the LTIP for the year ended June 30, 2026 is as follows: Units Weighted-AverageGrant-Date FairValue Weighted-AverageRemainingContractual Term(years) Aggregate Intrinsic Value($’000’s) Outstanding at June 30, 2025 1,972,941 $ 49.87 1.52 $ 51,956 Granted 1,041,815 48.51 Vested (325,768) 51.19 Forfeited or expired (918,337) 47.60 Outstanding at June 30, 2026 1,770,651 $ 50.01 1.68 $ 39,220 (1) PSUs are earned based on market or performance conditions and the actual number of PSUs earned, if any, may range from 0 to 200 percent. For the periods indicated, the weighted-average fair value of market-based PSUs issued under LTIP, and weighted- average assumptions estimated under the Monte Carlo pricing model were as follows: Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Weighted–average fair value of PSUs granted $50.18 $47.96 - $47.96 $21.17 - $59.48 Weighted-average assumptions used: Expected volatility 32.40 % 30.26 % 28.00 % Risk–free interest rate 3.66 % 3.67 % 4.38% - 4.95% Expected dividend yield — % — % — % Expected life (in years) 3.09 3.11 3.00 Forfeiture rate (based on historical rates) 7 % 7 % 7 % Weighted–average fair value of PSUs vested $ 53.05 $ 75.14 $ — Aggregate intrinsic value of PSUs vested ($ in ‘000’s) $ 11,253 $ 8,020 $ — (1) (1) ______________________ 191

Page 193

Table of Contents The Company did not grant any performance-based PSUs for the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025. The weighted average fair value of the performance-based PSUs granted was $40.14 for the year ended June 30, 2024. Restricted Share Units (Issued Under LTIP) Beginning in Fiscal 2025, grants of RSUs (issued under LTIP) vest on a straight-line basis over three years from the respective date of grants. Grants of RSUs (issued under LTIP) prior to Fiscal 2025 vest after three years from the respective date of grants. A summary of activity under our RSUs issued under the LTIP for the year ended June 30, 2026 is as follows: Units Weighted-AverageGrant-Date FairValue Weighted-AverageRemainingContractual Term(years) Aggregate Intrinsic Value($’000’s) Outstanding at June 30, 2025 1,272,015 $ 33.11 1.70 $ 37,143 Granted 839,657 29.44 Vested (499,783) 34.42 Forfeited or expired (358,174) 30.35 Outstanding at June 30, 2026 1,253,715 $ 30.92 1.74 $ 27,770 For the periods indicated, the weighted-average fair value and aggregate intrinsic value of RSUs (issued under LTIP) were as follows: Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Weighted–average fair value of RSUs granted $ 29.44 $ 28.43 $ 35.07 Weighted–average fair value of RSUs vested $ 34.42 $ 49.92 $ 43.40 Aggregate intrinsic value of RSUs vested ($ in ‘000’s) $ 16,259 $ 5,111 $ 9,093 Restricted Share Units (Other) In addition to the grants made in connection with the LTIP discussed above, from time to time, we may grant RSUs to certain employees in accordance with employment and other non-LTIP related agreements. RSUs (other) vest over a specified contract date, typically two or four years from the respective date of grants. A summary of activity under our RSUs (other) issued for the year ended June 30, 2026 is as follows: Units Weighted-AverageGrant-Date FairValue Weighted-AverageRemainingContractual Term(years) Aggregate Intrinsic Value($’000’s) Outstanding at June 30, 2025 2,639,883 $ 33.11 2.00 $ 77,084 Granted 945,505 34.05 Vested (1,237,728) 33.82 Forfeited or expired (224,745) 34.18 Outstanding at June 30, 2026 2,122,915 $ 33.00 1.94 $ 47,023 For the periods indicated, the weighted-average fair value and intrinsic value of RSUs (other) were as follows: Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Weighted–average fair value of RSUs (other) granted $ 34.05 $ 27.37 $ 38.04 Weighted–average fair value of RSUs (other) vested $ 33.82 $ 35.63 $ 40.94 Aggregate intrinsic value of RSUs (other) vested ($ in ‘000’s) $ 42,146 $ 69,891 $ 62,821 During the year ended June 30, 2026, we delivered to eligible participants 1,237,728 Common Shares that were purchased in the open market in connection with the settlement of vested RSUs, at a cost of $36.8 million 192

Page 194

Table of Contents (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—2,459,944 and 1,576,565 Common Shares, respectively, with a cost of $87.6 million and $70.7 million). Stock Option Plans A summary of stock options outstanding under our 2004 Stock Option Plan is set forth below. 2004 Stock Option Plan Date of inception Oct-04 Eligibility Eligible employees, as determined by the Board of Directors Options granted to date 52,636,819 Options exercised to date (23,958,258) Options cancelled to date (21,115,051) Options outstanding 7,563,510 Options available for issuance 8,641,512 Termination grace periods Immediately “for cause”; 90 days for any other reason; 180 days due to death Vesting schedule 25% per year, unless otherwise specified Exercise price range $24.72 - $52.62 Expiration dates July 3, 2026 - May 11, 2033 Our stock options vest over four years and expire after seven years from the date of the grant. The exercise price of all our options is set at an amount that is not less than the closing price of our Common Shares on the NASDAQ on the trading day immediately preceding the applicable grant date. We estimate the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, consistent with the provisions of ASC Topic 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation” (Topic 718) and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107. The option- pricing models require input of subjective assumptions, including the estimated life of the option and the expected volatility of the underlying stock over the estimated life of the option. We use historical volatility as a basis for projecting the expected volatility of the underlying stock and estimate the expected life of our stock options based upon historical data. We believe that the valuation techniques and the approach utilized to develop the underlying assumptions are appropriate in calculating the fair value of our stock option grants. Estimates of fair value are not intended, however, to predict actual future events or the value ultimately realized by employees who receive equity awards. A summary of activity under our stock option plans for the year ended June 30, 2026 is as follows: Options Weighted-Average ExercisePrice Weighted-AverageRemainingContractual Term(years) Aggregate Intrinsic Value($’000’s) Outstanding at June 30, 2025 12,306,554 $ 36.73 3.93 $ 5,942 Granted 2,001,322 28.71 Exercised (882,080) 30.96 Forfeited or expired (5,862,286) 38.08 Outstanding at June 30, 2026 7,563,510 $ 34.23 4.25 $ — Exercisable at June 30, 2026 3,688,466 $ 38.81 2.85 $ — 193

Page 195

Table of Contents For the periods indicated, the weighted-average fair value of options and weighted-average assumptions estimated under the Black-Scholes option-pricing model were as follows: Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Weighted–average fair value of options granted $ 6.36 $ 5.80 $ 9.00 Weighted-average assumptions used: Expected volatility 32.06 % 28.96 % 30.46 % Risk–free interest rate 3.80 % 3.81 % 4.44 % Expected dividend yield 3.88 % 3.60 % 2.73 % Expected life (in years) 4.32 4.32 4.26 Forfeiture rate (based on historical rates) 7 % 7 % 7 % Average exercise share price $ 30.96 $ 26.81 $ 36.55 The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended June 30, 2026 was $5.4 million (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—$0.4 million and $7.0 million, respectively). For the year ended June 30, 2026, cash in the amount of $27.3 million was received as the result of the exercise of options granted under share-based compensation arrangements (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—$3.7 million and $31.4 million, respectively). The tax benefit realized by us during the year ended June 30, 2026 from the exercise of options eligible for a tax deduction was $1.4 million (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—$0.1 million and $1.5 million, respectively). Deferred Share Units (DSUs) The DSUs are granted to certain non-employee directors. DSUs are issued under our Deferred Share Unit Plan. DSUs granted as compensation for director fees vest immediately, whereas all other DSUs granted vest at our next annual general meeting following the granting of the DSUs. DSUs granted have been measured at fair value as of the effective date, consistent with ASC Topic 718. DSU grants are eligible to receive dividend equivalent units that vest under the same conditions as the underlying grants. No DSUs are payable by us until the director ceases to be a member of the Board. During the year ended June 30, 2026, we settled 233,992 DSUs at a cost of $6.2 million (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—296,831 and 0 Common Shares, respectively, with a cost of $7.6 million and nil, respectively). A summary of activity under our DSUs issued for the year ended June 30, 2026 is as follows: Units Weighted-AveragePrice Weighted-AverageRemainingContractual Term(years) Aggregate Intrinsic Value($’000’s) Outstanding at June 30, 2025 903,970 $ 31.04 0.34 $ 26,415 Granted 120,990 30.84 Settled (233,992) 28.37 Outstanding at June 30, 2026 790,968 $ 31.80 0.44 $ 17,070 (1) Includes 62,177 unvested DSUs. (2) Includes 66,419 unvested DSUs. For the periods indicated, the weighted-average fair value and intrinsic value of DSUs were as follows: Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Weighted–average fair value of deferred share units granted $ 30.84 $ 31.03 $ 38.43 Weighted–average fair value of deferred share units vested $ 30.24 $ 34.21 $ 36.81 Aggregate intrinsic value of deferred share units vested ($ in ‘000’s) $ 3,838 $ 3,194 $ 1,461 (1) (2) (2) ______________________ 194

Page 196

Table of Contents NOTE 14—GUARANTEES AND CONTINGENCIES We have entered into the following contractual obligations with minimum payments for the indicated fiscal periods as follows: Payments due between Total July 1, 2026 - June30, 2027 July 1, 2027 - June30, 2029 July 1, 2029 - June30, 2031 July 1, 2031 andbeyond Long-term debt obligations $ 6,709,816 $ 319,534 $ 2,395,057 $ 3,331,819 $ 663,406 Obligations for future leases 39,969 2,269 9,175 10,702 17,823 Purchase obligations for contractsnot accounted for as leaseobligations 257,756 124,372 73,384 40,000 20,000 Total $ 7,007,541 $ 446,175 $ 2,477,616 $ 3,382,521 $ 701,229 (1) Includes interest up to maturity and principal payments. See Note 11 “Long-Term Debt” for more details. (2) Represents the undiscounted future minimum lease payments relating to operating leases signed but not yet commenced as of June 30, 2026. (3) For more details on contractual obligations relating to leases and purchase obligations accounted for under ASC Topic 842, see Note 6 “Leases.” Guarantees and Indemnifications We have entered into customer agreements which may include provisions to indemnify our customers against third-party claims that our software products or services infringe certain third-party intellectual property rights and for liabilities related to a breach of our confidentiality obligations. We have not made any material payments in relation to such indemnification provisions and have not accrued any liabilities related to these indemnification provisions in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Occasionally, we enter into financial guarantees with third parties in the ordinary course of our business, including, among others, guarantees relating to taxes and letters of credit on behalf of parties with whom we conduct business. Such agreements have not had a material effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. Litigation We are currently involved in various claims and legal proceedings. Quarterly, we review the status of each significant legal matter and evaluate such matters to determine how they should be treated for accounting and disclosure purposes in accordance with the requirements of ASC Topic 450-20 “Loss Contingencies” (Topic 450-20). Specifically, this evaluation process includes the centralized tracking and itemization of the status of all our disputes and litigation items, discussing the nature of any litigation and claim, including any dispute or claim that is reasonably likely to result in litigation, with relevant internal and external counsel, and assessing the progress of each matter in light of its merits and our experience with similar proceedings under similar circumstances. If the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we accrue a liability for the estimated loss in accordance with Topic 450-20. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the aggregate of such accrued liabilities was not material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations and we do not believe as of the date of this filing that it is reasonably possible that a loss exceeding the amounts already recognized will be incurred that would be material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations. As described more fully below, we are unable at this time to estimate a possible loss or range of losses in respect of certain disclosed matters. Contingencies CRA Matter As part of its ongoing audit of our Canadian tax returns, the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) has disputed our transfer pricing methodology used for certain intercompany transactions with our international subsidiaries and has issued notices of reassessment for Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016. Assuming the utilization of available tax attributes (further described below), we estimate our potential aggregate liability, as of (1) (2)(3) (3) ______________________ 195

Page 197

Table of Contents June 30, 2026, in connection with the CRA’s reassessments for Fiscal 2012 through Fiscal 2016, to be limited to penalties, interest and provincial taxes that may be due of approximately $87.4 million. As of June 30, 2026, we have provisionally paid approximately $32.0 million in order to fully preserve our rights to object to the CRA’s audit positions, being the minimum payment required under Canadian legislation while the matter is in dispute. This amount is recorded within Long-term income taxes recoverable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2026. The notices of reassessment for Fiscal 2012 through Fiscal 2016 would, as drafted, increase our taxable income by approximately $90 million to $100 million for each of those years, as well as impose a 10% penalty on the proposed adjustment to income. Audits by the CRA of our tax returns for fiscal years prior to Fiscal 2012 have been completed with no reassessment of our income tax liability. We strongly disagree with the CRA's positions and believe the reassessments of Fiscal 2012 through Fiscal 2016 (including any penalties) are without merit, and we are continuing to contest these reassessments. On June 30, 2022, we filed a notice of appeal with the Tax Court of Canada seeking to reverse all such reassessments (including penalties) in full and the customary court process is ongoing. Even if we are unsuccessful in challenging the CRA's reassessments to increase our taxable income for Fiscal 2012 through Fiscal 2016, we have elective deductions available for those years (including carry-backs from later years) that would offset such increased amounts so that no additional cash tax would be payable, exclusive of any assessed penalties and interest, as described above. The CRA has audited Fiscal 2017 through Fiscal 2021 on a basis that we strongly disagree with and are contesting. The focus of the CRA audit has been the valuation of certain intellectual property and goodwill when one of our subsidiaries continued into Canada from Luxembourg in July 2016. In accordance with applicable rules, these assets were recognized for tax purposes at fair market value as of that time, which value was supported by an expert valuation prepared by an independent leading accounting and advisory firm. CRA’s position for Fiscal 2017 through Fiscal 2021 relies in significant part on the application of its positions regarding our transfer pricing methodology that are the basis for its reassessment of our fiscal years 2012 to 2016 described above, and that we believe are without merit. Other aspects of CRA’s position for Fiscal 2017 through Fiscal 2021 conflict with the expert valuation prepared by the independent leading accounting and advisory firm that was used to support our original filing position. The CRA issued notices of reassessment in respect of Fiscal 2017 through Fiscal 2021 on a basis consistent with its proposal to reduce the available depreciable basis of assets in Canada. We have filed notices of objection to the reassessments for each of these years. If we are ultimately unsuccessful in defending our position, the estimated impact of the proposed adjustment could result in us recording an income tax expense, with no immediate cash payment, to reduce the stated value of our deferred tax assets of up to approximately $470 million. Any such income tax expense could also have a corresponding cash tax impact that would primarily occur over a period of several future years based upon annual income realization in Canada. We strongly disagree with the CRA’s position for Fiscal 2017 through Fiscal 2021 and intend to vigorously defend our original filing position. We are not required to provisionally pay any cash amounts to the CRA as a result of the reassessment in respect of Fiscal 2017 through Fiscal 2019 due to utilization of available tax attributes; however, for Fiscal 2020 and 2021, we have provisionally paid approximately $40.3 million in order to fully preserve our rights to object to the CRA’s audit positions and intend to make an additional payment of $19.3 million on account of Fiscal 2021 by December 31, 2026. To the extent the CRA reassesses subsequent fiscal years on a similar basis, we may make certain minimum payments required under Canadian legislation. We will continue to vigorously contest the adjustments to our taxable income and any penalty and interest assessments, as well as any reduction to the basis of our depreciable property. We are confident that our original tax filing positions were appropriate. Accordingly, as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we have not recorded any accruals in respect of these reassessments or proposed reassessment in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Other Matters Also see Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for Fiscal 2026, as well as Note 15 “Income Taxes” related to certain historical matters arising prior to the Micro Focus Acquisition. NOTE 15—INCOME TAXES The Company’s effective tax rate represents the net effect of the mix of income earned in various tax jurisdictions that are subject to a wide range of income tax rates. 196

Page 201

Table of Contents The primary components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows, for the periods indicated below: As of June 30, 2026 2025 Deferred tax assets Non-capital loss carryforwards $ 644,940 $ 676,446 Capital loss carryforwards 2,756 5,833 Interest expense carryforwards 141,873 230,658 Capitalized scientific research and development expenses 493,177 451,163 Restructuring costs and other reserves 16,741 18,678 Capitalized inventory and intangible expenses 151,081 123,010 Tax credits 159,914 179,343 Lease liabilities 26,568 36,975 Deferred revenue 54,224 22,759 Share-based compensation 31,717 40,464 Derivatives 57,099 73,074 Other 66,832 62,799 Total deferred tax asset 1,846,922 1,921,202 Valuation allowance (620,736) (651,779) Deferred tax liabilities Depreciation and amortization (190,713) (247,606) Right of use assets (13,329) (22,754) Other (84,755) (60,002) Deferred tax liabilities (288,797) (330,362) Net deferred tax asset $ 937,389 $ 939,061 Comprised of: Long-term assets 1,077,003 1,080,575 Long-term liabilities (139,614) (141,514) Net deferred tax asset $ 937,389 $ 939,061 As of June 30, 2026, we have $332.8 million of domestic non-capital loss carryforwards. In addition, we have $2.6 billion of foreign non-capital loss carryforwards, which includes $406.6 million of U.S. state loss carryforwards. $270.0 million of the foreign non-capital loss carryforwards have no expiry date, which includes $62.7 million of U.S. state loss carryforwards. The remainder of the domestic and foreign losses expire between 2027 and 2044. In addition, investment tax credits of $84.6 million will expire between 2029 and 2046. We believe that sufficient uncertainty exists regarding the realization of certain deferred tax assets that a valuation allowance is required. We continue to evaluate our taxable position quarterly and consider factors by taxing jurisdiction, including but not limited to factors such as estimated taxable income, any historical experience of losses for tax purposes and the future growth of OpenText. As of June 30, 2026 and 2025, the Company had a valuation allowance on its domestic and foreign deferred tax assets of $620.7 million and $651.8 million, respectively. The balance as of June 30, 2026 consisted of $2.9 million and $617.8 million against the Company’s domestic and foreign deferred tax assets, respectively, which, the Company believes, are more likely than not to be utilized in future years. The valuation allowance decreased in Fiscal 2026 by $31.0 million primarily related to utilization of interest carryovers and expiration of net operating loss carryovers. 200

Page 202

Table of Contents The aggregate changes in the balance of our gross unrecognized tax benefits (including interest and penalties) were as follows: Unrecognized tax benefits as of June 30, 2024 $ 180,365 Increases on account of current year positions — Increases on account of prior year positions 8,024 Decreases on account of prior year positions (2,612) Decreases due to settlements with tax authorities (9,569) Decreases due to lapses of statutes of limitations (36,417) Unrecognized tax benefits as of June 30, 2025 139,791 Increases on account of current year positions 2,607 Increases on account of prior year positions 5,609 Decreases on account of prior year positions (3,609) Decreases due to settlements with tax authorities (3,502) Decreases due to lapses of statutes of limitations (19,560) Unrecognized tax benefits as of June 30, 2026 $ 121,336 Included in the above tabular reconciliation are unrecognized tax benefits of $54.7 million as of June 30, 2026 (June 30, 2025—$56.0 million) relating to tax attributes in which the unrecognized tax benefit has been recorded as a reduction to the deferred tax asset. The net unrecognized tax benefit excluding these deferred tax assets is $66.7 million as of June 30, 2026 (June 30, 2025—$83.8 million). We recognize interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. For the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025 and 2024, respectively, we recognized the following amounts as income tax-related interest expense and penalties: Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Interest expense (income) $ (4,105) $ (5,290) $ 7,778 Penalties expense (704) (2,175) 964 Total $ (4,809) $ (7,465) $ 8,742 The following amounts have been accrued on account of income tax-related interest expense and penalties: As of June 30, 2026 As of June 30, 2025 Interest expense accrued $ 10,581 $ 14,686 Penalties accrued $ 1,471 $ 2,121 (1) These balances are primarily included within Long-term income taxes payable within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We are subject to income tax audits in all major taxing jurisdictions in which we operate. Our four most significant tax jurisdictions are Canada, the United States, the United Kingdom and Germany. Our tax filings remain subject to audits by applicable tax authorities for a certain length of time following the tax year to which those filings relate. We currently have income tax audits open in Canada, the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany and other immaterial jurisdictions. The earliest fiscal years open for examination for our major jurisdictions are 2012 for Canada, 2022 for the United States, 2017 for the United Kingdom and 2017 for Germany. On a quarterly basis we assess the status of these examinations and the potential for adverse outcomes to determine the adequacy of the provision for income and other taxes. Statements regarding the Canada audits are included in Note 14 “Guarantees and Contingencies.” The timing of the resolution of income tax audits is highly uncertain, and the amounts ultimately paid, if any, upon resolution of the issues raised by the taxing authorities may differ from the amounts accrued. It is reasonably possible that within the next 12 months we will receive additional assessments by various tax authorities or possibly reach resolution of income tax audits in one or more jurisdictions. These assessments or settlements may or may not result in changes to our contingencies related to positions on tax filings. The actual amount of any change could (1) (1) ______________________ 201

Page 203

Table of Contents vary significantly depending on the ultimate timing and nature of any settlements. We cannot currently provide an estimate of the range of possible outcomes. For more information relating to certain income tax audits, refer to Note 14 “Guarantees and Contingencies.” On July 4, 2025, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (the OBBBA) was enacted, introducing amendments to U.S. tax laws with various effective dates. Key income tax-related provisions of the OBBBA include provisions related to bonus depreciation, research and development expenditures, interest expense deductibility, and revisions to international tax regimes. The enacted legislation had an immaterial impact on the Company’s effective tax rate for the year ended June 30, 2026. As of June 30, 2026, we have recognized a deferred income tax liability of $43.2 million (June 30, 2025—$20 million) on taxable temporary differences related to the undistributed earnings of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries and planned periodic repatriations from certain German and Indian subsidiaries, that will be subject to withholding taxes upon distribution. We have not provided for additional foreign withholding taxes or deferred income tax liabilities related to undistributed earnings of all other non-Canadian subsidiaries, since such earnings are considered permanently invested in those subsidiaries or are not subject to withholding taxes. It is not practicable to reasonably estimate the amount of additional deferred income tax liabilities or foreign withholding taxes that may be payable should these earnings be distributed in the future. NOTE 16—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurement” (Topic 820) defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and addresses disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. Fair value is the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or paid upon transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and in the principal or most advantageous market for that asset or liability. The fair value, in this context, should be calculated based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, not on assumptions specific to the entity. In addition, the fair value of liabilities should include consideration of non-performance risk, including our own credit risk. In addition to defining fair value and addressing disclosure requirements, Topic 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs. The hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three levels based on the extent to which inputs used in measuring fair value are observable in the market. Each fair value measurement is reported in one of the three levels which are determined by the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. These levels are: • Level 1—inputs are based upon unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets. • Level 2—inputs are based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. • Level 3—inputs are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. The fair values are therefore determined using model- based techniques that include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques. 202

Page 204

Table of Contents Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value Our cash and cash equivalents, along with our accounts receivable and accounts payable and accrued liabilities balances, are measured and recognized in our Consolidated Financial Statements at an amount that approximates the fair value (a Level 2 measurement) due to their short maturities. The carrying value of our other long-term debt facilities approximates the fair value since the interest rate is at market. See Note 11 “Long-Term Debt” for further details. The following table summarizes the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments as of June 30, 2026 and 2025: Fair Value Fair ValueHierarchy June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Assets: Available-for-sale financial assets (Note 9) Level 2 $ 17,816 $ 17,721 Available-for-sale financial assets (Note 9) Level 3 27,326 27,353 Derivative asset (Note 17) Level 2 204 2,984 Liabilities: Derivative liability (Note 17) Level 2 $ (219,065) $ (275,810) Senior Notes (Note 11) Level 2 (4,079,262) (4,158,921) (1) Senior Notes are presented within the Consolidated Balance Sheets at amortized cost. See Note 11 “Long-Term Debt” for further details. Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Measurements The following table provides a reconciliation of changes in the fair value of our Level 3 available-for-sale financial assets between June 30, 2025 and June 30, 2026. Available-for-salefinancial assets Balance as of June 30, 2025 $ 27,353 Loss recognized in income (27) Balance as of June 30, 2026 $ 27,326 Our derivative liabilities and our derivative assets are classified as Level 2 and are comprised of swap contracts. Our valuation techniques used to measure the fair values of the derivative instruments, the counterparties to which have high credit ratings, were derived from pricing models including discounted cash flow techniques, with all significant inputs derived from or corroborated by observable market data, as no quoted market prices exist for these instruments. Our discounted cash flow techniques use observable market inputs, such as, where applicable, foreign currency spot and forward rates. Our available-for-sale financial assets are classified as either Level 2 or Level 3. Our Level 2 available-for-sale financial assets are comprised primarily of various debt and equity funds, which are valued utilizing market quotes provided by our third-party custodian. Our Level 3 available-for-sale financial assets are comprised of insurance contracts which are valued by an external insurance expert by applying a discount rate to the future cash flows and taking into account the fixed interest rate, mortality rates and term of the insurance contracts. See Note 9 “Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets” for further details. If applicable, we will recognize transfers between levels within the fair value hierarchy at the end of the reporting period in which the actual event or change in circumstance occurs. During the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively, we did not have any transfers between Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3. Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis We measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These assets and liabilities are recognized at fair value when they are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. During the years ended (1) ______________________ 203

Page 205

Table of Contents June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively, no indications of impairments were identified and therefore no fair value measurements were required. NOTE 17—DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES Cross Currency Swaps In connection with the Micro Focus Acquisition, in August 2022, we entered into EUR/USD cross currency swaps, which are comprised of 5-year EUR/USD cross currency swaps with a notional amount of €690 million and 7-year EUR/USD cross currency swaps with a notional amount of €690 million. On January 7, 2025, we terminated certain of our outstanding 5-year EUR/USD cross currency swaps with an aggregate notional amount of €138 million and made a termination payment of approximately $10.4 million. The 5-year EUR/USD cross currency swaps are non-designated and are measured at fair value with changes to fair value being recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income within Other income (expense), net. Net Investment Hedge During the third quarter of Fiscal 2023, the Company designated the €690 million of 7-year EUR/USD cross currency swaps as net investment hedges in accordance with “Derivatives and Hedging” (Topic 815). The Company utilizes the designated cross currency swaps to protect our EUR-denominated operations against exchange rate fluctuations. The Company assesses the hedge effectiveness of its net investment hedges on a quarterly basis utilizing a method based on the changes in spot price. As such, for derivative instruments designated as net investment hedges, changes in fair value of the designated hedging instruments attributable to fluctuations in the foreign currency spot exchange rates are initially recorded as a component of currency translation adjustments included within Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income until the hedged foreign operations are either sold or substantially liquidated. In accordance with Topic 815 certain components of the designated cross currency swaps relating to counterparty credit risk and forward exchange rates were excluded from the above effectiveness assessment. The fair value of these excluded components will be amortized over the life of the hedging instruments within Interest and other related expense, net within the Consolidated Statements of Income. Additionally, we will record the cash flows related to the periodic interest settlements on the 7-year EUR/USD cross currency swaps within the investing activities section of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Any gains or losses recognized upon settlement of the cross currency swaps will be recorded within the investing activities section of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Cash Flow Hedge We are engaged in hedging programs with various banks to limit the potential foreign exchange fluctuations incurred on future cash flows relating to a portion of our Canadian dollar payroll expenses. We operate internationally and are therefore exposed to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations in the normal course of our business, in particular to changes in the Canadian dollar on account of large costs that are incurred from our centralized Canadian operations, which are denominated in Canadian dollars. As part of our risk management strategy, we use foreign currency forward contracts to hedge portions of our payroll exposure with typical maturities of between one and twelve months. We do not use foreign currency forward contracts for speculative purposes. We have designated these transactions as cash flow hedges of forecasted transactions under Topic 815. As the critical terms of the hedging instrument and of the entire hedged forecasted transaction are the same, in accordance with Topic 815, we have been able to conclude that changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged are expected to completely offset at inception and on an ongoing basis. Accordingly, quarterly unrealized gains or losses on the effective portion of these forward contracts have been included within Other comprehensive income (loss), net within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. As of June 30, 2026, the fair value of the contracts is recorded within Accounts payable and accrued liabilities within the Consolidated Balance Sheets and represents the net loss before tax effect that is expected to be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings within the next twelve months. As of June 30, 2026, the notional amount of forward contracts we held to sell U.S. dollars in exchange for Canadian dollars was $94.6 million (June 30, 2025—$93.5 million). 204

Page 206

Table of Contents Fair Value of Derivative Instruments and Effect of Derivative Instruments on Financial Performance The fair values of outstanding derivative instruments are as follows: As ofJune 30, 2026 As ofJune 30, 2025 Instrument Balance Sheet Location Asset Liability Asset Liability Derivatives designated as hedges: Cash flow hedge Prepaid expenses and othercurrent assets (Accountspayable and accruedliabilities) $ — $ (2,836) $ 2,068 $ — Net investment hedge Prepaid expenses and othercurrent assets (Accountspayable and accruedliabilities) — (129,092) 124 (161,304) Total derivatives designated as hedges: — (131,928) 2,192 (161,304) Derivatives not designated as hedges: Cross currency swap contracts Prepaid expenses and othercurrent assets (Accountspayable and accruedliabilities) 204 (87,137) 792 (114,506) Total derivatives not designated as hedges: 204 (87,137) 792 (114,506) Total derivatives $ 204 $ (219,065) $ 2,984 $ (275,810) The effects of gains (losses) from derivative instruments on our Consolidated Statements of Income are as follows: Year Ended June 30, Instrument Income Statement Location 2026 2025 2024 Derivatives designated as hedges: Cash flow hedge Operating expenses $ (136) $ (3,443) $ (1,312) Net investment hedge Interest and other relatedexpense, net 375 3,300 3,707 Derivatives not designated as hedges: Cross currency swap contracts Other income (expense), net 27,369 (54,666) 3,116 Cross currency swap contracts Interest and other relatedexpense, net 458 2,842 3,441 Total $ 28,066 $ (51,967) $ 8,952 The effects of the cash flow and net investment hedges on our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income are as follows: Consolidated Statements ofIncome and ConsolidatedStatements ofComprehensive IncomeLocation Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Gain (loss) recognized in OCI (loss) on cashflow hedge (effective portion) Unrealized gain (loss) on cashflow hedge $ (5,040) $ (548) $ (3,670) Gain (loss) recognized in OCI (loss) on netinvestment hedge (effective portion) Net foreign currencytranslation adjustment 32,914 (73,060) (331) Gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI intoincome (effective portion) - cash flow hedgeOperating expenses (136) (3,443) (1,312) Gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI intoincome (excluded from effectivenesstesting) - net investment hedge Interest and other relatedexpense, net 2,244 2,244 2,244 205

Page 207

Table of Contents NOTE 18—SPECIAL CHARGES (RECOVERIES) Special charges (recoveries) include costs and recoveries that relate to certain restructuring initiatives that we have undertaken from time to time under our various restructuring plans, as well as acquisition-and divestiture-related costs and other similar charges. Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Business Optimization Plan $ 96,010 $ 127,924 $ — Micro Focus Acquisition Restructuring Plan (122) 1,549 74,267 Other historical restructuring plans (473) (790) (253) Divestiture-related costs 21,809 4,780 46,640 Acquisition-related costs 867 2,311 2,036 Other charges (recoveries) 14,929 10,116 12,615 Total $ 133,020 $ 145,890 $ 135,305 Business Optimization Plan During the first quarter of Fiscal 2025, we made a strategic decision to align the Company’s workforce to support its growth and innovation plans (the Business Optimization Plan). The Business Optimization Plan charges relate to facility costs and workforce reductions. During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2025, the Board approved an expansion of the Business Optimization Plan to complete strategic initiatives, integration and simplification following the Micro Focus Acquisition, the AMC Divestiture and other growth and innovation plans including the deployment of AI and automation. This expansion includes costs associated with workforce reduction due to automation, centralization and simplification, and corresponding facility costs related to a reduction of our real estate footprint globally. These charges require management to make certain judgments and estimates regarding the amount and timing of restructuring charges or recoveries. Our estimated liability could change subsequent to its recognition, requiring adjustments to the expense and the liability recorded. On a quarterly basis, we conduct an evaluation of the related liabilities and expenses and revise our assumptions and estimates as appropriate. As of June 30, 2026, we expect total costs to be incurred in connection with the Business Optimization Plan to be approximately $260.0 million, of which $223.9 million has been recorded to date. For the year ended June 30, 2026, $96.0 million, was recorded within Special charges (recoveries) within the Consolidated Statements of Income. The entire Business Optimization Plan is expected to be substantially completed by the second quarter of Fiscal 2027. 206

Page 208

Table of Contents A reconciliation of the beginning and ending restructuring liability for the Business Optimization Plan, which is included within Accounts payable and accrued liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, for the year ended June 30, 2026 is shown below. Business Optimization Plan Workforce reduction Facility charges Total Balance payable as of June 30, 2025 $ 48,283 $ 2,846 $ 51,129 Accruals and adjustments 75,868 9,639 85,507 Cash payments (78,770) (1,725) (80,495) Foreign exchange and other non-cash adjustments (750) (4,123) (4,873) Balance payable as of June 30, 2026 $ 44,631 $ 6,637 $ 51,268 Micro Focus Acquisition Restructuring Plan During the third quarter of Fiscal 2023, as part of the Micro Focus Acquisition, we made a strategic decision to implement restructuring activities to reduce our overall workforce and further reduce our real estate footprint around the world (Micro Focus Acquisition Restructuring Plan). The Micro Focus Acquisition Restructuring Plan charges relate to facility costs and workforce reductions. Facility costs include the accelerated amortization associated with the abandonment of right of use assets, the write-off of property and equipment and other related variable lease and exit costs. These charges require management to make certain judgments and estimates regarding the amount and timing of restructuring charges or recoveries. Our estimated liability could change subsequent to its recognition, requiring adjustments to the expense and the liability recorded. On a quarterly basis, we conduct an evaluation of the related liabilities and expenses and revise our assumptions and estimates as appropriate. Since the inception of the Micro Focus Acquisition Restructuring Plan, $148.0 million has been recorded within Special charges (recoveries) within the Consolidated Statements of Income to date. We do not expect to incur any further significant charges relating to the Micro Focus Acquisition Restructuring Plan. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending restructuring liability for the Micro Focus Acquisition Restructuring Plan, which is included within Accounts payable and accrued liabilities in our Accounts payable and accrued liabilities, for the year ended June 30, 2026 is shown below. Micro Focus Acquisition Restructuring Plan Workforce reduction Facility charges Total Balance payable as of June 30, 2025 $ 1,170 $ 7,425 $ 8,595 Accruals and adjustments 523 80 603 Cash payments (1,624) (3,719) (5,343) Foreign exchange and other non-cash adjustments 525 574 1,099 Balance payable as of June 30, 2026 $ 594 $ 4,360 $ 4,954 Divestiture-related costs Divestiture-related costs, recorded within Special charges (recoveries), include the direct costs of potential and completed divestitures. For the year ended June 30, 2026, divestiture-related costs were $21.8 million (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—$4.8 million and $46.6 million, respectively). Acquisition-related costs Acquisition-related costs, recorded within Special charges (recoveries), include direct costs of potential and completed acquisitions. Acquisition-related costs for the year ended June 30, 2026 were $0.9 million (year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024—$2.3 million and $2.0 million, respectively). Other charges (recoveries) For the year ended June 30, 2026, Other charges (recoveries) includes $14.9 million of expenses related to severance and other miscellaneous charges. For the year ended June 30, 2025, Other charges (recoveries) includes $10.3 million of other miscellaneous charges, primarily associated with the Micro Focus Acquisition. 207

Page 209

Table of Contents For the year ended June 30, 2024, Other charges (recoveries) includes $5.5 million of compensation related charges and $5.8 million of other miscellaneous charges, both associated with the Micro Focus Acquisition and $1.3 million related to pre-acquisition equity incentives of Zix Corporation, which upon acquisition were replaced by equivalent value cash settlements. NOTE 19—ACQUISITIONS AND DIVESTITURES Fiscal 2026 Acquisitions and Divestitures The Company did not complete any material acquisitions during the year ended June 30, 2026. Divestiture of Vertica Business On May 11, 2026, the Company completed the sale of its Vertica business to Rocket Software, for $150.0 million in cash before taxes, fees and other adjustments. The results of the Vertica business were recorded and presented within our Consolidated Financial Statements during Fiscal 2026 from July 1, 2025 through May 11, 2026. In connection with the sale, a gain of $11.6 million was recorded in Other income (expense), net within our Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended June 30, 2026. The Company has determined that the Vertica business does not constitute a component, as its operations and cash flows cannot be clearly distinguished from the rest of the Company’s operations and cash flows due to significant shared costs, therefore, the transaction does not meet the discontinued operations criteria, and the results of operations from the Vertica business are presented within Income from operations in our Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company used the proceeds from the transaction to prepay $150.0 million of the outstanding principal balance of the Acquisition Term Loan. See Note 11 “Long-Term Debt” for more information. The Company has also agreed to provide certain transition services to Rocket Software following completion of the divestiture for up to 12 months, which are included in financing activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. These transition service costs are reimbursable by Rocket Software. For the year ended June 30, 2026, we billed Rocket Software $1.1 million under a transition services agreement (TSA). 208

Page 210

Table of Contents The following table presents the carrying amounts of major classes of assets and liabilities disposed of in the Vertica divestiture on May 11, 2026: Assets Accounts receivable trade, net of allowance for credit losses $ 14,527 Contract assets 5,771 Prepaid expenses and other current assets 278 Property and equipment 1,209 Operating lease right of use assets 13 Long-term contract assets 3,756 Goodwill 102,323 Acquired intangible assets 38,338 Other assets 823 Total Assets held for sale $ 167,038 Liabilities Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $ 527 Deferred revenues 19,388 Pension liability, net 384 Long-term operating lease liabilities 3 Long-term deferred revenues 4,538 Deferred tax liabilities 4,781 Total Liabilities held for sale $ 29,621 Divestiture of eDOCS Business On January 12, 2026, the Company completed the sale of its eDOCS business to NetDocuments Software, Inc. (NetDocuments), for $163.0 million in cash before taxes, fees and other adjustments. The results of the eDOCS business were recorded and presented within our Consolidated Financial Statements during Fiscal 2026 from July 1, 2025 through January 11, 2026. In connection with the sale, a gain of $64.5 million including working capital adjustments was recorded in Other income (expense), net within our Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended June 30, 2026. The Company determined that the eDOCS business does not constitute a component, as its operations and cash flows cannot be clearly distinguished from the rest of the Company’s operations and cash flows due to significant shared costs; therefore, the transaction does not meet the discontinued operations criteria, and the results of operations from the eDOCS business are presented within Income from operations in our Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company used the proceeds from the transaction to prepay $163.0 million of the outstanding principal balance of the Acquisition Term Loan. See Note 11 “Long-Term Debt” for more information. The Company has also agreed to provide certain transition services to NetDocuments following completion of the divestiture for up to 12 months, which are included in financing activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. These transition service costs are reimbursable by NetDocuments. For the year ended June 30, 2026, we billed NetDocuments $1.6 million under a transition services agreement (TSA). 209

Page 211

Table of Contents The following table presents the carrying amounts of major classes of assets and liabilities disposed of in the eDOCS divestiture on January 12, 2026: Assets Accounts receivable trade, net of allowance for credit losses $ 4,755 Prepaid expenses and other current assets 51 Property and equipment 24 Goodwill 91,913 Long-term deferred tax assets 17,735 Total Assets $ 114,478 Liabilities Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $ 224 Deferred revenues 15,595 Pension liability, net 91 Total Liabilities $ 15,910 Fiscal 2025 Acquisitions and Divestitures The Company did not complete any material acquisitions or divestitures during the year ended June 30, 2025. Fiscal 2024 Acquisitions and Divestitures Fiscal 2024 Acquisitions On May 22, 2024, we acquired Pillr, a cloud native, multi-tenant Managed Detection and Response platform from Novacoast, Inc. for Managed Service Providers that includes powerful threat-hunting capabilities. In accordance with ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations”, this acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. The results of operations of Pillr have been consolidated with those of OpenText beginning May 22, 2024. The results of Pillr are not considered to be material to our business. On August 23, 2023, we acquired all of the equity interest in KineMatik Ltd. (KineMatik), a provider of automated business process and project management solutions built on OpenText’s Content Server. In accordance with ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations”, this acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. The results of operations of KineMatik have been consolidated with those of OpenText beginning August 24, 2023. The results are not considered to be material to our business. Divestiture of AMC Business On May 1, 2024, the Company completed the sale of its AMC business to Rocket Software for $2.275 billion in cash before taxes, fees and other adjustments. The results of the AMC business were recorded and presented within our Consolidated Financial Statements during Fiscal 2024 for the period of July 1, 2023 through April 30, 2024. In connection with the sale, a gain of $429.1 million was recorded in Other income (expense), net within our Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended June 30, 2024. During the quarter ended December 31, 2024, working capital and other adjustments were finalized, which resulted in a payment of $11.7 million, and a decrease to the gain on the AMC Divestiture by $4.2 million. The Company determined that the AMC business did not constitute a component, as its operations and cash flows cannot be clearly distinguished from the rest of the Company’s operations and cash flows due to significant shared costs, therefore, the transaction did not meet the discontinued operations criteria, and the results of operations from the AMC business are presented within Income from operations in our Consolidated Statements of Income up to the date of disposition. The Company used the net proceeds from the transaction to prepay in full the outstanding principal balances of the Term Loan B and prepay a portion of the outstanding principal balance of the Acquisition Term Loan, as further described in Note 11 “Long-Term Debt.” The Company also agreed to provide certain transition services to Rocket Software following the completion of the divestiture for up to 24 months after the closing date of May 1, 2024, which are included in financing activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. These transition service costs are reimbursable by Rocket Software. For Fiscal 2025, we billed Rocket Software $31.6 million under the Transition Services Agreement. The transition services were completed as of June 30, 2025. 210

Page 212

Table of Contents The finalization of working capital and other adjustments during the quarter ended December 31, 2024, resulted in immaterial changes to the carrying amounts of major classes of assets and liabilities. The following table presents the carrying amounts of major classes of assets and liabilities disposed of in the AMC Divestiture as of April 30, 2024: AMC Assets Accounts receivable trade, net of allowance for credit losses $ 58,733 Contract assets 10,355 Prepaid expenses and other current assets 6,099 Property and equipment 1,091 Goodwill 1,138,013 Acquired intangible assets 930,771 Deferred tax assets 2,820 Other assets 1,775 Total AMC Assets $ 2,149,657 AMC Liabilities Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $ 11,312 Deferred revenues 188,648 Long-term accrued liabilities 8,128 Pension liability, net 1,640 Long-term operating lease liabilities 672 Long-term deferred revenues 23,623 Long-term income taxes payable 9,845 Deferred tax liabilities 116,086 Total AMC Liabilities $ 359,954 NOTE 20—SEGMENT INFORMATION ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting” (Topic 280), establishes standards for reporting, by public business enterprises, information about operating segments, products and services, geographic areas and major customers. The method of determining what information, under Topic 280, to report is based on the way that an entity organizes operating segments for making operational decisions and how the entity’s management and CODM assess an entity’s financial performance. The Company adopted ASU 2023-07 in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2025 and applied the amendments of the ASU to the prior periods presented to conform with current presentation. The Company’s CODM is its Chief Executive Officer. Our operations are analyzed by the CODM as being part of a single industry segment: the design, development, marketing and sale of data management software and solutions. The CODM uses Net income on a consolidated basis as the primary measure of profitability, as it is most consistent with the measurement principles used in the Consolidated Statements of Income. In addition, the CODM utilizes Adjusted EBITDA (as defined below), a non-GAAP measure, as an additional measure of profitability. The Company believes that Adjusted EBITDA (as defined below) is a useful measure for evaluating overall operating performance because it reflects the underlying profitability of the business by excluding the effect of non-cash or non-operational expenses and facilitates comparability across periods and aligns with the metrics used in internal planning processes. These measures are used to evaluate and measure financial performance and to make key decisions, by comparing results versus historical financial information. The CODM uses these measures while deciding how to allocate resources as a benchmark to evaluate operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital. The CODM uses Adjusted EBITDA by comparing results versus forecasted information, in addition to historical financial information. Adjusted EBITDA is defined and calculated as GAAP-based net income, attributable to OpenText, excluding interest income (expense), provision for (recovery of) income taxes, depreciation and amortization of acquired intangible assets, other income (expense), share-based compensation and special charges (recoveries). 211

Page 213

Table of Contents The following tables present segment revenues, significant segment costs and expenses and Adjusted EBITDA and reconciliations from Adjusted EBITDA to Net income, as well as from Adjusted EBITDA to Income before income taxes for the periods presented: Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Segment revenues Cloud services and subscriptions $ 1,958,554 $ 1,856,474 $ 1,820,524 Customer support 2,287,449 2,334,037 2,713,297 License 678,465 625,614 834,162 Professional service and other 321,933 352,280 401,594 Total revenues 5,246,401 5,168,405 5,769,577 Significant segment costs and expenses Adjusted Cost of revenues 1,191,093 1,228,076 1,311,114 Adjusted Research and development 632,589 729,937 823,851 Adjusted Sales 902,646 817,031 899,160 Adjusted Marketing 201,430 203,640 217,402 Adjusted General and administrative 415,240 405,058 547,656 Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests 241 198 194 Adjusted EBITDA $ 1,903,162 $ 1,784,465 $ 1,970,200 Add: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests 241 198 194 Less: Depreciation 143,938 130,573 131,599 Provision for income taxes 215,614 46,005 264,012 Other segment items 900,588 1,172,019 1,109,499 Net income $ 643,263 $ 436,066 $ 465,284 (1) Adjusted cost of revenues excludes Amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets and share-based compensation expense. (2) Adjusted operating expenses exclude share-based compensation expense. (3) Other segment items include Interest and other related expense, net, Amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets, Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets, share-based compensation expense, Special charges (recoveries), and Other income (expense), net. Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Adjusted EBITDA $ 1,903,162 $ 1,784,465 $ 1,970,200 Add: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests 241 198 194 Less: Depreciation 143,938 130,573 131,599 Interest and other related expense, net 309,595 327,831 516,180 Amortization of acquired technology-based intangible assets 174,609 188,780 243,922 Amortization of acquired customer-based intangible assets 288,603 321,891 432,404 Share-based compensation 80,636 104,840 140,079 Special charges (recoveries) 133,020 145,890 135,305 Other (income) expense, net (85,875) 82,787 (358,391) Income before income taxes $ 858,877 $ 482,071 $ 729,296 (1) (2) (2) (2) (2) (3) ______________________ 212

Page 215

Table of Contents NOTE 21—ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) ForeignCurrencyTranslationAdjustments Cash FlowHedges Available-for-Sale FinancialAssets Defined BenefitPension Plans AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncome (Loss) Balance as of June 30, 2023 $ (44,114) $ 1,124 $ (602) $ (9,967) $ (53,559) Other comprehensive income (loss) beforereclassifications, net of tax (15,646) (2,697) 228 640 (17,475) Amounts reclassified into net income, net oftax — 965 — 450 1,415 Total other comprehensive income (loss), net (15,646) (1,732) 228 1,090 (16,060) Balance as of June 30, 2024 (59,760) (608) (374) (8,877) (69,619) Other comprehensive income (loss) beforereclassifications, net of tax (3,548) (403) 1,131 1,876 (944) Amounts reclassified into net income, net oftax — 2,531 — 965 3,496 Total other comprehensive income (loss), net (3,548) 2,128 1,131 2,841 2,552 Balance as of June 30, 2025 (63,308) 1,520 757 (6,036) (67,067) Other comprehensive income (loss) beforereclassifications, net of tax 10,786 (3,705) 1,007 19,924 28,012 Amounts reclassified into net income, net oftax — 100 — 388 488 Total other comprehensive income (loss), net 10,786 (3,605) 1,007 20,312 28,500 Balance as of June 30, 2026 $ (52,522) $ (2,085) $ 1,764 $ 14,276 $ (38,567) (1) The amount of foreign currency translation recognized in other comprehensive income during the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025 and 2024 included net gains (losses) relating to our net investment hedge of $32.9 million, $(73.1) million and $(0.3) million, respectively, as further discussed in Note 17 “Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” NOTE 22—SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Cash paid during the period for interest $ 321,694 $ 352,383 $ 533,866 Cash received during the period for interest 41,976 48,324 45,465 Cash paid during the period for income taxes 300,062 411,570 294,769 NOTE 23—OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Foreign exchange gains (losses) $ 3,228 $ (24,888) $ 1,202 Unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives not designated as hedges 27,369 (44,286) 3,116 Realized losses on derivatives not designated as hedges — (10,380) — OpenText share in net income (loss) of equity investees (4,049) 230 (18,194) Loss on debt extinguishment (18,787) — (56,393) Gain (adjustments to gain) on divestitures 76,136 (4,175) 429,102 Other miscellaneous income (expense) 1,978 712 (442) Total other income (expense), net $ 85,875 $ (82,787) $ 358,391 (1) Represents the unrealized gains (losses) on our derivatives not designated as hedges (see Note 17 “Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” for more details). (1) ______________________ (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) ______________________ 214

Page 216

Table of Contents (2) Represents the realized gains (losses) on our derivatives not designated as hedges (see Note 17 “Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” for more details). (3) Represents our share in net income of equity investees, which approximates fair value and subject to volatility based on market trends and business conditions, based on our interest in certain investment funds in which we are a limited partner. Our interests in each of these investees range from 4% to below 20% and these investments are accounted for using the equity method (see Note 9 “Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets” for more details). (4) During the year ended June 30, 2026, we recognized a loss on debt extinguishment of $18.8 million related to the acceleration and recognition of unamortized debt discount and issuance costs resulting from the prepayment of $613.0 million of the Acquisition Term Loan in Fiscal 2026. During the year ended June 30, 2024, the Company recognized a loss on debt extinguishment of $56.4 million related to the acceleration and recognition of unamortized debt discount and issuance costs resulting from the optional repayments and prepayments of the Acquisition Term Loan and Term Loan B in Fiscal 2024 (see Note 11 “Long-Term Debt” for more details). (5) For the year ended June 30, 2026, the gain related to the eDOCS and Vertica divestitures. For the year ended June 30, 2025, the adjustment to the gain represents the final settlement of working capital and other adjustments related to the AMC Divestiture. On May 1, 2024, the Company completed the sale of its AMC business, which resulted in a gain on disposition (see Note 19 “Acquisitions and Divestitures” for more details). NOTE 24—EARNINGS PER SHARE Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income, attributable to OpenText, by the weighted average number of Common Shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share are computed by dividing net income, attributable to OpenText, by the shares used in the calculation of basic earnings per share plus the dilutive effect of Common Share equivalents, such as stock options, using the treasury stock method. Common Share equivalents are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share if their effect is anti-dilutive. Year Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Basic earnings per share Net income attributable to OpenText $ 643,022 $ 435,868 $ 465,090 Basic earnings per share attributable to OpenText $ 2.58 $ 1.66 $ 1.71 Diluted earnings per share Net income attributable to OpenText $ 643,022 $ 435,868 $ 465,090 Diluted earnings per share attributable to OpenText $ 2.58 $ 1.65 $ 1.71 Weighted average number of shares outstanding(in ‘000’s) Basic 249,026 263,274 271,548 Effect of dilutive securities 347 376 1,040 Diluted 249,373 263,650 272,588 Excluded as anti-dilutive 7,604 12,642 8,401 (1) Represents options to purchase Common Shares excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise price of the stock options was greater than or equal to the average price of the Common Shares during the period. (1) ______________________ 215

Page 217

Table of Contents NOTE 25—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS Our procedure regarding the approval of any related party transaction requires that the material facts of such transaction be reviewed by the independent members of the Audit Committee and the transaction be approved by a majority of the independent members of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee reviews all transactions in which we are, or will be, a participant and any related party has or will have a direct or indirect interest in the transaction. In determining whether to approve a related party transaction, the Audit Committee generally takes into account, among other facts it deems appropriate, whether the transaction is on terms no less favourable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances; the extent and nature of the related person’s interest in the transaction; the benefits to the Company of the proposed transaction; if applicable, the effects on a director’s independence; and if applicable, the availability of other sources of comparable services or products. During the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025 and 2024, Mr. Stephen Sadler had direct or indirect control over a material interest in Enghouse Systems Limited (Enghouse), a publicly traded software company, and its subsidiaries. OpenText entered into product supply and license agreements to purchase certain software licenses from Enghouse and its subsidiaries, under which the company makes payments in the normal course of business. Mr. Sadler earned consulting fees from OpenText for assistance with acquisition-related business activities. The fees earned were not material. Mr. Sadler abstained from voting on all transactions from which he would potentially derive consulting fees. Mr. Sadler ceased to be a member of the Board as of December 9, 2025. During the year ended June 30, 2026, Mr. P. Thomas Jenkins took an expanded role beyond Board Chair. In August 2025, with both the CEO and CFO positions filled only on an interim basis, the Company entered into agreements with Mr. Jenkins to serve as Executive Chair and Chief Strategy Officer to provide continuity through that period. Mr. Jenkins earned approximately $3.1 million in his capacity as Chief Strategy Officer, for which payments were approved by the Audit Committee of the Board in accordance with its policies and practices. No such amounts were paid during the years ended June 30, 2025 and 2024. Once Mr. Antoun onboarded as Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Jenkins stepped back to serve solely as Board Chair. For more information, see the Director Compensation for Fiscal 2026 table within Section VI - Other Elements of Our Compensation Program and Exhibits 10.4 and 10.5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. NOTE 26—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS Cash Dividends As part of our quarterly, non-cumulative cash dividend program, we declared, on August 5, 2026, a dividend of $0.28 per Common Share. The record date for this dividend is September 4, 2026 and the payment date is September 18, 2026. Future declarations of dividends and the establishment of future record and payment dates are subject to the final determination and discretion of our Board. Share Repurchase Plan In August 2026, the Company renewed its share repurchase plan, pursuant to which we may purchase for cancellation in open market transactions, from time to time over the 12-month period commencing on August 12, 2026 until August 11, 2027, if considered advisable, up to a maximum of 10% of the public float of its Common Shares (calculated in accordance with TSX rules) on the TSX (as part of a Fiscal 2027 NCIB, defined below), the NASDAQ and/or alternative trading systems in Canada and/or the United States, if eligible, subject to applicable law and stock exchange rules (the Fiscal 2027 Repurchase Plan). The price that we are authorized to pay for Common Shares in open market transactions is the market price at the time of purchase or such other price as is permitted by applicable law or stock exchange rules. The Fiscal 2027 Repurchase Plan will be effected in accordance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act and includes a normal course issuer bid (the Fiscal 2027 NCIB) to provide means to execute purchases over the TSX. The TSX approved the Company’s notice of intention to commence the Fiscal 2027 NCIB. Under the rules of the TSX, the maximum number of Common Shares that may be purchased in this period is 23,846,439 (representing 10% of the Company’s public float calculated in accordance with TSX rules) as of July 31, 2026, and the maximum number of Common Shares that can be purchased on a single day is 447,218 Common Shares, which was 25% of 1,788,872 (calculated in accordance with TSX rules based on the average daily trading volume for the Common Shares on the TSX for the six months ended July 31, 2026), subject to certain exceptions for block purchases, and subject in any case to the volume and other limitations under Rule 10b-18. Further, as part of the NCIB renewal, the Company has established an ASPP with its broker to facilitate repurchases of Common Shares. 216

Page 224

1.2 Priority: The First Preference Shares of each series shall, with respect, to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets or return of capital in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other return of capital or distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its aﬀairs, rank on a parity with the First Preference Shares of every other series and be entitled to preference over the Common Shares and over any other shares of the Corporation ranking junior to the First Preference Shares. In addition to and without limiting the generality of the foregoing. if any amount: ( a) of cumulative dividends, whether or not declared, or declared non-cumulative dividends; or ( b) payable on return of capital in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of a Corporation. in respect of shares of a series is not paid in full, the shares of the series shall participate rateably with the shares of all other series of the same class in respect of, ( c) all accumulated cumulative dividends, whether or not declared. and all declared non-cumulative dividends; or ( d) all amounts payable on return of capital in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation. as the case may be. 2. COMMON SHARES 2.1 The holders of the Common Shares are entitled to receive: ( a) such dividends as the directors in their discretion may declare, regardless of whether dividends are declared on any other class of shares; ( b) the holders of the Common Shares are entitled to receive notice of and to attend all meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation, except meetings at which holders of another speciﬁed class of shares are exclusively entitled to vote, and are entitled to one vote for each Common Share held on all votes taken at such meetings; and ( c) any remaining property of the Corporation on liquidation, dissolution or wind-upof the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment of any amount requiredto redeem or retract the issued and outstanding First Preference Shares in accordance withthe terms of their issuance.

Page 226

Exhibit 4.5 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of July 1, 2026, among OPEN TEXT CLOUD PARTNERSHIP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “New Guarantor”), a subsidiary of OPEN TEXT CORPORATION (or its successor), a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (the “Company”), the COMPANY and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as the U.S. trustee, and COMPUTERSHARE ADVANTAGE TRUST OF CANADA (f/k/a BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA), as the Canadian Trustee (together, the “Trustees”) under the indenture referred to below. W I T N E S S E T H : WHEREAS the Company and the existing Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustees an Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of February 18, 2020, providing for the issuance of 3.875% Senior Notes due 2028 (the “Notes”); WHEREAS Section 4.7 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Company is required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustees a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Company’s obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture; and WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Trustees, the Company and the New Guarantor are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture; NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Company and the Trustees mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 2. Agreement to Guarantee. The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all the existing Subsidiary Guarantors, to unconditionally guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes. 3. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

Page 230

Exhibit 4.8 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of July 1, 2026, among OPEN TEXT CLOUD PARTNERSHIP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, (the “New Guarantor”), a subsidiary of OPEN TEXT CORPORATION (or its successor), a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (the “Company”), OPEN TEXT INC., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware, as successor in interest to Open Text Holdings, Inc. (the “Issuer”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as the U.S. trustee, and COMPUTERSHARE ADVANTAGE TRUST OF CANADA (f/k/a BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA), as the Canadian Trustee (together, the “Trustees”) under the indenture referred to below. W I T N E S S E T H : WHEREAS the Company, the Issuer and the existing Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustees an Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of February 18, 2020, providing for the issuance of 4.125% Senior Notes due 2030 (the “Notes”); WHEREAS Section 4.7 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer is required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustees a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture; and WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Trustees, the Issuer and the New Guarantor are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture; NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Issuer and the Trustees mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meaningsassigned to them in the Indenture. 2. Agreement to Guarantee. Each of the New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with theCompany and all the existing Subsidiary Guarantors, to unconditionally guarantee the Issuer’s obligations underthe Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by allother applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes. 3. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amendedhereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereofshall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes,and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

Page 234

Exhibit 4.11 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of July 1, 2026, among OPEN TEXT CLOUD PARTNERSHIP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, (the “New Guarantor”), a subsidiary of OPEN TEXT CORPORATION (or its successor), a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (the “Company”), the COMPANY and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as the U.S. trustee, and COMPUTERSHARE ADVANTAGE TRUST OF CANADA (f/k/a BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA), as the Canadian Trustee (together, the “Trustees”) under the indenture referred to below. W I T N E S S E T H : WHEREAS the Company and the existing Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustees an Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of November 24, 2021, providing for the issuance of 3.875% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Notes”); WHEREAS Section 4.7 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Company is required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustees a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Company’s obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture; and WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Trustees, the Company and the New Guarantor are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture; NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Company and the Trustees mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 2. Agreement to Guarantee. The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all the existing Guarantors, to unconditionally guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes. 3. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

Page 238

Exhibit 4.14 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of July 1, 2026, OPEN TEXT CLOUD PARTNERSHIP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “New Guarantor”), a subsidiary of OPEN TEXT CORPORATION (or its successor), a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (the “Company”), OPEN TEXT INC., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware, as successor in interest to Open Text Holdings, Inc. (the “Issuer”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as the U.S. trustee, and COMPUTERSHARE ADVANTAGE TRUST OF CANADA (f/k/a BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA), as the Canadian Trustee (together, the “Trustees”) under the indenture referred to below. W I T N E S S E T H : WHEREAS the Company, the Issuer and the existing Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustees an Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of November 24, 2021, providing for the issuance of 4.125% Senior Notes due 2031 (the “Notes”); WHEREAS Section 4.7 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer is required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustees a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture; and WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Trustees, the Issuer and the New Guarantor are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture; NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Issuer and the Trustees mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meaningsassigned to them in the Indenture. 2. Agreement to Guarantee. The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with theCompany and all the existing Subsidiary Guarantors, to unconditionally guarantee the Issuer’s obligations underthe Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by allother applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes. 3. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amendedhereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereofshall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes,and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

Page 242

Exhibit 4.19 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of July 1, 2026, among OPEN TEXT CLOUD PARTNERSHIP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, (the “New Guarantor”), a subsidiary of OPEN TEXT CORPORATION (or its successor), a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (the “Company”), the COMPANY and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as the U.S. trustee, and COMPUTERSHARE ADVANTAGE TRUST OF CANADA (f/k/a BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA), as the Canadian Trustee (together, the “Trustees”) under the indenture referred to below. W I T N E S S E T H : WHEREAS the Company and the existing Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustees an Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of December 1, 2022, providing for the issuance of 6.900% Senior Secured Notes due 2027 (the “Notes”); WHEREAS Section 4.7 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Company is required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustees a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Company’s obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture; and WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Trustees, the Company and the New Guarantor are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture; NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Company and the Trustees mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 2. Agreement to Guarantee. The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all the existing Guarantors, to unconditionally guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes. 3. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

Page 246

Exhibit 21.1 Subsidiaries of Open Text Corporation as of June 30, 2026 Corporation Name Jurisdiction Micro Focus Australia Pty Ltd Australia Open Text Pty Limited Australia Micro Focus Austria GmbH Austria Open Text Software Austria GmbH Austria Open Text (Barbados) Investments SRL Barbados Micro Focus Belgium BV Belgium Micro Focus Brasil Serviços de Tecnologia Ltda Brazil Open Text Tecnologia Da Informação (Brasil) Ltda. Brazil Open Text Canada ULC British Columbia. Canada Open Text Bulgaria EOOD Bulgaria 8493642 Canada Inc. Canada Micro Focus Software (Canada) ULC Canada Micro Focus Marigalante Ltd. Cayman Islands Covisint Software Services (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. China Open Text Software Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd China Shanghai Micro Focus Software Technology Co., Ltd China Micro Focus Costa Rica Limitada Costa Rica Micro Focus Czechia s.r.o. Czech Republic Open Text s.r.o. Czech Republic Carbonite, LLC Delaware, United States Entco, LLC Delaware, United States Full 360 Group Inc. Delaware, United States GXS International, Inc. Delaware, United States GXS, LLC Delaware, United States Micro Focus (US) Group LLC Delaware, United States Micro Focus (US) International Holdings, Inc. Delaware, United States Micro Focus Brazil Holdings LLC Delaware, United States Micro Focus Government Solutions LLC Delaware, United States Novell Holdings, Inc. Delaware, United States Open Text Cloud Partnership, LP Delaware, United States Open Text Inc. Delaware, United States Open Text US Acquisition Holdings, LLC Delaware, United States Open Text US Investments Holdings, LLC Delaware, United States Open Text US LLC Delaware, United States Seattle SpinCo LLC Delaware, United States Stratify LLC Delaware, United States Total Defense, LLC Delaware, United States Vertica Systems, LLC Delaware, United States Webroot, LLC Delaware, United States ZixCorp Systems, Inc. Delaware, United States Micro Focus Software Denmark ApS Denmark Open Text A/S Denmark Autonomy Systems Limited England & Wales GXS Limited England & Wales Longsand Limited England & Wales Micro Focus (US) Holdings England & Wales

Page 247

Micro Focus CHC Limited England & Wales Micro Focus Foreign HoldCo Ltd England & Wales Micro Focus Group Limited England & Wales Micro Focus Holdings Unlimited England & Wales Micro Focus Integration Limited England & Wales Micro Focus International Limited England & Wales Micro Focus IP Development Limited England & Wales Micro Focus MHC Limited England & Wales Micro Focus Midco Holdings Limited England & Wales Micro Focus Midco Limited England & Wales Micro Focus Situla Holding Ltd England & Wales Micro Focus Software (IP) Holdings Limited England & Wales Micro Focus Software Holdings Ltd England & Wales Micro Focus Software UK Ltd England & Wales Open Text UK Holding Limited England & Wales Open Text UK Investments Global Holdings Limited England & Wales Open Text UK Investments Global Limited England & Wales Open Text UK Investments International Holdings Limited England & Wales Open Text UK Investments International Limited England & Wales Open Text UK Investments Limited England & Wales Open Text UK Limited England & Wales Resonate KT Limited England & Wales Open Text Oy Finland AppRiver, LLC Florida, United States Arm Research Labs, LLC Florida, United States Micro Focus France SAS France Open Text SARL France Attachmate Group Germany GmbH Germany Borland GmbH Germany GWAVA EMEA GmbH Germany Mailstore Software GmbH Germany Micro Focus Deutschland GmbH Germany Novell Holding Deutschland GmbH Germany Open Text Document Technologies GmbH Germany Open Text Software GmbH Germany Open Text Unterstützungskasse e.V Germany RecomMind GmbH Germany Serena Software GmbH Germany Micro Focus Software HK Limited Hong Kong Open Text (Hong Kong) Limited Hong Kong Autonomy Software Asia Private Limited India Entco IT Services Private Limited India GXS India Technology Centre Private Limited India Micro Focus Software India Private Limited India Micro Focus Software Solutions India Private Limited India Open Text Corporation India Private Limited India Open Text Technologies India Private Limited India Micro Focus (IP) Ireland Limited Ireland Micro Focus Galway Limited Ireland

Page 248

Micro Focus Group Holdings Unlimited Company Ireland Micro Focus International Holdings Limited Ireland Micro Focus Ireland Limited Ireland Micro Focus Software (Ireland) Limited Ireland Micro Focus Software Solutions Ireland Limited Ireland NetIQ Ireland Limited Ireland Novell Cayman Software International Unlimited Company Ireland Novell Cayman Software Unlimited Company Ireland Novell Software International Limited Ireland Open Text Ireland Limited Ireland Webroot International Limited Ireland Chameleon Holdings Ltd. Israel CloudAlly Ltd. Israel Micro Focus Interactive Israel Ltd Israel Micro Focus Israel Limited Israel Micro Focus Software Israel Ltd Israel Micro Focus Italiana S.r.l. Italy Open Text S.r.l. Italy Micro Focus Enterprise Ltd Japan Open Text K.K. Japan Micro Focus Luxembourg S.à r.l. Luxembourg Micro Focus Malaysia Sdn. Bhd. Malaysia Open Text Software Technology (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia Micro Focus Software Solutions Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. Mexico Open Text, S. de R.L. de C.V. Mexico GreenView Data, Inc. Michigan, United States Autonomy HoldCo B.V. Netherlands Entco Gatriam Holding B.V. Netherlands Entco Holding Berlin B.V. Netherlands Entco Holding Hague II B.V. Netherlands Entco Sinope Holding B.V. Netherlands Micro Focus Caribe Holding B.V. Netherlands Micro Focus Eastern Holding II B.V. Netherlands Micro Focus Enterprise B.V. Netherlands Micro Focus HoldCo B.V. Netherlands Micro Focus Holding Finance B.V. Netherlands Micro Focus Holding Hague B.V. Netherlands Micro Focus Holding PR B.V. Netherlands Micro Focus Nederland B.V. Netherlands Open Text Coöperatief U.A. Netherlands Full 360 Inc New York, United States Micro Focus Software (New Zealand) Unlimited New Zealand Open Text New Zealand Limited New Zealand Micro Focus AS Norway 3304709 Nova Scotia Limited Nova Scotia, Canada AppRiver Canada ULC Nova Scotia, Canada Micro Focus Software Solutions Canada Co. / Solutions Logiciels MicroFocus Canada Cie. Nova Scotia, Canada Open Text Cloud Service Company ULC Nova Scotia, Canada

Page 251

Exhibit 31.1 CERTIFICATIONS I, Ayman Antoun, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Open Text Corporation; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. By: /s/ AYMAN ANTOUN Ayman Antoun Chief Executive Officer Date: August 6, 2026

Page 252

Exhibit 31.2 CERTIFICATIONS I, Steve Rai, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Open Text Corporation; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. By: /s/ STEVE RAI Steve Rai Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer Date: August 6, 2026

Annual report